• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • Perfection of Wisdom
  • Toh 11

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh11.pdf

ཤེས་ཕྱིན་ཁྲི་པ།

The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines
Introduction

Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā
འཕགས་པ་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་ཁྲི་པ་ཤེས་བྱ་བ་ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོའི་མདོ།
’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo
The Noble Mahāyāna Sūtra “The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines”
Ārya­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­nāma­mahā­yāna­sūtra

Toh 11

Degé Kangyur, vol. 31 (shes phyin, khri pa, ga), folios 1.b–91.a, and vol. 32 (shes phyin, khri pa, nga), folios 92.b–397.a

ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Jinamitra
  • Prajñāvarman
  • Yeshé Dé

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by the Padmakara Translation Group
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2018

Current version v 1.40.28 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 12.50pm on Tuesday, 21st January 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh11.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā
· Structure of the Text
· Summary of the Text
· Notes on this publication
tr. The Translation
+ 33 chapters- 33 chapters
1. The Context
2. All Phenomena
3. Non-fixation
4. Union
5. Designation of a Bodhisattva
6. Training
7. Non-apprehension
8. Maturity
9. Teaching
10. Extrasensory Powers
11. Non-abiding
12. Meditative Stability
13. Like Space
14. Neither Coming nor Going
15. The Transcendent Perfection of Tolerance
16. Conceptual Notions
17. Advantages
18. Purity
19. Agents and Non-agents
20. Enlightened Attributes
21. Early Indications
22. Cultivation
23. Non-acceptance and Non-rejection
24. Initial Engagement
25. Skill in Means
26. Rejoicing
27. Full Attainment
28. Dissimilar Defining Characteristics
29. The Gift of the Sacred Doctrine
30. Inherent Existence
31. Irreversibility
32. The Attainment of Manifest Enlightenment
33. The Conclusion
c. Colophon
ab. Abbreviations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Primary Sources
· Secondary References
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Sūtras
· Indic Commentaries
· Indigenous Tibetan Works
· Secondary Literature
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

While dwelling at Vulture Peak near Rāja­gṛha, the Buddha sets in motion the sūtras that are the most extensive of all‍—the sūtras on the Prajñā­pāramitā, or “Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom.” Committed to writing around the start of the first millennium, these sūtras were expanded and contracted in the centuries that followed, eventually amounting to twenty-three volumes in the Tibetan Kangyur. Among them, The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines is a compact and coherent restatement of the longer versions, uniquely extant in Tibetan translation, without specific commentaries, and rarely studied. While the structure generally follows that of the longer versions, chapters 1–2 conveniently summarize all three hundred and sixty-seven categories of phenomena, causal and fruitional attributes which the sūtra examines in the light of wisdom or discriminative awareness. Chapter 31 and the final chapter 33 conclude with an appraisal of irreversible bodhisattvas, the pitfalls of rejecting this teaching, and the blessings that accrue from committing it to writing.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by the Padmakara Translation Group under the direction of Jigme Khyentse Rinpoche and Pema Wangyal Rinpoche. The text was translated, introduced, and annotated by Dr. Gyurme Dorje, and edited by Charles Hastings and John Canti with contributions from Greg Seton.

This translation has been completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

Work on this text was made possible thanks to generous donations made by Dzongsar Jamyang Khyentse Rinpoche; respectfully and humbly offered by Judy Cole, William Tai, Jie Chi Tai and families; by Shi Jing and family; by Wang Kang Wei and Zhao Yun Qi and family; and by Matthew, Vivian, Ye Kong and family. They are all most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Tibetan Buddhist tradition classifies the discourses delivered by Buddha Śākyamuni in terms of the three turnings of the doctrinal wheel, promulgated at different places and times in the course of his life. Among them, the sūtras of the first turning expound the four noble truths, those of the second turning explain emptiness and the essenceless nature of all phenomena, while those of the third turning elaborate further distinctions between the three essenceless natures.1 The sūtras of the transcendent perfection of wisdom (prajñāpāramitā),2 to which the text translated here belongs, are firmly placed by their own assertion3 within the second turning, promulgated at Vulture Peak near Rāja­gṛha.

i.­2

It is in these sūtras that the role of the compassionate bodhisattva with a mind set upon enlightenment achieves preeminence over the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas of lesser attainment.4 The central message subtly integrates relative truth and ultimate truth, reiterating that great bodhisattva beings should strive to attain manifestly perfect buddhahood in order to eliminate the sufferings of all sentient beings rather than merely terminate cyclic existence for their own sake, even though, from an ultimate perspective, there are no phenomena, no sentient beings, and no attainment of manifestly perfect buddhahood.

i.­3

The relentless deconstruction of all conceptual elaborations with respect to phenomena, meditative experiences, and even the causal and fruitional attributes characteristic of the bodhisattva path, which is explicitly emphasized throughout these sūtras, may have been controversial,5 but it has given rise to both Madhyamaka dialectics and to the non-analytical meditative pursuits of the Chan (Zen) tradition. In Tibet, on the other hand, the sūtras are generally approached through study of The Ornament of Clear Realization and its extensive commentaries, which constitute the Parchin (phar phyin) literature‍—one of the principal subjects of the monastic college curriculum. These treatises elaborate on the eightfold structural progression of the bodhisattvas’ goals, paths, and fruit which are implied, though understated, in all but the recast manuscript of the Sūtra in Twenty-five Thousand Lines.

i.­4

Traditional Tibetan accounts hold that, following their promulgation by Śākyamuni, the sūtras were concealed in non-human abodes‍—the longest Sūtra in One Billion Lines among the gandharvas, the Sūtra in Ten Million Lines among the devas, and the Sūtra in One Hundred Thousand Lines among the nāgas‍—the last of these being retrieved and revealed by Nāgārjuna from the ocean depths and initially propagated in South India.

i.­5

The extant texts forming this cycle of sūtras are replete with abbreviations, modulations, and other mnemonic features, indicative of an early oral transmission‍—even today they are read aloud as an act of merit in monastic halls and public gatherings. At the same time, the medium length and longer sūtras explicitly extoll the merits of committing the sūtras to writing, in the form of a book, as an offering for the benefit of posterity.6

i.­6

The earliest written version appears to have taken shape around the start of the first millennium, in the age when birch-bark and palm-leaf manuscripts first began to appear in the Indian subcontinent. Contemporary research (Falk 2011, Falk and Karashima 2012) has brought to our attention extant segments and fragments of a birch-bark scroll containing a portion of a generic manuscript of the Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in the Gāndhārī language, written in Kharoṣṭhī script, which was, by all accounts, retrieved from a stone case in the Bajaur region of the Afghan-Pakistan border. The manuscript has been carbon dated within the range of 25–74 ᴄᴇ.

i.­7

Philological evidence suggests that this manuscript was the forerunner of a later Gāndhārī manuscript translated by Lokakṣema into Chinese, while certain peculiarities of transcription and the presence of conventional mnemonic abbreviations also presuppose an earlier manuscript, which may no longer be extant.7 These Kharoṣṭhī scrolls are among the oldest surviving exemplars of all Indic texts, with the exception of the Aśokan rock inscriptions and pillar edicts, and it has been speculated that their source manuscript may even predate the original redaction of the Pāli Canon.8

i.­8

Conze (1960: 1–2) outlines the case for the sūtras’ South Indian origin among the Pūrvaśaila and Aparaśaila schools of the Mahāsaṅghika order, where the monasteries of Amarāvati and Dhānyakataka each seems to have preserved a version in Prakrit. Other evidence, not least the survival of the Kharoṣṭhī manuscript segments from Bajaur, suggests, on the contrary, that the sūtras were first committed to writing in the northwest. The epigraphic research of Richard Salomon at the University of Washington tends toward the latter view. The Arapacana alphabet found in some of the longer sūtras as a dhāraṇī follows the order of letters and peculiarities of the Kharoṣṭhī script.9 Furthermore, the earliest Chinese translation of the Eight Thousand Lines (Taisho 224), dated 179–180 ᴄᴇ, was prepared at Luoyang by Lokakṣema, a Kuṣāṇa monk from the northwest.10

i.­9

The fact that the sūtras were copied, expanded and translated rapidly into other languages suggests that the admonishment to commit them to writing as an act of merit was taken seriously by early proponents of the Great Vehicle. Scholarly opinion differs as to which of the sūtras appeared first. Conze (1960) considers that the first two chapters of the Verse Summation and the Eight Thousand Lines are the oldest, while Japanese scholars tend to give precedence to the Adamantine Cutter (in Three Hundred Lines). The latter text was highly influential in the development of Huineng’s Platform Sūtra (Liùzǔ Tánjīng), and a copy of it is also the world’s oldest extant printed book, dated 868, retrieved by Sir Aurel Stein from Dunhuang and preserved in The British Museum. Schopen (2005: 31–32, 55) puts forward the idea that there was a shift from the oral transmission exemplified in the Adamantine Cutter to the written transmission of the Eight Thousand Lines.

i.­10

The historical evolution of the sūtras within the Indian subcontinent is examined preeminently in Conze (1960: 1–18), who outlines the following four historical phases: (1) the appearance of the medium length Sūtra in Eight Thousand Lines, dated 100 ʙᴄᴇ–100 ᴄᴇ; (2) the expansion of the longer versions, dated 100–300 ᴄᴇ; (3) the contraction of the shorter versions, dated 300–500 ᴄᴇ; and (4) the appearance of various means for attainment (sādhana, sgrub thabs) associated with the female deity Prajñā­pāramitā, dated 600–1200 ᴄᴇ. This structure may still hold in general, although the reservations of Japanese scholarship concerning the antiquity of the short Adamantine Cutter (in Three Hundred Lines) should be noted.

i.­11

The titles of the various sūtras within the genre are differentiated on the basis of the number of thirty-two syllable “lines” (śloka) contained in their original Sanskrit manuscripts. There is also internal numbering, which assists navigation. This takes two forms: the tally of fascicles (kalāpa, bam po) into which the original bark or palm leaf manuscripts were bundled is indicated at the start of each tome, and the tally of chapters (parivarta, le’u) which distinguish the content is indicated at the conclusion of each chapter. The present translation emphasizes the divisions of the chapter titles, while encoding the residual tally of fascicles. For example the final fascicle heading of the sūtra, which would read “Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines. The thirty-fourth fascicle is as follows,” appears encoded as [B34].

i.­12

In Tibetan translation, the sūtras of the transcendent perfection of wisdom comprise approximately one fifth of the entire Kangyur, taking up twenty-one volumes of the Lhasa and Urga Kangyurs, twenty-two of the Cone Kangyur, twenty-three of the Degé and Narthang Kangyurs, and up to twenty-seven of some of the manuscript Kangyurs. In most Kangyurs, this section, known as Prajñā­pāramitā (shes phyin), precedes all the other sūtra divisions‍—the Ava­taṃsaka (phal chen), Ratna­kūṭa (dkon brtsegs) and General Sūtra (mdo sde) sections‍—reflecting the high prestige of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom within Mahāyāna Buddhism as a whole. In most Kangyurs, including the Degé, the section includes twenty-three distinct texts, foremost among them being the “six mothers” (yum drug) and the “eleven children” (bu bcu gcig). In some Kangyurs, including those of the Peking family, the section contains only seventeen (the “mothers” and “children”), and the seven other texts usually classed in this genre are found in other divisions.

i.­13

The six mothers are the “longer” and “medium” length sūtras, which are said to be distinguished by their structural presentation of all eight aspects of the bodhisattvas’ path, as elucidated in The Ornament of Clear Realization. The shorter texts, being terser, do not fully elaborate this structure.11 The six mothers are outlined as follows:

The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 8)12 comprises twelve volumes, twenty-five fascicles, and seventy-two chapters.

The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 9)13 comprises three volumes, seventy-eight fascicles, and seventy-six chapters.

The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines (Aṣṭa­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 10)14 comprises two and a half volumes, sixty fascicles, and eighty-seven chapters.

The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 11) comprises one and a half volumes, thirty-four fascicles, and thirty-three chapters.

The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines (Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 12) comprises one volume, twenty-four fascicles, and thirty-two chapters.

The Verse Summation of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom (Prajñā­pāramitā­ratna­guṇa­sañ­caya­gāthā, Toh 13) comprises nineteen folios.

i.­14

In addition to these Tibetan translations, there are extant Sanskrit manuscripts from Gilgit and Nepal, complete in some cases, partial in others, and Chinese translations representing all of the longer and medium length versions of the sūtra, with the exception of The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines. A bibliographic appraisal of all texts within the cycle can be found in Conze (1960: 31–91), and listings of the corresponding translations into Western languages in Pfandt (1983).

The Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā

i.­15

The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines, which is translated here, uniquely has no extant Sanskrit manuscripts or Chinese translations‍—the Tibetan version alone is extant‍—nor are there any extant commentaries of Indo-Tibetan or Sino-Japanese origin. For these reasons, Conze (1960: 46) has even expressed doubt as to its authenticity, suggesting that the sūtra may have been composed in Tibet. This, however, is highly unlikely‍—in style and content the sūtra is compatible with the three longer versions, and quite dissimilar to the indigenous Tibetan compositions of the ninth century, when it was listed in the Denkarma (ldan dkar ma) catalogue.15 Situ Paṇchen’s catalogue to the Degé Kangyur includes the colophon of this sūtra, indicating that it was translated into Tibetan by Jinamitra, Prajñāvarman, and the translator Yeshé Dé.16

i.­16

Hikata (1958: ix–lxxxiii) claims that the text is a somewhat erratic version of the three longer sūtras, and yet this is not borne out by a detailed analysis of the sūtra itself, which, as we shall see, may justifiably be regarded as a compact and coherent restatement of the longer versions, having much more in common with them than with The Eight Thousand Lines.

i.­17

The pioneering Norwegian Indologist Sten Konow is the only academic to have given serious consideration to our text in his 1941 monograph, which includes a Sanskrit reconstruction and translation of the first two chapters. These particular chapters are of great interest because they conveniently draw together the enumerations of the three hundred and sixty-seven aspects of phenomena, meditative experiences, causal and fruitional attributes, and attainments that form the critique of the sūtras. Konow (1941: 70) compares the list of these phenomena and attributes to those found in other sūtras within the cycle and in other Mahāyāna texts. In particular, with regard to the unusual listing of only seventy-eight minor marks, rather than eighty, he speculates that The Ten Thousand Lines “may represent an earlier attempt,” predating the enumerations found in the Mahā­vastu, Lalita­vistara, and Mahā­vyutpatti, which all appear to have a common source.

i.­18

In the course of translating the present text, we have sought to identify parallel passages in the Dutt (1934) and Kimura (1971–2009) editions of the recast Sanskrit manuscript (which also facilitated the preparation of the trilingual glossary). Other secondary sources have also proved to be essential research tools, including Conze’s Materials for a Dictionary of the Prajñā­pāramitā Literature (1973), along with his composite translation from the longer sūtras (1975), and the translations of the renowned Indian treatises of Hari­bhadra and Vi­mukti­sena contained in Sparham (2006–2012). For appraisals of the transcendent perfection literature in general, readers may also wish to consult Dayal (1932), Conze (1960), Williams (1989), Jamieson (2000), and Brunnholzl (2010), the last of whom, in his introduction, offers important insights from the Tibetan commentarial tradition.

Structure of the Text

i.­19

While the deconstruction of all aspects of conceptual elaboration is explicitly stated throughout the sūtra, the structural progression of the bodhisattva path is largely understood by implication and it is unraveled chiefly with reference to the commentary found in Maitreya’s Ornament of Clear Realization. The recast Sanskrit manuscript of later provenance, edited in Dutt (1934) and Kimura (1971–2009) presents the entire Twenty-five Thousand Lines in that context, and it is on that basis that we can also, by analogy, understand the implied meaning of The Ten Thousand Lines.

i.­20

The eight aspects of the bodhisattvas’ progression include: three which present the theoretical understandings of the goals to be realized, four which present the practical application of training through which they will be realized, and one which presents the fruit arising from conclusive realization. Together these form the graduated approach of the bodhisattva path that is revered and maintained in all Tibetan traditions, and most exemplary in the lives and teachings of the great Kadampa masters, such as Ngok Loden Sherab. The eight aspects with their seventy topics may be outlined as follows:

i.­21
I. Understanding of all phenomena (sarvākāra­jñāna, rnam mkhyen).

Its ten topics include (i) setting of the mind on enlightenment, (ii) the instructions concerning its application within the Great Vehicle, (iii) the four aspects of ascertainment on the path of preparation, comprising warmth, peak, acceptance, and supremacy, (iv) the naturally abiding buddha nature which is the basis for attaining the Great Vehicle, (v) the referents through which the Great Vehicle is attained, (vi) the goals attained through the Great Vehicle, (vii) the armor-like attainment, (viii) attainment through engagement, (ix) attainment through the provisions of merit and gnosis, and (x) definitive attainment.

i.­22
II. Understanding of the aspects of the path (mārga­jñatā, lam gyi rnam pa shes pa nyid).

Its eleven topics include (i) essential aspects for understanding the path, (ii) the understanding of the path which is that of the śrāvakas, (iii) the understanding of the path which is that of the pratyekabuddhas, (iv) the beneficial path of insight, which accords with the Great Vehicle, (v) the functions of the path of cultivation, (vi) the aspirational path of cultivation, (vii) the path of cultivation resulting in eulogy, exhortation, and praise, (viii) the path of cultivation resulting in dedication, (ix) the path of cultivation resulting in sympathetic rejoicing, (x) the path of cultivation resulting in attainment, and (ix) the path of meditation resulting in purity.

i.­23
III. Understanding of omniscience (sarva­jñatā, thams cad shes pa nyid).

Its nine topics include (i) the basic understanding that discernment leads to non-abiding in phenomenal existence, (ii) the basic understanding that compassion leads to non-abiding in quiescence, (iii) the basic understanding that lack of skillful means leads to distance from the transcendent perfection of wisdom, (iv) the basic understanding that skillful means leads to its proximity, (v) the basic understanding of the discordant factors associated with the fixation of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, (vi) the remedial factors countering those fixations, (vii) training in the aforementioned basic understandings, (viii) training in the sameness of those basic understandings, and (ix) the path of insight which integrates these basic understandings.

i.­24
IV. Clear realization of all phenomena (sarvākārābhi­sambodha, rnam kun mngon rdzogs rtogs pa).

Its eleven topics include (i) the aspects of the aforementioned three theoretical understandings; (ii) training in those aspects; (iii) the qualities acquired through those trainings, (iv) the defects to be eliminated during training, (v) the defining characteristics of training, (vii) the path of provisions in accord with liberation, (vii) the path of preparation in accord with the aforementioned four degrees of penetration, (viii) the signs of the irreversible bodhisattva trainees, (ix) training in the sameness of phenomenal existence and quiescence, (x) the training associated with the pure realms, and (xi) training in skillful means for the sake of others.

i.­25
V. Culminating clear realization (mūrdhābhi­samaya, rtse mor phyin pa’i mngon rtogs).

Its eight topics include (i) the culminating training of warmth on the path of preparation, (ii) the culminating training in the peak on the path of preparation, (iii) the culminating training in acceptance on the path of preparation, (iv) the culminating training in supremacy on the path of preparation, (v) the culminating training on the path of insight, (vi) the culminating training on the path of cultivation, (vii) the culminating uninterrupted training on the path of cultivation, comprising the adamantine meditative stability, and (viii) the mistaken notions that are to be eliminated.

i.­26
VI. Serial clear realization (ānupūrvābhisamaya, mthar gyis pa’i mngon rtogs).

Its thirteen topics include (i–vi) the serial trainings in the six transcendent perfections of generosity, ethical discipline, tolerance, perseverance, meditative concentration and wisdom; (vii–xii) the serial training in the six recollections of the spiritual teacher, the buddha, the sacred doctrine, the monastic community, ethical discipline, and generosity; and (xiii) the serial training in the realization that phenomena are without essential nature.

i.­27
VII. Instantaneous clear realization (eka­kṣaṇābhi­samaya, skad cig ma gcig gis mngon par rtogs pa).

Its four topics include (i) instantaneous training in terms of maturation, (ii) instantaneous training in terms of non-maturation, (iii) instantaneous training in terms of the lack of defining characteristics, and (iv) instantaneous training in terms of non-duality.

i.­28
VIII. Fruitional attributes of the buddha body of reality (dharmakāya, ’bras bu chos sku).

Its four topics include (i) the buddha body of essentiality, (ii) the buddha body of gnosis and reality, (ii) the buddha body of perfect resource, and (iv) the buddha body of emanation.


i.­29

In terms of The Ten Thousand Lines, we can see that the parallel passages of the Sanskrit edition of the recast manuscript, following Dutt and Kimura, suggest that chapters 1–14 pertain to the understanding of all phenomena, chapters 15–18a pertain to the understanding of the aspects of the path, and chapters 18b–19 pertain to the understanding of omniscience. Chapters 20–25a pertain to training in the clear realization of all phenomena, chapters 25b–28a pertain to the training in culminating clear realization and serial clear realization, and chapters 28b–30 pertain to the training in instantaneous clear realization. Chapter 31 explores the indications of irreversible bodhisattvas, chapter 32 pertains to the fruitional attainment of the buddha attributes, and chapter 33 concludes the sūtra with the admonishments that it should be respected, maintained, and entrusted for the sake of posterity.

Summary of the Text

i.­30

In the following summary, the eight aspects appear as subtitles with the same Roman numerals as in the list above. The thirty-three chapters are unevenly distributed among them.

i.­31
I. UNDERSTANDING OF ALL PHENOMENA

The first fourteen chapters of the text concern the theoretical understanding of all phenomena, which is the first goal to be realized. Śāradvatī­putra acts as Lord Buddha’s interlocutor in the first nine chapters, with Su­bhūti making his initial appearance in chapter 10.

i.­32
Chapters 1 and 2

In response to a question about what is the transcendent perfection of wisdom which bodhisattvas are to perfect, Lord Buddha replies that it is the absence of fixation with respect to all phenomena, all meditative experiences, all causal attributes acquired by bodhisattvas, all fruitional attributes manifested by buddhas, and all attainments up to and including omniscience. along with unconditioned phenomena, such as the abiding nature of all things and the finality of existence, these are all attributes with respect to which a great bodhisattva being should cultivate detachment. Bodhisattvas do perceive such phenomena distinctly, but only on the relative level; in an ultimate sense they consider them to be illusory, in the manner of a dream and so forth.

i.­33
Chapter 3

Fixation may ensue when those phenomena and attributes are considered as permanent or impermanent, as conducive to happiness or suffering, with self or without self, empty or not empty, with signs or signless, having or lacking aspirations, calm or not calm, void or not void, afflicted or purified, arising or not arising, ceasing or not ceasing, and as entities or non-entities. Deluded minds would view these phenomena and attributes as absolutely existent whereas bodhisattvas should train so as to understand that they are all non-apprehensible‍—mere designations and conceptualizations.

i.­34
Chapters 4 and 5

Bodhisattvas do not consider whether or not they are engaged in union with all those phenomena and attributes. Owing to the emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics, they neither associate anything with nor disassociate anything from anything else. They do not consider whether certain things are connected with other things because nothing is connected with any other thing. Indeed, the nature of phenomena is emptiness‍—non-arising, non-ceasing, neither afflicted nor purified.

i.­35

Bodhisattvas will approach omniscience, attaining complete purity of body, speech, and mind, as well as freedom from afflicted mental states, and then they will bring sentient beings to maturation until they attain manifestly perfect buddhahood. Bodhisattvas who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom in this manner will perfect all the other transcendent perfections, whereby they will attain genuinely perfect enlightenment. Since phenomena are invariably non-apprehensible and notions about them are also non-apprehensible, how could the designations of phenomena constitute a bodhisattva?

i.­36
Chapter 6

The term “great bodhisattva being” is meaningless, non-existent like a dream or like the tracks of a bird in the sky. Just as the notions of a buddha’s degenerate morality, mental distraction, stupidity, non-liberation, and misperception are all without foundation, the notion of a great bodhisattva being abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom is also non-existent, because all phenomena and attributes are without foundation, neither conjoined nor disjoined, and they are immaterial, unrevealed, and unobstructed. Their only defining characteristic is that they lack defining characteristics. Yet, it is only when bodhisattvas have trained in the transcendent perfection of wisdom without apprehending anything that they will attain omniscience.

i.­37

Unskilled bodhisattvas without an authentic teacher will be afraid when they hear this, but, with skill in means, they will discern that all things are impermanent and so on, and will not apprehend them. Attentive without apprehending anything, without dogmatic assumptions, they will discern that all phenomena and attributes are even empty of their own emptiness. So it is that those seeking to perfect the transcendent perfections, to comprehend all phenomena, and to abandon afflicted mental states, as well as all fetters, latent impulses, and obsessions should train in this transcendent perfection of wisdom.

i.­38
Chapter 7

Authentic spiritual mentors are those who teach, without apprehending anything, that all phenomena are impermanent, and so forth, dedicating their roots of virtue exclusively to omniscience. Encouraging bodhisattvas to cultivate the causal and fruitional attributes, they teach, without apprehending anything, that all things are void.

i.­39

However, if bodhisattvas cultivate the transcendent perfections and apprehend them, attentive to the causal and fruitional attributes, they will make assumptions and fall into the hands of others who would dissuade them from their course on the grounds that the transcendent perfections are the non-canonical fabrications of poets and of malign forces. Māra could even appear in the guise of a buddha to discourage them from practicing the transcendent perfections, or persuade them that they cannot become irreversible bodhisattvas, or even that the attainment of manifestly perfect buddhahood is itself impossible.

i.­40

On the other hand, when bodhisattvas teach, without apprehending anything, in order that sentient beings might abandon their nihilist and eternalist views, or their notions concerning phenomena or causal and fruitional attributes‍—all this indicates that they will have been accepted by an authentic teacher.

i.­41
Chapter 8

The immaturity of a bodhisattva manifests when those who have previously regressed fail to enter into the maturity of the bodhisattvas. Unskilled in the transcendent perfections, they instead actualize lesser attainments, craving for the teachings because they become fixated on the notions that all phenomena, and causal and fruitional attributes, are impermanent, and so forth.

i.­42

On the other hand, skillful bodhisattvas do not make assumptions about anything, even the enlightened mind, because the intrinsic nature of this mind is luminosity, without afflicted mental states, obsessions, fetters, or latent impulses. Just as this natural luminosity of the mind is unchanging and without conceptual notions, so are all phenomena, or causal and fruitional attributes, and attainments unchanging and without conceptual notions. The transcendent perfections are skillfully cultivated by discerning, without apprehending anything, that thoughts of miserliness, degenerate morality, agitation, indolence, distraction, and stupidity are all non-entities. All this characterizes the maturity of great bodhisattva beings who proceed on the path to enlightenment. They cannot be overcome by anyone and will never regress or become impoverished. They will perceive numerous buddhas and listen to their sacred teachings, but without conceptual notions.

i.­43
Chapter 9

Whenever bodhisattvas practice any of the six transcendent perfections and don the great armor for the sake of all sentient beings, they also engage with all the other five transcendent perfections. Their generosity is characterized by the giver, gift, and recipient being non-apprehensible; their ethical discipline by a lack of fascination with lower attainments; their tolerance by endurance and confidence; their perseverance by indefatigability, relentlessness, and tenacity; their meditative concentration by disinterest in lesser goals; and their wisdom by understanding the illusory nature of all phenomena. When bodhisattvas practice these six transcendent perfections, they achieve and maintain the various meditative states, replete with the appropriate signs of successful practice, and then, attaining omniscience, they arise from these meditative states and communicate them successfully to others.

i.­44

When they understand the aspects of emptiness and practice the transcendent perfections without apprehending anything, they do not apprehend the transcendent perfections, or their cultivators. Instead they cultivate all the causal and fruitional attributes in order to put an end to cultivation, and they do so without apprehending anything. Because beings are non-apprehensible, the term “bodhisattva” is understood to be a mere conventional expression, as are all phenomena, causal and fruitional attributes, and attainments. Despite their achievements, they are without any notion whatsoever.

i.­45
Chapter 10

Bodhisattvas should don the armor of the transcendent perfections, causal and fruitional attributes, and attainments and send forth emanations and resources to benefit sentient beings. In the manner of an illusionist, they offer resources to the needy, they appear to establish others in virtuous actions, they exhibit tolerance when attacked by imaginary assailants, they encourage others to pursue virtuous paths with perseverance, they establish others in meditative concentration, and they do not apprehend anything arising, ceasing, afflicted, or purified. The reality of illusion is the reality of all things. Maintaining the transcendent perfections, they establish sentient beings therein until they too have attained manifestly perfect buddhahood. And yet, bodhisattvas should know that they are seeking a non-existent armor because all phenomena, attributes, bodhisattvas and even the great armor itself are all inherently empty. Omniscience is uncreated and unconditioned, as are the beings for whom bodhisattvas don the great armor. Resembling dreams, all things are unfettered and unliberated.

i.­46
Chapter 11

Even though bodhisattvas may refine the five eyes until the fruits of arhatship, individual enlightenment, or manifestly perfect buddhahood are attained, they should not dwell upon notions which are all non-apprehensible. Unskilled bodhisattvas who resort to notions of “I” and “mine” will not attain omniscience. The transcendent perfection of wisdom cannot be appropriated, owing to the emptiness of inherent existence. Therefore, bodhisattvas should determine that all things are empty of inherent existence, without mental wandering.

i.­47

This spacious and indefinable method of the bodhisattvas, known as the maṇḍala of the meditative stability of non-appropriation, is unknown to others. Owing to the non-appropriation of all things, and the non-existence of transmigration at the time of death, bodhisattvas do not make assumptions. Instead, they determine that, owing to emptiness, the absence of objective referents denotes the transcendent perfection of wisdom. If bodhisattvas are not disheartened when they make this determination, they will never be separated from the transcendent perfection of wisdom. Undertaking this training, they will attain omniscience.

i.­48
Chapter 12

Unskilled bodhisattvas who engage with phenomena, attributes, notions of permanence, and so forth, will merely engage with mental images and dualistic concepts, and will not be released from cyclic existence. On the other hand, when bodhisattvas skillfully practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, owing to emptiness they do not engage with anything at all. Since everything has the essential nature of non-entity, they have not appropriated anything.

i.­49

There are one hundred and eleven non-acquisitive meditative stabilities of the bodhisattvas through which they will swiftly attain manifestly perfect buddhahood. Without considering or making dualistic assumptions about any of those meditative stabilities, bodhisattvas are naturally absorbed in meditation, and inseparable from them, without conceptual imaginations. So it is that they train in the transcendent perfections, causal and fruitional attributes, without apprehending anything.

i.­50

Owing to the utter purity of all things, they do not apprehend anything at all; since nothing arises or ceases, nothing is afflicted or purified. Through adherence to the two extremes of eternalism and nihilism, ordinary people imagine phenomena and attributes that are non-existent, and become fixated on them. They will not attain emancipation from cyclic existence, failing to understand that all things are emptiness, and lacking stability in the transcendent perfections.

i.­51
Chapter 13

The Great Vehicle will not come to rest anywhere because resting is non-apprehensible. No one will attain emancipation by means of this vehicle because all attributes and attainments associated with this vehicle are non-existent and non-apprehensible, owing to their utter purity. When bodhisattvas practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom in that manner, owing to the fact that all things are non-apprehensible, they will attain emancipation by means of the Great Vehicle in the state of omniscience. This Great Vehicle overpowers and attains emancipation from cyclic existence which is merely imagined, fabricated, and verbally constructed. The Great Vehicle comprises all meditative experiences and causal and fruitional attributes, and it is analogous to space, in that therein motion, rest, direction, shape, color, time, flux, arising, cessation, virtue, non-virtue, sense objects, and so forth, are not discernible. The Great Vehicle accommodates innumerable sentient beings, in the manner of space.

i.­52
Chapter 14

This Great Vehicle does not apprehend afflicted mental states or their absence, nor does it apprehend notions of permanence and impermanence, self and non-self, and so forth. The term “bodhisattva” designates one who is intent on enlightenment, on the basis of which the indications and signs of the causal and fruitional attributes are known without fixation, but the transcendent perfection of wisdom is far removed from all phenomena, afflicted mental states and opinions, and from the causal and fruitional attributes and attainments.

i.­53

Bodhisattvas do not investigate the notions that these are imbued with happiness and suffering because all things are inherently empty‍—non-arising, non-ceasing, without duality, neither conjoined nor disjoined‍—and they share a single defining characteristic in that they are all immaterial, unrevealed, unimpeded, and without defining characteristics.

i.­54

Once bodhisattvas have developed, without apprehending anything, the notion of sentient beings as their father, mother, or child, with their minds set on genuinely perfect enlightenment, they see that all notions of self and the like are entirely non-existent and non-apprehensible. Relatively speaking, there are attainments and clear realizations, but, ultimately, there are no attainment, no clear realization, no realized beings and no ordinary beings. It is because all phenomena, causal and fruitional attributes and attainments, are empty of inherent existence that bodhisattvas will refine them.

i.­55
II. UNDERSTANDING OF THE ASPECTS OF THE PATH

The theoretical understanding of the aspects of the bodhisattva path is the focus of the next section of the sūtra, commencing with chapter 15 and continuing through the first part of chapter 18. Here, Śakra and various divine princes in his entourage participate in the dialogue‍—both telepathically and verbally‍—alongside Lord Buddha, Su­bhūti and Śāradvati­putra.

i.­56
Chapter 15

Bodhisattvas who have cultivated omniscience should be attentive, without apprehending anything, to the notions that all things are impermanent, imbued with suffering, calm, void, and so forth. They should be attentive, without apprehending anything, to the origination of suffering and to the cessation of suffering. They should cultivate the causal and fruitional attributes and practice the transcendent perfections, without apprehending anything. They discern that the concepts of “I” and ”mine” and even thoughts of dedication are utterly non-existent and non-apprehensible in the enlightened mind. This is the transcendent perfection of wisdom, which is non-referential in all respects. Bodhisattvas should not dwell on anything or on any notion that they should perfect the transcendent perfections and establish countless beings in genuinely perfect enlightenment.

i.­57

Just as when, in a dream, a buddha is seen teaching, nothing at all is said or heard by anyone, so all things are like dreams‍—the enlightenment of the buddhas is inexpressible. No one who seeks to actualize the fruits of attainment can do so without accepting that phenomena are non-arising.

i.­58
Chapter 16

The sacred doctrine, those who teach it, and sentient beings who receive it all resemble a magical display, a dream, and so on. This transcendent perfection of wisdom, which is so profound, so hard to discern, and so hard to realize will be received by irreversible bodhisattvas who do not construe the notion that things are empty, signless, aspirationless, non-arising, unceasing, void, and calm. There is no one to receive this transcendent perfection of wisdom because nothing at all is expressed and there are no beings who will receive it. The three vehicles, the nature of all phenomena, and attributes and attainments have been taught, but exclusively without apprehending anything, owing to the aspects of emptiness.

i.­59

When bodhisattvas have heard this transcendent perfection of wisdom, there are malign forces which will seek to harm them, but to no avail, because all things are without inherent existence. Since they cultivate thoughts of loving kindness, compassion, empathetic joy, and equanimity toward all sentient beings, without apprehending anything, they will not die in unfavorable circumstances because they furnish all sentient beings with genuine happiness and gain their respect. In dependence on such bodhisattvas the ten virtuous actions, meditative experiences, causal and fruitional attributes, and attainments become manifest.

i.­60
Chapter 17

The transcendent perfection of wisdom sheds light and dispels the blindness of afflicted mental states and all false views owing to its utter purity. It secures happiness, demonstrating the path to those who go astray. It is omniscience, the mother of bodhisattvas, because it generates all buddha attributes. Just as the blind cannot get around without a guide, the five other transcendent perfections have no scope to attain omniscience unguided by the transcendent perfection of wisdom. Yet, this transcendent perfection of wisdom is actualized owing to the non-actualization of all things because they are non-arising, non-apprehensible, and do not disintegrate. Nothing at all will be attained because the transcendent perfection of wisdom does not establish anything at all in an apprehending manner, not even omniscience. Despite that, bodhisattvas do not undervalue the transcendent perfection of wisdom. Those who retain it will never be separated from omniscience. Those who commit it to writing in the form of a book and make offerings to it will accrue advantages in this life and the next. They will always be protected, everyone will rejoice in them, and they will be capable of warding off all refutations.

i.­61
Chapter 18a

Since bodhisattvas have come into this world, having made offerings to innumerable buddhas, when they see or hear the transcendent perfection of wisdom they will realize it in a signless, non-dual, and non-focusing manner. All phenomena, causal and fruitional attributes, and attainments are neither fettered nor liberated, since their natural expression remains unchanged. All things are pure owing to the indivisible purity of sentient beings and afflicted mental states. This purity is not subject to affliction due to the natural luminosity of all phenomena, attributes, and attainments. It is neither attained nor manifestly realized, and it has not been actualized. Nor is this purity cognizant of anything, due to the emptiness of inherent existence. The transcendent perfection of wisdom neither helps nor hinders omniscience and it does not appropriate anything at all.17

i.­62
III. UNDERSTANDING OF OMNISCIENCE

The theoretical understanding of omniscience is the focus of the next section of the sūtra, commencing with the second part of chapter 18 and continuing through chapter 19.

i.­63
Chapter 18b

Skillful bodhisattvas, on account of emptiness, are without dualistic perceptions and conceptual notions. If they were to cognize their own minds, causal and fruitional attributes, and attainments, and dedicate these to genuinely perfect enlightenment in a self-conscious manner, they would be incapable of practicing the transcendent perfection of wisdom without attachment. Rather, they delight others, discerning the sameness of all things, inattentive to conceptual notions, and forsaking all limits of attachment. Since the transcendent perfection of wisdom is unfabricated and unconditioned, there is no one at all who can attain manifestly perfect buddhahood. When bodhisattvas know this, they will abandon all the limits of attachment.

i.­64
Chapter 19

The transcendent perfection of wisdom is an agent that has no actions because it is non-apprehensible. Bodhisattvas who are not disheartened and who do not turn away from genuinely perfect enlightenment will achieve that which is difficult because this cultivation of the transcendent perfections is like cultivating space. In space, no phenomena, attributes, or attainments are discerned. Those bodhisattvas who would don protective armor, seeking to liberate beings from cyclic existence, are actually seeking to buttress the sky and they acquire great perseverance. Whenever they practice without making assumptions, they discern that phenomena are like a dream, and so on.

i.­65

This transcendent perfection of wisdom is absolutely pure. Through it bodhisattvas attain manifestly perfect buddhahood, and turn the wheel of the sacred doctrine, even though nothing at all is set in motion or reversed because, in emptiness, there is nothing apprehensible, nothing that arises or ceases, nothing that is afflicted or purified, and nothing that is to be retained or forsaken. All things are invariably unactualized because emptiness, signlessness, and aspirationlessness do not set in motion or reverse anything at all.

i.­66
IV. CLEAR REALIZATION OF ALL PHENOMENA

After the three theoretical sections of the sūtra, the next four concern their practical implementation through training. Among them, the fourth section, entitled “Clear Realization of all Phenomena,” commences from chapter 20 and continues through the first part of chapter 25. It integrates all the aforementioned categories of phenomena, meditative experiences, and the causal and fruitional attributes from the perspective of training.

i.­67
Chapter 20

The transcendent perfection of wisdom is infinite, void, beyond limitations, non-existent, inexpressible, dreamlike, empty, without defining characteristics, and so forth‍—all owing to its non-apprehension. For the sake of the world, the buddhas have expressed it in conventional terms, but that is not the case in ultimate reality. For instance, the defining characteristics of the five aggregates are respectively their materiality, emotional experience, comprehensibility, conditioning, and particularizing intrinsic awareness. The defining characteristic of the six transcendent perfections are respectively renunciation, non-involvement, imperturbability, uncrushability, undistractedness, and non-fixation. The defining characteristic of the meditative experiences is non-disturbance, and so on. However, the tathāgatas attain manifestly perfect buddhahood in the absence of all these defining characteristics.

i.­68
Chapter 21

This transcendent perfection of wisdom is established by means of great deeds, unappraisable deeds, innumerable deeds, and deeds that are equal to the unequaled. Just as a king may delegate all his royal duties to senior ministers, relinquishing responsibility so that he has few concerns, in the same way all things are subsumed within the transcendent perfection of wisdom, and implemented by it. This is profound, hard to discern, and hard to realize! Bodhisattvas who have come to accept that phenomena are non-arising have this superior understanding. Anyone who has committed this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom to writing will swiftly attain genuinely perfect buddhahood.

i.­69

Just as shipwrecked people without a life raft will die without reaching the ocean shore and those who have one will safely reach dry land, bodhisattvas who do not commit it to writing will regress, without reaching the maturity of the bodhisattvas. However, if they relentlessly persevere until genuinely perfect enlightenment is attained, and commit this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom to writing and train earnestly in it, they will not regress. Having brought sentient beings to maturity, they will attain manifestly perfect buddhahood.

i.­70

Briefly stated, unskilled bodhisattvas think in a dualistic manner, making assumptions about the six transcendent perfections although there are no such concepts. Skilled bodhisattvas who practice the six transcendent perfections without resorting to notions of “I” and “mine” do not make assumptions about the transcendent perfections. Without regression, they will attain genuinely perfect enlightenment.

i.­71
Chapter 22

Those bodhisattvas who strive toward genuinely perfect enlightenment are engaged in a difficult task, inasmuch as all things are empty of their own defining characteristics. Even so, having understood that all things are like an illusion and dreamlike, they set out toward genuinely perfect enlightenment for the benefit, well-being, and happiness of all worlds as a sanctuary, a protector, a refuge, an ally, an island, a torch-bearer, a lamp, a helmsman, a guide, and a support. This cultivation of the transcendent perfection of wisdom is the non-cultivation of phenomena, attributes, and attainments.

i.­72

Bodhisattvas of irreversible realization should investigate everything without fixation. They will not be swayed by the pointless words of others or captivated by afflicted mental states. They will not be separated from the other transcendent perfections and will not be afraid when they hear this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom. Their minds will not be averted from genuinely perfect enlightenment. They will delight in hearing this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom and retain it in the appropriate manner. When these bodhisattvas are successful in their practice, their realization will be irreversible.

i.­73
Chapter 23

This profound transcendent perfection of wisdom is hard to realize, for which reason the mind of the buddhas is inclined toward carefree inaction and not toward teaching. Manifestly perfect buddhahood has not been attained by anyone, anywhere. This is the profundity of all things, in which habitual ideas of duality do not at all exist. Just as the real nature of the buddhas is unobstructed, undifferentiated, non-particular, and without duality, so is the real nature of all things.

i.­74

Just as a wingless bird will be mortally injured on its descent, it is inevitable that unskilled bodhisattvas who lack the transcendent perfection of wisdom will regress. On the other hand, skillful bodhisattvas whose minds are imbued with great compassion, and who cultivate emptiness, signlessness, and aspirationlessness, enter into the maturity of the bodhisattvas, without conceptualizing or apprehending anything, and attain manifestly perfect buddhahood.

i.­75

It may seem that genuinely perfect enlightenment is easy to manifest because all things are empty of their own essential nature. However, this is exactly why it is hard to bring forth genuinely perfect enlightenment. Once bodhisattvas accept that all things resemble space, they will attain manifestly perfect buddhahood, but if it were easy for them to do so, bodhisattvas who don the protective armor would not regress.

i.­76
Chapter 24

Bodhisattvas who wish to attain genuinely perfect enlightenment should cultivate equanimity with respect to all sentient beings, addressing them with gentle words. They should cultivate an attitude free from enmity, regarding all sentient beings as their close relatives or peers. They should abstain from non-virtuous actions and encourage others to do so. They should engage in meditative experiences, and rejoice in others who do so. They should cultivate the causal and fruitional attributes, and rejoice in others who do so‍—all without apprehending anything.

i.­77

Moreover, bodhisattvas should comprehend suffering, abandon the origin of suffering, actualize the cessation of suffering, and cultivate the path that leads to the cessation of suffering, and they should rejoice in others who do so. They should bring sentient beings to maturation, refine the buddhafields,18 and rejoice in others who do likewise.

i.­78
Chapter 25a

Bodhisattvas should determine that phenomena and cyclic existence are empty, but they should do so with an unwavering mind. Just as a heroic man can escort relatives safely home through a terrifying wilderness by the power of discernment, bodhisattvas who have achieved and maintain a state of mind imbued with the four immeasurable aspirations and the six transcendent perfections will continue to search for omniscience, and even though they are established in emptiness, signlessness, and aspirationlessness, they will not be swayed into regression without perfecting the attainment of omniscience.

i.­79

Bodhisattvas analyze the causal and fruitional attributes, resolving to attain manifestly perfect buddhahood for the sake of sentient beings who mistakenly continue to apprehend phenomena, but they will not actualize the finality of existence, through which they would regress to lesser attainments. Even though there are many bodhisattvas engaged in the pursuit of enlightenment, few of them have precisely investigated the six transcendent perfections on the irreversible level and avoided regression.

i.­80
V. CULMINATING CLEAR REALIZATION

The fifth section of the sūtra, “Culminating Clear Realization,” includes the four trainings on the path of preparation (warmth, peak, acceptance and supremacy), as well as the training on the paths of insight and cultivation, ending with the adamantine meditative stability and the elimination of mistaken notions. It extends from the second part of chapter 25 through to the end of chapter 27.

i.­81
Chapter 25b

When bodhisattvas train in the real nature of all things, they do train in the causal and fruitional attributes, and they will swiftly attain the level of an irreversible bodhisattva. Only bodhisattvas who wish to liberate all sentient beings from cyclic existence can undertake this training, and when they have done so, they will never be disadvantaged or separated from the sacred doctrine. They become absorbed in meditative experiences, but on arising from these, they will not linger in blissful states. Instead, they will refine all the fruitional attributes, without regression.

i.­82

Bodhisattvas who wish to become a protector and refuge to all those sentient beings who are unprotected and without a refuge, who wish to become an ally of those who are without allies, who wish to become an eye to the blind, who wish to become a lamp for sentient beings who are immersed in the darkness of fundamental ignorance, who wish to attain genuinely perfect buddhahood, who wish to roar the lion’s roar of the completely perfect buddhas, and so forth, should all train in this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom, and swiftly attain manifestly perfect buddhahood.

i.­83
Chapter 26

Those bodhisattvas will never regress from genuinely perfect enlightenment, but, seeing the sufferings of cyclic existence, they will resolve to benefit the whole world and alleviate its sufferings. Abandoning all thoughts, concepts, and imaginations, in one sense they do not in the slightest achieve anything difficult because they do not apprehend anything that could be actualized.

i.­84

However, the astonishing singular difficulty is not that they do not regress to lower attainments, but that they don the armor that resolves to establish innumerable sentient beings in buddhahood, while those beings whom they would guide are utterly non-apprehensible. Bodhisattvas who, for the sake of sentient beings, think they should don the armor of great compassion would as well think they should seek to do battle with space. If, when this is explained they are not discouraged, then they are practicing the transcendent perfection of wisdom, and, free from doubt, they will gradually come to rest on the irreversible levels, and attain omniscience.

i.­85
Chapter 27

Bodhisattvas who practice each one of the transcendent perfections acquire each of the other transcendent perfections through physical, verbal, and mental acts of loving kindness, and through abstinence, courage, persistence, lack of enmity, and an attitude that regards gifts and recipients in a non-dualistic, non-focusing, and illusion-like manner. They may enter into and arise from their meditative experiences sequentially, or they may enter into the meditative stability known as the yawning lion, in which the formless absorptions and meditative concentrations are reversed. Abiding in this meditative stability, they attain the sameness of all things.

i.­86
VI. SERIAL CLEAR REALIZATION

The sixth section of the sūtra, “Serial Clear Realization,” includes the serial trainings in the six transcendent perfections, the serial trainings in the six recollections, and the serial training in the realization that phenomena are without essential nature.

This section is omitted from this version of the sūtra, which continues instead with section seven, “Instantaneous Clear Realization.”

i.­87
VII. INSTANTANEOUS CLEAR REALIZATION

This has four topics: maturation, non-maturation, lack of defining characteristics, and non-duality.

i.­88
Chapter 28a

Bodhisattvas practice the transcendent perfections for the sake of all sentient beings, assuming the five aggregates which are dreamlike, without essential nature, and without defining characteristics. They perfect all meditative experiences and all causal and fruitional attributes, and then, participating in cyclic existence for the sake of all sentient beings, they are untainted by the defects of cyclic existence. Understanding that all things are without defining characteristics, they go on to attain omniscience. Owing to the emptiness of essential nature and the emptiness of ultimate reality, they do not conceptualize and they come to accept that phenomena are non-arising. Having brought sentient beings to maturation, they will attain manifestly perfect buddhahood by means of instantaneous wisdom. Well trained in emptiness, they do not apprehend anything at all apart from emptiness. All apprehension of phenomena, causal and fruitional attributes, and attainments constitutes the immaturity of the bodhisattvas. The absence of all apprehension constitutes the maturity of the bodhisattvas. The bodhisattvas who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom perceive that all things are gathered within it, but do not apprehend anything, owing to non-duality. All things are undifferentiated, without defining characteristics, and subject neither to arising nor cessation.

i.­89
VIII. FRUITIONAL BUDDHA BODY OF REALITY

The last section of the sūtra, concerning the fruitional buddha body of reality, comprises the buddha body of essentiality, the buddha body of gnosis and reality, the buddha body of perfect resource, and the buddha body of emanation. It extends from the second part of chapter 28 through to the end of chapter 30.

i.­90
Chapter 28b

Investigating conditioned phenomena through emptiness, bodhisattvas teach ordinary people who grasp dreams as reality that all phenomena are empty of notions of “I” and “mine.” Since all phenomena arise from dependent origination, and are grasped erroneously through the maturation of past actions, what other cause can there be for their perception of non-entities as entities? Skillful bodhisattvas cause sentient beings to engage successively with each of the six transcendent perfections and then to turn away from states of indulgence to enter into the expanse of final nirvāṇa, or at least to become established in the causal and fruitional attributes. Although all things are dreamlike non-entities, abiding in the six transcendent perfections, bodhisattvas attract sentient beings by their practice of the six transcendent perfections.

i.­91
Chapter 29

Bodhisattvas attract sentient beings with the mundane and supramundane gifts of the sacred doctrine. The former concerns mundane phenomena and meditative experiences. The latter establishes sentient beings through skill in means in the causal and fruitional attributes, and attainments, so that they renounce afflicted mental states, and all propensities for rebirth. Once bodhisattvas have attained omniscience, they will be called buddhas.

i.­92

When bodhisattvas practice the six transcendent perfections, they attract sentient beings and establish them on the bodhisattva levels, releasing them from erroneous views. When the relative truth is taken as the standard, they systematically present the various fruits, but not so in ultimate truth because all things are without arising, without cessation, without affliction and without purification. This reality of emptiness is non-conceptual and indescribable. Owing to emptiness, they do not become fixated on anything at all, and they do not train in anything except emptiness, signlessness and aspirationlessness. In this way they undertake training‍—realizing the four noble truths, comprehending the twelve links of dependent origination, and refining the causal and fruitional attributes.

i.­93
Chapter 30

Bodhisattvas correctly perceive the real properties of all phenomena: For example, physical forms resemble a mass of insubstantial foam, feelings are like a fleeting bubble of water, perceptions resemble a mirage, formative predispositions resemble a hollow plantain tree, and consciousness resembles an army conjured up by an illusionist. The defining characteristic of suffering is harm, the defining characteristic of the origin of suffering is production, the defining characteristic of cessation is quiescence, and the defining characteristic of the path is emancipation.

i.­94

Bodhisattvas do not apprehend anything outside the expanse of reality; and yet, owing to their skill in means, they continue to practice the transcendent perfections and encourage others to do so. If all things were not empty of inherent existence, the bodhisattvas would not demonstrate to sentient beings that all things are empty of inherent existence. The emptiness of inherent existence is the natural expression of all things. Abiding therein, they strive toward genuinely perfect enlightenment, training in order to liberate sentient beings. Having perfected those paths and brought sentient beings to maturity, they will attain manifestly perfect buddhahood.

i.­95
Chapter 31

At this point the text returns to the discussion found in the aforementioned fourth section on the training in the clear realization of all phenomena (see chapter 7). Irreversible bodhisattvas have turned away from all mundane phenomena and lesser attainments but not from the causal and fruitional attributes. They do not cause others to doubt the discipline of the sacred doctrine, nor do they maintain a sense of supremacy. They will not be disadvantaged and they will always practice the transcendent perfections, cultivating them for the sake of sentient beings and dedicating their merits without apprehending anything. Their physical, verbal, and mental actions are gentle, without hostility toward any sentient being, and imbued with loving kindness. Entering into the maturity of the bodhisattvas, they never cultivate thoughts of miserliness, degenerate morality, indolence, distraction, or delusion. If Māra seeks to deceive and dissuade them by conjuring up negative images of bodhisattvas suffering in the hells, or by denouncing the bodhisattva path as a poetic fabrication, their minds will not be alienated and they will not turn back from genuinely perfect enlightenment.

i.­96

Having accepted that phenomena are non-arising, they understand that all things are indeed equal to space and empty of intrinsic defining characteristics, but nonetheless they don the armor which is equal to space and empty of intrinsic defining characteristics, and attain manifestly perfect buddhahood in order to emancipate sentient beings from cyclic existence. Irreversible bodhisattvas would even relinquish their own lives for the sake of acquiring the sacred doctrine, but they would not relinquish the doctrine that all phenomena are empty.

i.­97
Chapter 32

The penultimate chapter comes back to the final section on the fruitional attributes and buddha bodies. Among the transcendent perfections and the causal and fruitional attributes, there is nothing at all in which bodhisattvas should not train because without training, they cannot attain omniscience. If sentient beings already knew that all things are empty of inherent existence, bodhisattvas would not undertake training and attain omniscience. It is because they do not know that bodhisattvas do indeed undertake training and attain manifestly perfect buddhahood. Thinking that, fixation besides, there is nothing at all which can be apprehended, they see sentient beings grasping that which does not exist, and, through skill in means, release them, encouraging them to practice the transcendent perfections and abide in the fruits of attainment.

i.­98

After perfecting the six transcendent perfections, along with the causal and fruitional attributes, bodhisattvas will themselves attain manifestly perfect buddhahood by means of wisdom that is instantaneously endowed with adamantine meditative stability. They purify the negativity of body, speech, and mind. Seized by great compassion, they may even take birth in lower realms for the sake of sentient beings, but remain untainted by any defects. Without apprehending anything at all, they abide in the emptiness of non-apprehension and attain manifestly perfect buddhahood. This is the second promulgation of the doctrinal wheel by the buddhas in the world, which was comprehended by innumerable sentient beings.

i.­99
Chapter 33

The conclusion of the whole sūtra comes in the form of a dialogue between Lord Buddha and Ānanda, the compiler of the sūtras. The corresponding passages are found in the third section of the recast Sanskrit manuscript. Those who dismiss or spurn this transcendent perfection of wisdom on the grounds that it is not the Vinaya, but unorthodox and non-canonical, will endure the great sufferings of the hells and other inferior realms. By contrast, the merits of those who retain this transcendent perfection of wisdom, commit it to writing, and communicate it to others are extolled above all else. As long as this transcendent perfection of wisdom is active in the world, so long will the buddhas reside in the world, and so long will sentient beings behold the buddhas, listen to this transcendent perfection of wisdom, and commit it to writing.

Notes on this publication

i.­100

Although 84000’s general preference is to avoid the use of square brackets to indicate words or phrases added in the translation as an aid to understanding and readability, an exception has been made in the case of this text. The most frequent reason for their use here is to provide, in passages dealing with a series of previously enumerated elements under discussion, a reference to what those elements are that is missing in the taut phrasing of the Tibetan (and, we may assume, the original Sanskrit). Although these added phrases are arguably included in the text’s meaning, if not its actual words, they have been left in square brackets to avoid confusing readers who might wish to read the translation along with the original, as well as to facilitate close comparison of the different Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom sūtras.

i.­101

References to the parallel passages in the recast Sanskrit manuscript, mentioned above, have been left embedded throughout the underlying database file of this translation, e.g. [cf. Dutt: 142] or [cf. Kimura II-III: 18], but have been rendered invisible in this display. The database file is available on request to scholars and researchers.


Text Body

The Translation
The Noble Mahāyāna Sūtra
The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines

1.
Chapter 1

The Context

[V31] [F.1.b] [B1]


1.­1

Homage to all the buddhas and bodhisattvas!


1.­2

Thus did I hear at one time. The Blessed One19 was residing at Vulture Peak near Rāja­gṛha with a large monastic gathering comprising many thousands of fully ordained monks. All of them were arhats who had attained the cessation of contaminants and were without afflicted mental states, fully controlled, their minds thoroughly liberated, their wisdom well liberated, thoroughbreds, mighty nāgas, their tasks accomplished, their work completed, their burdens relinquished, their own objectives already fulfilled, the fetters binding them to the rebirth process completely severed, their minds thoroughly liberated through their genuine understanding, having perfected the highest of all mental faculties, with the exception of one person‍—the venerable Ānanda, a disciple who had merely entered the stream. Also present were some five hundred fully ordained nuns, laymen, and laywomen, all of whom had seen the truth. 20


2.
Chapter 2

All Phenomena

2.­1

Then, once again, the Blessed One addressed the venerable Śāradvatī­putra in the following words, “Śāradvatī­putra, if you ask what are the ‘ten powers of the tathāgatas,’ they are as follows: [F.12.a] (1) definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible;54 (2) definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible; (3) definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions; (4) definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions; (5) definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have; (6) definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not; (7) definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere; (8) definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorptions; (9) definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings; and (10) definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased, and so one can say, ‘My rebirths have come to an end. I have practiced chastity. I have fulfilled my duties. I will experience no other rebirths apart from this one.’55 Śāradvatī­putra, these are called the ten powers of the tathāgatas.


3.
Chapter 3

Non-fixation

3.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord, what is the fixation of a bodhisattva?”

The Blessed One replied, “Śāradvatī­putra, [F.19.b] fixation denotes the views that bodhisattvas might adopt with regard to all things, and the deluded mindsets which they might have.”

3.­2

Then he asked, “Lord, what views might great bodhisattva beings adopt with respect to all things?”


4.
Chapter 4

Union

4.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord, how do great bodhisattva beings engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom without fixation?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Śāradvatī­putra as follows: “Śāradvatī­putra, when great bodhisattva beings engage in union with the emptiness of physical forms they are said to engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom; and likewise, when they engage in union with the emptiness of feelings, the emptiness of perceptions, the emptiness of formative predispositions, and the emptiness of consciousness, they are said to engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom.


5.
Chapter 5

Designation of a Bodhisattva

5.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! When you say that great bodhisattva beings who continue to engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom deserve respect, then, Reverend Lord, what constitutes that phenomenon designated by the term ‘bodhisattva,’ that is to say, the one who at all times continues to engage inseparably in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom? If one were to ask why, it is because I do not consider any phenomenon that may be designated by the term ‘bodhisattva.’”151


6.
Chapter 6

Training

6.­1

“Śāradvatī­putra, you said that you do not consider any phenomenon which may be designated by the term ‘bodhisattva.’ Indeed, Śāradvatī­putra, phenomena do not consider phenomena. Nor, Śāradvatī­putra, do phenomena consider the expanse of reality. The sensory element of sights does not consider the expanse of reality. Nor does the expanse of reality consider the sensory element of sights, and in the same way, the expanse of reality does not consider [any other sensory elements] up to and including the sensory element of consciousness. Nor does the sensory element of consciousness and so forth consider the expanse of reality.


7.
Chapter 7

Non-apprehension

7.­1

Then the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Who are the spiritual mentors who would enable great bodhisattva beings upon being accepted by a spiritual mentor to hear this teaching on the transcendent perfection of wisdom and not be afraid or terrified, and swiftly attain emancipation in omniscience, without ever descending to the levels of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas?”


8.
Chapter 8

Maturity

8.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do unskilled great bodhisattva beings descend to the level of the śrāvakas and the level of the pratyekabuddhas, and how do they not enter into the maturity of a bodhisattva? What is the immaturity of a bodhisattva? What is the maturity of a bodhisattva?”172

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Śāradvatī­putra as follows: “Śāradvatī­putra, the immaturity of a bodhisattva manifests when great bodhisattva beings who have previously regressed descend to the level of the śrāvakas or the level of the pratyekabuddhas, and fail to enter into the maturity of the bodhisattvas.” [F.76.a]


9.
Chapter 9

Teaching

9.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! In what circumstances do great bodhisattva beings enter into the maturity of the bodhisattvas, and what is this vehicle of the bodhisattvas wherein emancipation is not attained through limited vehicles?”

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Śāradvatī­putra as follows: “Śāradvatī­putra, whenever great bodhisattva beings practice the transcendent perfection of generosity, they do not practice their generosity for the sake of a limited number of sentient beings. When they practice the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, they do not maintain their ethical discipline for the sake of a limited number of sentient beings. It is the same when they practice the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, and the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration; and when they practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, they do not cultivate wisdom for the sake of a limited number of sentient beings. Rather, when they practice the transcendent perfection of generosity, they practice their generosity for the sake of all sentient beings, [F.86.a] and so on in the same vein. When they practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, they cultivate wisdom for the sake of all sentient beings.177


10.
Chapter 10

Extrasensory Powers

10.­1

Then, the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! When it is said that they should don the great armor, what is the extent of the great armor that they should don?”

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings should don the armor of the transcendent perfection of generosity, and similarly, they should don the armor of the other transcendent perfections, up to and including the transcendent perfection of wisdom. They should don the armor of the applications of mindfulness, and don the armor of [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path. They should don the armor of the emptiness of internal phenomena, and don the armor of the other aspects of emptiness, up to and including the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. Similarly, they should don the armor of the ten powers of the tathāgatas, [F.98.a] and they should don the armor of the [other fruitional attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas. They should don the armor of [the attainments], up to and including omniscience. They should don the armor of the buddha body. Then they will illuminate the world system of the great trichiliocosm.


11.
Chapter 11

Non-abiding

11.­1

“Moreover, Su­bhūti, the great armor of great bodhisattva beings consists of the five refined eyes. What are these five, you may ask? They comprise (1) the eye of flesh, (2) the eye of divine clairvoyance, (3) the eye of wisdom, (4) the eye of the sacred doctrine, and (5) the eye of the buddhas. These are called the five eyes.”

11.­2

The venerable Su­bhūti then asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! What is the refined eye of flesh, possessed by great bodhisattva beings?”


12.
Chapter 12

Meditative Stability

12.­1

[F.121.a] The venerable Su­bhūti then said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! If, when great bodhisattva beings practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, they engage unskillfully with physical forms, then they are merely engaging with mental images, and if they engage in the same manner with feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Also, if they engage with the notion that physical forms are permanent, or the notion that these are impermanent, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Similarly, if they engage with the notion that feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness are permanent, or that these are impermanent, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Similarly, if they engage with the notion that physical forms are imbued with happiness, or that these are imbued with suffering, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Similarly, if they engage with the notion that feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness are imbued with happiness, or that these are imbued with suffering, then they are merely engaging with mental images.


13.
Chapter 13

Like Space

13.­1

The Blessed One addressed the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, you asked where this vehicle will come to rest. In this regard, Su­bhūti, [F.134.b] the vehicle will not come to rest anywhere. If you ask why, it is because resting is non-apprehensible, and so all things do not come to rest. On the other hand, the vehicle will come to rest by way of its non-resting. Su­bhūti, just as the expanse of reality neither comes to rest, nor does it not come to rest, similarly, Su­bhūti, the vehicle does not come to rest, nor does it not come to rest. The same refrain should be extensively applied here, just as has been indicated in the context of the previous chapter.


14.
Chapter 14

Neither Coming nor Going

14.­1

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, you have said that this Great Vehicle neither comes nor goes, and nor does it stay. Su­bhūti, that is so! You have spoken correctly. Su­bhūti, in this supreme vehicle, the Great Vehicle, no coming is indeed discernible, nor are going and abiding discernible. If you ask why, Su­bhūti, it is because all things are unmoving; for that reason, they do not come from anywhere, they do not go anywhere, and they do not even abide anywhere. If you ask why, Su­bhūti, it is because physical forms do not come from anywhere, they do not go anywhere, and they do not abide anywhere. Similarly, feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness also do not come from anywhere, they do not go anywhere, and they do not abide anywhere.


15.
Chapter 15

The Transcendent Perfection of Tolerance

15.­1

Then Śakra, mighty lord of the gods [of Trayas­triṃśa], and as many gods of the Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika realm as there are throughout the world systems of the great trichiliocosm, all congregated there, in that same assembly, along with their divine princes‍—ten million, one hundred billion, many hundred thousands in number. The divine princes of the Yāma realm, the divine princes of the Tuṣita realm, the divine princes of the Nirmāṇa­rata realm, and the divine princes of the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin realm throughout the world systems of the great trichiliocosm also congregated there, in that same assembly, as did all the gods presiding over the twelve Brahmā realms, as many as there are in the world systems of the great trichiliocosm, along with the [lesser gods of] the Brahmā realms‍—ten million, one hundred billion, many hundred thousands in number. All the gods presiding over the Pure Abodes, as many as there are throughout the world systems of the great trichiliocosm also congregated there, in that same assembly, along with the [lesser] gods of the Pure Abodes‍—ten million, one hundred billion, many hundred thousands in number.291 Yet the radiance of their bodies, originating through the ripening of the past actions of the gods of the Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika realm, and similarly, the radiance of their bodies originating through the ripening of the past actions of the gods of the Trayas­triṃśa, Yāma, Tuṣita, Nirmāṇa­rata, and Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin realms, and likewise that of the [other] gods, from those of the Brahmākāyika realm up to the Pure Abodes, did not approach even one hundredth part of the natural radiance of the Tathā­gata. They did not approach even a thousandth part of it. They did not approach one hundred thousandth part, nor one thousand billionth part of it. Nor did they approach it in any number, fraction, synonym, comparison, or quality. [F.156.b] The effulgence of the Tathā­gata’s body was manifestly supreme alongside those radiances. It was manifestly perfect, supreme, abundant, unsurpassed, and unexcelled. Just as a burning tree stump neither shines, nor gleams, nor sparkles alongside the gold of the Jambu River, so the radiance of all the gods, originating through the ripening of their past actions, neither shone, nor gleamed, nor sparkled alongside the natural effulgence of the Tathā­gata’s body. Indeed, alongside those radiances, the natural effulgence of the Tathā­gata’s body was best. It was perfect, supreme, abundant, unsurpassed, and unexcelled.


16.
Chapter 16

Conceptual Notions

16.­1

Then the divine princes thought, “How should we uphold the doctrine revealed by the Elder Su­bhūti?”

The venerable Su­bhūti, knowing the thoughts of those divine princes in his own mind, then addressed those divine princes as follows: “Divine princes! You should uphold [the view] that those who teach my sacred doctrine resemble a magical display, and that those who listen to my sacred doctrine also resemble a magical display. They will neither hear the sacred doctrine which I have taught, nor will they actualize it.”


17.
Chapter 17

Advantages

17.­1

Then the venerable Śāradvatī­putra said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom sheds light owing to its utter purity. Reverend Lord! I pay homage to the transcendent perfection of wisdom. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is unsullied by the three world systems. [F.174.b] Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom dispels the blindness of afflicted mental states and all false views. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom has precedence over all branches of enlightenment. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom secures happiness, distinct from all fears, enmity, and harmful [thoughts or deeds]. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom brings light to all sentient beings so that they might acquire the [five] eyes. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom demonstrates the path to those who are going astray so that they might abandon the two extremes. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is omniscience, so that all afflicted mental states and involuntary reincarnation through propensities might be abandoned. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is the mother of the bodhisattvas because it generates all the attributes of the buddhas. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is neither produced, nor does it disintegrate, because it is empty of intrinsic defining characteristics. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom abandons cyclic existences because it is neither an enduring state, nor is it perishable. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom offers protection to those who lack protection because it bestows all that is precious. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is endowed with the completely perfect [ten] powers305 because it cannot be crushed by any antagonists. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom turns the wheel of the sacred doctrine, repeating it in the three times and in its twelve aspects,306 because it is neither subject to promulgation nor reversal. [F.175.a] Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom genuinely displays the essential nature of all things because it is the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. Reverend Lord! How can bodhisattvas, those who are on the vehicle of the bodhisattvas, those who are on the vehicle of the śrāvakas, or those who are on the vehicle of the pratyekabuddhas abide in the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”


18.
Chapter 18

Purity

18.­1

Then the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Where did those great bodhisattva beings who aspire to this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom pass away before coming into this [world]? For how long have they embarked on unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment? How many tathāgatas have they honored? How long have they practiced the transcendent perfection of generosity, and similarly, how long have they practiced the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, [F.188.a] the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, and the transcendent perfection of wisdom? Do they genuinely and methodically313 aspire to this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom?”


19.
Chapter 19

Agents and Non-agents

19.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is an agent that has no actions.”

The Blessed One replied, “This is because it is non-apprehensible as an agent, because it is non-apprehensible in terms of all phenomena, and so forth.”

19.­2

“Reverend Lord! How then should great bodhisattva beings practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”


20.
Chapter 20

Enlightened Attributes

20.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! This transcendent perfection of wisdom is the infinite transcendent perfection.”330

The Blessed One replied, “This is owing to the infinity of space!”

“Reverend Lord, this transcendent perfection is sameness.”

The Blessed One replied, “This is owing to the sameness of all things!”

20.­2

“Reverend Lord, this transcendent perfection is void.”


21.
Chapter 21

Early Indications

21.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! This transcendent perfection of wisdom is profound. Reverend Lord! This transcendent perfection of wisdom is established by means of great deeds. Accordingly, Reverend Lord, this transcendent perfection of wisdom is established by means of unappraisable deeds, innumerable deeds, and deeds that are equal to the unequaled.”


22.
Chapter 22

Cultivation

22.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Since beginner bodhisattvas wish to train in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, and similarly, since they wish to train in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, and the transcendent perfection of generosity, why should they rely on and venerate spiritual mentors who genuinely offer instruction in this transcendent perfection of wisdom, and who similarly offer instruction in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, and the transcendent perfection of generosity, saying, [F.235.a] ‘Come, son of enlightened heritage or daughter of enlightened heritage! You should dedicate whatever gifts you have offered to all sentient beings, making common cause with all sentient beings and without apprehending anything, toward the attainment of unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. You should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the transcendent perfection of generosity! You should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, or the transcendent perfection of wisdom! Similarly, you should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the emptiness of internal phenomena, as the emptiness of external phenomena, as the emptiness of both external and internal phenomena, and [as the other aspects of emptiness], up to and including the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities! Similarly, you should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the applications of mindfulness, the correct exertions, the supports for miraculous ability, the faculties, the powers, the branches of enlightenment, and the paths! In the same vein as before, you should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as [the fruitional attributes and attainments], up to and including omniscience.’?”


23.
Chapter 23

Non-acceptance and Non-rejection

23.­1

Then all the gods inhabiting the world system of desire and all the gods inhabiting the world system of form scattered divine sandalwood powders, incense, palm leaf powders, divine blue lotuses, night lotuses, and white lotuses toward the Lord Buddha. Coming into the presence of the Blessed One, they prostrated with their heads at his feet, and took their place to one side. Having taken their place to one side, those gods then said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! This profound transcendent perfection of wisdom is hard to realize, it cannot be scrutinized, it is not within the range of sophistry, and it may be known by the wise and by those who are skilled in investigating subtle quiescence. Reverend Lord, the enlightenment of the lord buddhas revealed in this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom is incompatible with all mundane [phenomena].


24.
Chapter 24

Initial Engagement

24.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! In what should great bodhisattva beings who seek emancipation in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment abide?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Su­bhūti, “Great bodhisattva beings who wish to attain emancipation in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment should abide in a state of equanimity with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate a state of equanimity with respect to all sentient beings, and having established this even-mindedness, they should offer benedictions and greetings to all sentient beings with a benevolent attitude. They should cultivate loving kindness with respect to all sentient beings. They should minimize pride with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate the notion that they are teaching all sentient beings. They should offer benedictions and greetings to all sentient beings with sweet and gentle words. They should cultivate an attitude that is free from enmity with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate an attitude that is free from harming with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate an attitude that regards all sentient beings as their parents, brothers, and sisters. They should cultivate an attitude that regards all sentient beings as their friends, peers, and kinsmen. They should offer benedictions and greetings with an attitude that regards all sentient beings as their parents, brothers, sisters, friends, peers, and kinsmen. They should also abstain from killing living creatures and they should encourage others to adhere to the genuine path by abstaining from killing living creatures. They should always praise abstention from the killing of living creatures. They should praise and rejoice in others who abstain from the killing of living creatures. [F.263.b] In the same vein as before, they themselves should abstain from wrong views, and so forth, and they should encourage others also to adhere to the genuine path by abstaining from wrong views. They should praise abstention from wrong views and they should praise and rejoice in others who abstain from wrong views. It is in this way, Su­bhūti, that great bodhisattva beings who seek to attain emancipation in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment should maintain these doctrines, and do so without apprehending anything.


25.
Chapter 25

Skill in Means

25.­1

Then [F.276.a] the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How should great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom investigate385 the meditative stability of emptiness? How should they become absorbed in the meditative stability of emptiness? How should they investigate the meditative stability of signlessness? How should they become absorbed in the meditative stability of signlessness? How should they investigate the meditative stability of aspirationlessness? How should they become absorbed in the meditative stability of aspirationlessness? How should they investigate the four applications of mindfulness? How should they cultivate the four applications of mindfulness? In the same vein, how should they investigate [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path? How should they cultivate [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path? How should they investigate the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four assurances, the four kinds of exact knowledge, great loving kindness, great compassion, and the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas? How should they cultivate [those fruitional attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas?”


26.
Chapter 26

Rejoicing

26.­1

Then Śakra, mighty lord of the gods, thought, “If great bodhisattva beings surpass sentient beings while just practicing this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom, [F.287.b] what need one say when they have attained manifestly perfect buddhahood, the genuinely perfect enlightenment! If even those sentient beings whose minds are just introduced to omniscience find wealth, and if even those sentient beings sustain themselves through noble livelihoods, what need one say about those who have set their minds on the aspiration toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment! Those sentient beings who have set their minds on the aspiration toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment, and even those who have not yet done so, are to be envied when they always listen to this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom.”


27.
Chapter 27

Full Attainment

27.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline?”399

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings dispense their gifts, acquisitiveness does not arise. When they dispense their gifts, miserliness does not arise. Indeed, they dedicate those gifts toward omniscience, and they serve all sentient beings with physical acts of loving kindness. Similarly, they serve them with verbal acts of loving kindness, and with mental acts of loving kindness. At that time, great bodhisattva beings acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline.”


28.
Chapter 28

Dissimilar Defining Characteristics

28.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! When all things are indivisible, signless, and empty of their own defining characteristics, how could the cultivation of the six transcendent perfections be fulfilled? How could they be differently designated? How could they be differentiated? Reverend Lord! When all things are gathered in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, how could the transcendent perfection of generosity exist? [F.311.b] Similarly, how could the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, and the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration exist; in the same vein, how could [all other causal and fruitional attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas, exist? Reverend Lord! When all things are without defining characteristics, how could a single defining characteristic be designated?”404


29.
Chapter 29

The Gift of the Sacred Doctrine

29.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom attract sentient beings with the gift of the sacred doctrine?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, there are two ways in which great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom attract sentient beings with the gift of the sacred doctrine. Su­bhūti, these comprise the mundane and supramundane gifts of the sacred doctrine. If you ask what constitutes the mundane gift of the sacred doctrine, that which describes, explains, demonstrates, and analyzes mundane phenomena‍—describing, explaining, demonstrating, and analyzing the [earlier] chapters on repulsive phenomena, along with the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless absorptions, and the five extrasensory powers‍—is designated as the ‘mundane gift of the sacred doctrine.’ If you ask why this is mundane, it is called ‘mundane’ because it does not transcend the world.


30.
Chapter 30

Inherent Existence

30.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom observe and study production and disintegration with respect to the five psycho-physical aggregates, while training in these three gateways to liberation?”

30.­2

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings who train in the transcendent perfection of wisdom correctly perceive physical forms. They correctly perceive the real nature of physical forms‍—that physical forms neither arise from anywhere, nor do they cease anywhere. If you ask how they correctly perceive physical forms, they see that physical forms are utterly porous or utterly fallacious,423 just as a mass of foam is insubstantial. If you ask how they perceive the arising of physical forms, inasmuch as physical forms neither arise from anywhere, nor do they go anywhere, they correctly perceive the non-arising of physical forms from anywhere and their non-going to anywhere. So it is that they perceive the arising of physical forms.


31.
Chapter 31

Irreversibility

31.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Are great bodhisattva beings, who properly realize the defining characteristics of phenomena in this way, irreversible?”428

“Yes, they are, Su­bhūti!”

31.­2

“Reverend Lord! What are the attributes of the irreversible great bodhisattva beings? What are their indications? What are their signs? How should we properly understand the irreversible great bodhisattva beings?”


32.
Chapter 32

The Attainment of Manifest Enlightenment

32.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! If irreversible great bodhisattva beings are endowed with such enlightened attributes, what are the aspects of the path on which they abide and through which they then swiftly attain manifestly perfect buddhahood in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment? What is the enlightenment of the lord buddhas?”436


33.
Chapter 33

The Conclusion

33.­1

Then the venerable Ānanda asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Are there not some among the classes of sentient beings who do not develop faith in this exegesis of the profound transcendent perfection of wisdom, who are not motivated by joy, confidence, and higher aspiration, who do not make offerings to the assembly with body and mind, who even depart from this assembly, and, in addition, who have abandoned it and are abandoning it?”449


c.

Colophon

c.­1

This translation was edited and redacted by the Indian preceptors Jinamitra and Prajñāvarman, along with the editor-in-chief and translator Bandé Yeshé Dé.

ye dharmā hetuprabhavā hetun teṣāṃ tathāgato bhavat āha teṣāṃ ca yo nirodho evaṃ vādī mahāśramaṇaḥ [ye svāhā]

“Whatever events arise from a cause, the Tathā­gata has told the cause thereof, and the great virtuous ascetic has also taught their cessation.”


ab.

Abbreviations

ARIRIAB Annual Report of the International Research Institute of Advanced Buddhology. Tokyo: SOKA University.
ISMEO Rome: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Orient
KPD bka’ ’gyur dpe bsdur ma [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009.
LTWA Library of Tibetan Works and Archives, Dharamsala, H.P., India
SOR Serie Orientale Roma
TOK ’jam mgon kong sprul, The Treasury of Knowledge. English translations of shes bya kun khyab mdzod by the Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group in The Treasury of Knowledge series (TOK, Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion, 1995 to 2012); mentioned here are Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group 1995 (Book 1) and 1998 (Book 5); Ngawang Zangpo 2010 (Books 2, 3, and 4); Callahan 2007 (Book 6, Part 3); and Dorje 2012 (Book 6 Parts 1–2).
TPD bstan ’gyur dpe bsdur ma [Comparative edition of the Tengyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 120 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 1994–2008.

n.

Notes

n.­1
On the distinctions between the three promulgations, see Jamgon Kongtrul’s concise explanation in TOK Book 5, pp. 145–156. The three essenceless natures, comprising the imaginary, dependent, and consummate natures, which are not discussed in the present sūtra, are analyzed in A­saṅga’s Yoga­cāra­bhūmi, F.162. See also Jamgon Kongtrul’s presentation from the Indo-Tibetan perspective in TOK, Book 6, Pt. 2, pp. 563–574.
n.­2
See glossary entry “wisdom” regarding the translation of prajñā (shes rab) as “wisdom.”
n.­3
See 32.­59.
n.­4
The setting of the mind on enlightenment (bodhi­cittotpāda, byang chub sems bskyed pa) for the sake of all sentient beings, which marks the onset of the bodhisattva path and culminates in the actual attainment of buddhahood, distinguishes the compassionate bodhisattva path from that of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas who are both preoccupied with their own emancipation from cyclic existence. See Dayal (1932): 50–79, Williams (1989): 197–204, and Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 218–234. The śrāvakas are pious attendants who listen to the teachings that the buddhas taught by word of mouth, and place great emphasis on destroying the mistaken belief in personal identity by overcoming all afflicted mental states. In the course of determining their own emancipation from cyclic existence, they may achieve in succession the fruit of entering the stream to nirvāṇa, the fruit of being tied to only one more rebirth, the fruit of being no longer subject to rebirth, and the fruit of arhatship. By contrast, the pratyekabuddhas are hermit buddhas who pursue their path to individual enlightenment in solitude or in small groups, without relying on a teacher and without communicating their understanding to others. Following a natural predisposition for meditation through which they comprehend the twelve links of dependent origination in forward and reverse order, they are said to surpass the śrāvakas in the sense that they realize the emptiness of external phenomena, composed of atomic particles, in addition to realising the emptiness of personal identity. However, unlike bodhisattvas, they fail to realize that the internal phenomena of consciousness are also without inherent existence. Only the bodhisattvas resolve to attain manifestly perfect buddhahood or omniscience, in order to benefit all sentient beings.
n.­5
The sūtras themselves frequently allude to proponents of the Vinaya and to upholders of the lesser vehicles (śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas) who would have balked at their unrelenting deconstruction of phenomena and buddha attributes, and sought to oppose them. See, for example, 33.­13.
n.­6
References to the veneration and importance of the written word, embodied in these sūtras which are said to have primacy over all the twelve branches of scripture, may be found below. See 17.­1, 21.­2–21.­3, and 33.­69.
n.­7
This evidence is presented in Falk (2011): 13–23, and in Falk and Karashima (2012): 19–61. Earlier significant contributions to research on birch-bark Kharoṣṭhī manuscripts include Saloman (2000), Nasim Khan, M. and M. Sohail Khan, 2004 (2006): 9–15, and Strauch (2007–08).
n.­8
See glossary entry “Pāli Canon.”
n.­9
Salomon (1990): 255–273.
n.­10
Lokakṣema’s Chinese version of The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines has been translated into English and annotated in Karashima (2011).
n.­11
In addition to Conze’s detailed synopsis (1960: 31–91), all twenty-three texts preserved in the shes phyin division of the Kangyur are conveniently summarized in Brunnholzl (2010): 34–35.
n.­12
Gareth Sparham, trans., The Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines, Toh 8 (2024).
n.­13
See Padmakara Translation Group, trans., The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 9), 2023.
n.­14
See Sparham, trans., The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines, Toh 10 (84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2022).
n.­15
See Kawa Paltsek (ka ba dpal brtsegs) and Namkhai Nyingpo (nam mkha’i snying po), Pho brang stod thang ldan dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag, Toh 4364, vol. jo, f. 295a.4.
n.­16
Situ Paṇchen (si tu paṇ chen), sDe dge’i bka’ ’gyur dkar chag, pp. 336–337.
n.­17
Such statements, expressed in the context‌ of the sūtras of the second turning, accord with the profound view of fruitional Buddhist teachings, such as the Great Perfection (rdzogs pa chen po), on which see Dudjom Rinpoche (1991): 896–910.
n.­18
These fields (kṣetra, zhing khams) include pure buddhafields and ostensibly impure fields which buddhas are engaged in refining. See also Williams (1989): 224–228.
n.­19
In this text, we have opted to translate the epithet bhagavat (bcom ldan ’das) as “the Blessed One” when it stands alone in the narrative, and as “Lord” when found in the terms “Reverend Lord” (bhadanta­bhagavat, btsun pa bcom ldan ’das) and “Lord Buddha” (bhagavanbuddha, sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das).
n.­20
A clear interpretation of the corresponding introductory paragraph in The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines (Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) can be found in Hari­bhadra’s Mirror Commentary on the Ornament of Clear Realization (Abhi­samayālaṃkārālokā). See Sparham (2006): I, 171–181.
n.­54
For various interpretations of this term, see Dayal (1932): 324, note 64.
n.­55
The listing of the ten powers of the tathāgatas is analyzed in Konow (1941), pp. 37–39, with reconstructed Sanskrit on pp. 105–106. The full explanation of these powers derives from the passage at 2.257–2.386 in The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa, Toh 147, also known as The Sūtra of Dhāraṇīśvara­rāja, Dhāraṇīśvara­rāja­sūtra), in which the ten powers are described as the first ten of thirty-two actions of a tathāgata. Cf. also Dayal (1932): 20; and Sparham (2012 IV): 80.
n.­151
This passage occurs in Dutt (1934): 99; also Conze (1975): 90, where the interlocutor is Su­bhūti rather than Śāradvatī­putra.
n.­172
Cf. Dutt (1934): 119, and also Conze (1975): 95 and Sparham (2006 I): 56, where the ensuing dialogue takes place between Su­bhūti and Śāradvatī­putra.
n.­177
Cf. Dutt (1934): 175: also Conze (1975): 128; where this comment is attributed to Pūrṇa.
n.­291
See glossary entry “Pure Abodes.”
n.­305
See Kimura II–III: 143.
n.­306
The twelve aspects pertain to the four noble truths‍—suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering and the path that lead to the cessation of suffering. The twelve aspects are specifically identified as follows: suffering is this, it can be diagnosed, it has been diagnosed; the origin of suffering is this, it can be abandoned, it has been abandoned; the cessation of suffering is this, it can be verified, it has been verified; the path leading to the cessation of suffering is this, it can be cultivated, and it has been cultivated. The three times at which the wheel of the sacred doctrine is turned denote the past, present, and future.
n.­313
The phrase “genuinely and methodically” renders don dang tshul las or artha­taś ca naya­taś ca, as found in Kimura II–III: 149.
n.­330
This marks the start of the fourth section of the sūtra, concerning the training in clear realization of all the aforementioned phenomena, meditative experiences, and attributes. While the Tibetan text reads mtha’ yas pa (“infinite”), Kimura IV: 1 reads asat (“non-existent”). Cf. Conze (1975): 312.
n.­385
Kimura IV: 192 reads pari­jaya kartavyaḥ, which Conze (1975): 424, renders as “make a complete conquest of.”
n.­399
In the paragraphs that follow there are considerable discrepancies between our text and the readings in Kimura V: 83ff.
n.­404
This chapter marks the start of the sixth section of the sūtra, concerning training in serial clear realization with respect to the six transcendent perfections and the six recollections.
n.­423
See Kimura VI–VIII: 80, line 13. The Tibetan shin tu gsong ldong could also be interpreted to mean “utterly perforated.” Cf. Conze (1975): 594, “full of holes.”
n.­428
At this point our text reverts to a passage, which the recast Sanskrit manuscript (edited in Kimura) would place in the fourth section of the sūtra, concerning the training in clear realization. The reason for its inclusion here is that it elaborates on the nature of irreversible bodhisattvas.
n.­436
This chapter marks the final section of the sūtra, concerning the fruitional attributes of buddha body.
n.­449
The conclusion to the sūtra highlights the admonishments concerning its future transmission and the respect it should be awarded. The corresponding text in the recast Sanskrit manuscript is found in Kimura II–III, but for this initial linking paragraph which is missing in Kimura II–III: 150 and in Conze (1975): 288.

b.

Bibliography

Primary Sources

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo, Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­nāma­mahāyāna­sūtra. Toh 11, Degé Kangyur, vols. 31–32 (shes phyin, ga), ff. 1b–91a; and nga, ff. 92b–397a.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo, Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­nāma­mahā­yāna­sūtra. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009, vol. 31, pp. 530–763 and vol. 32, pp. 3–763.

Dutt, Nalinaksha. Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā Prajñā­pāramitā, edition of the recast Sanskrit manuscript (Part One). Calcutta Oriental Series, No. 28. London: Luzac & Co., 1934.

Kimura, Takayasu. Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā Prajñā­pāramitā, edition of the recast Sanskrit manuscript (Parts One–Eight). Part One (2007), Parts Two–Three (1986), Part Four (1990), Part Five (1992), and Parts Six–Eight (2006). Tokyo: Sankibo Busshorin Publishing Co. Ltd., 1986–2007.

Secondary References

Sūtras

klu’i rgyal po rgya mtshos zhus pa’i mdo (Sāgara­nāga­rāja­paripṛcchā­sūtra) [The Questions of Nāga King Sāgara (1)]. Toh 153. Degé Kangyur vol. 58 (mdo sde, pha, fol. 116a–198a); also KPD 58: 303–491. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2021).

dkon mchog sprin gyi mdo (Ratna­megha­sūtra) [The Jewel Cloud]. Toh 231. Degé Kangyur vol. 64 (mdo sde, va, fol. 1b–112b); also KPD 64: 3–313. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2019).

dkon brtsegs/ dkon mchog brtsegs pa’i mdo (Ratna­kūṭa). The “Heap of Jewels” section of the Kangyur comprising Toh 45–93, Degé Kangyur vols. 39–44. Also KPD: 39–44.

rgya cher rol pa (Lalita­vistara­sūtra) [The Play in Full]. Toh 95, Degé Kangyur vol. 46 (mdo sde, kha, fol. 1b–216b); also KPD 46: 3–527. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2013).

chos yang dag par sdud pa’i mdo (Dharma­saṃgīti­sūtra). Toh 238, Degé Kangyur vol. 65 (mdo sde, zha, fol. 1b–99b); also KPD 65: 3–250. English translation in Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York (2024).

de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying rje chen po nges par bstan pa’i mdo (Tathā­gata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa­sūtra) [The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata]. Toh 147, Degé Kangyur, vol. 57 (mdo sde, pa, fol. 142a–242b); also KPD 57: 377–636. English translation in Burchardi (2020).

phal po che’i mdo (sangs rgyas phal po che shin tu rgyas pa chen po’i mdo) (Ava­taṃsaka­sūtra Buddhāva­taṃsaka­mahā­vaipulya­sūtra) [The Ornaments of the Buddhas]. Toh 44, Degé Kangyur vols. 35–38 (phal chen, vols. ka– a); also KPD 35–38. Translated Cleary (1984).

tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo (Brahma­jāla­sūtra) [Sūtra of the Net of Brahmā]. Toh 352, Degé Kangyur vol. 76 (mdo sde, aḥ), fol. 70b–86a; also KPD76: 205–249. Translated from the Pali version in Bodhi (1978).

gzungs kyi dbang phyug rgyal po’i mdo (Dhāraṇīśvara­rāje­sūtra) [Sūtra of Dhāraṇīśvararāja]. An alternative title for Tathā­gata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa­sūtra. Toh 147, q.v. English translation in Burchardi (2020).

theg pa chen po’i man ngag gi mdo (Mahā­yānopadeśa). Toh 169, Degé Kangyur vol. 59 (mdo sde, ba), fol. 259–307.

yul ’khor skyong gi zhus pa’i mdo (Rāṣṭra­pāla­paripṛcchā) [The Questions of Rāṣṭrapāla]. Toh 62, Degé Kangyur, vol. 42 (dkon brtsegs, nga), folios 227.a–257.a. English translation in Vienna Buddhist Translation Studies Group (2021).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭa­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines]. Toh 10, Degé Kangyur vols. 29–31 (shes phyin, khri brgyad, ka), f. 1b–ga, f. 206a; also KPD 29: p. 3–31: 495. Translated and edited in Conze (1975) and in Sparham (2022).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭa­sāhasarikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines]. Toh 12, Degé Kangyur vol. 33 (shes phyin, brgyad stong, ka), fol. 1b–286a; also KPD 33. Translated in Conze (1973).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag brgya pa (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines]. Toh 8. Degé Kangyur vols. 14–25 (shes phyin, ’bum, ka), f. 1b–a, f. 395a; also KPD 14–25. English translation in Sparham 2024.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines]. Toh 9, Degé Kangyur vols. 26–28 (shes phyin, nyi khri, ka), f. 1b–ga, f. 381a; also KPD 26–28. Annotated Sanskrit edition of the recast manuscript in Dutt (1934) and Kimura (1971–2009). Partially translated in Conze (1975) and fully translated in Padmakara Translation Group (2023).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa rdo rje gcod pa’i mdo (Vajracchedikā­prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra) [Sūtra of the Adamantine Cutter [in Three Hundred Lines]. Toh 16, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes phyin, ka), f. 121a–132b; also KPD 34: 327–357. Translated in Red Pine (2001).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa sdud pa tshigs su bcad pa (Prajñā­pāramitā­sañcaya­gāthā) [Verse Summation of the Transcendental Perfection of Wisdom]. Toh 13, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes phyin, ka), f. 1b–19b; also KPD 34: 3–44. Translated in Conze (1973).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i snying po (Prajñā­pāramitā­hṛdaya­sūtra) [Heart Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom]. Toh 21, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes phyin, ka), f. 144b–146a; also KPD 34, pp. 402–405. Translated in Red Pine (2004) and in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2022).

Indic Commentaries

A­saṅga. chos mngon pa kun las btus pa (Abhi­dharma­samuccaya) [The Compendium of Abhidharma]. Toh 4049. Degé Tengyur vol. 236 (sems tsam, ri), fol. 44b–120a; also TPD 76: 116–313. Translated from French in Boin-Webb (2001).

rnal ’byor spyod pa’i sa’i dngos gzhi (Yoga­caryā­bhūmi­vastu). Toh 4035–4037, Degé Tengyur vols. 229–231 (sems tsam, tshi–vi). This is the first of the five parts of the Yogacaryā Level, comprising three texts: Yogacaryā­bhūmi (Toh 4035) and its sub-sections: Śrāvaka­bhūmi (Toh 4036) and Bodhi­sattva­bhūmi (Toh 4037).

Hari­bhadra. mngon rtogs rgyan gyi snang ba (Abhi­samayalaṃkārāloka) [Light for the Ornament of Emergent Realization]. Toh 3791, Degé Tengyur vol. 85 (shes phyin, cha), f. 1b–341a; also TPD 51: 891–1728. Translated in Sparham (2006–2012).

Kalyāṇamitra. ’dul bag zhi rgya cher ’grel pa (Vinaya­vastu­ṭīkā) [Great Commentary on the Chapters on Monastic Discipline]. Toh 4113, Degé Tengyur vol. 258 (’dul ba, tsu), f. 177a–326a; also TPD 87: 481–883.

Maitreya. [shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos] mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan (Abhi­samayālaṃkāra-[nāma-prajñā­pāramitopadeśa­śāstra­kārikā]) [Ornament of Clear Realization]. Toh 3786, Degé Tengyur vol. 80 (shes phyin, ka), fol. 1b–13a; also TPD 49: 3–30. Translated in Conze (1954) and Thrangu (2004).

[theg pa chen po] mdo sde’i rgyan zhes bya ba’i tshig le’ur byas pa ([Mahā­yāna]­sūtrālaṃkāra­kārikā) [Ornament of the Sūtras of the Great Vehicle]. Toh 4020, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), f. 1b–39a; also TPD 70: 805–890 Translated in Jamspal et al. (2004).

theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma’i bstan bcos (Mahā­yānottara­tantra­śāstra) [Ultimate Continuum of the Great Vehicle]. Toh 4024, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), f. 54b–73a; also TPD 70: 935–979. Translated in Holmes, Kenneth and Katia Holmes. The Changeless Nature. Eskdalemuir: Karma Drubgyud Drajay Ling, 1985. See also Takasaki, Jikido. A Study on the Ratna­gotra­vibhāga (Uttara­tantra). SOR XXXIII. Roma: ISMEO, 1966.

Ratnākāra­śānti. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa’i dka’ ’grel snying po mchog (Aṣṭa­sāhasarikā­prajñā­pāramitā­pañjikā­sārottama). Toh 3803, Degé Tengyur, vol. 89 (shes phyin, tha), f. 1b–230a; also TPD 53: 711–1317.

Vasubandhu. chos mngon pa’i mdzod kyi bshad pa (Abhi­dharma­kośa­bhāṣya). Toh 4090, Degé Tengyur vol. 242 (mngon pa, ku), fol. 26b–258a; also TPD 79: 65–630. Translated from the French in Pruden (1988–1990).

chos mngon pa’i mdzod kyi tshig le’ur byas pa (Abhi­dharma­kośa­kārikā). Toh 4089, Degé Tengyur vol. 242 (mngon pa, ku), fol. 1b–25a; also TPD 79: 3–59. Translated from the French in Pruden (1988–1990).

Vasubandhu/Dāṃṣṭrasena. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum pa dang nyi khri lnga stong pa dang khri brgyad stong pa’i rgya cher bshad pa (Śata­sahāsrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajnā-pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā) [The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines]. Toh 3808, Degé Tengyur vol. 93 (shes phyin, pha), fol. 1b–292b; also TPD 55: 645–1376. English translation in Sparham (2022).

Vi­mukti­sena. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi ’grel pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitopdeśa­śāstrābhi­samayālaṃkāra­vṛtti) [Commentary on the Ornament of Clear Realization: A Treatise of Instruction on the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines]. Toh 3787, Degé Tengyur, vol. 80 (shes phyin, ka), f. 14b–212a); also TPD 49: 33–530. Translated in Sparham (2006–2012).

Indigenous Tibetan Works

Jamgön Kongtrül (’jam mgon kong sprul). shes bya kun khyab mdzod [The Treasury of Knowledge]. Root verses contained in three-volume publication. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1982; Boudhnath: Padma Karpo Translation Committee edition, 2000 (photographic reproduction of the original four-volume Palpung xylograph, 1844). Translated, along with the auto-commentary, by the Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group in The Treasury of Knowledge series (TOK). Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 1995 to 2012. Mentioned here are Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group 1995 (Book 1) and 1998 (Book 5); Ngawang Zangpo 2010 (Books 2, 3, and 4); Callahan 2007 (Book 6, Part 3); and Dorje 2012 (Book 6 Parts 1-2).

Kawa Paltsek (ka ba dpal brtsegs) and Namkhai Nyingpo (nam mkha’i snying po). ldan dkar ma (pho brang stod thang ldan dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Toh 4364, Degé Tengyur vol. 308 (sna tshogs, jo), f. 294b–310a; also TPD 116: 786–827.

Nordrang Orgyan (nor brang o rgyan). chos rnam kun btus. 3 vols. Beijing: Krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang, 2008.

Situ Paṇchen (si tu paṇ chen) or Situ Chökyi Jungné (si tu chos kyi ’byung gnas). sde dge’i bka’ ’gyur dkar chags. Degé Kangyur, vol. 103 (dkar chags, lak+S+mI and shrI), Toh 4568; also Chengdu: Sichuan Mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1989.

Various, bye brag tu rtogs par byed pa (Mahāvyutpatti). Toh 4346, Degé Tengyur vol. 306 (sna tshogs, co), f. 1b–131a; also TPD 115: 3–254. Sakaki, Ryozaburo, ed. (1916–25); reprint, 1965.

Zhang Yisun et al. bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo. 3 vols. Subsequently reprinted in 2 vols. and 1 vol. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1985. Translated in Nyima and Dorje 2001 (vol. 1).

Secondary Literature

Apte, Vaman Shivram. The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. 3rd edition. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1965.

Bodhi, Bhikkhu, trans. The Sūtra on the All-Embracing Net of Views. Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 1978.

Boin-Webb, Sara, trans. Abhidharmasamuccaya: The Compendium of the Higher Teaching (Philosophy). By Asanga. From the French translation by Walpola Rahula. Fremont, CA: Asian Humanities Press, 2001.

Brunnholzl, Karl. Gone Beyond (Volume One): The Prajñāpāramitā Sūtras, The Ornament of Clear Realization, and Its Commentaries in the Tibetan Kagyu Tradition. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications, 2010.

Burchardi, Anne, trans. The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa, Toh 147). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2020.

Callahan, Elizabeth, trans. The Treasury of Knowledge (Book Six, Part Three): Frameworks of Buddhist Philosophy. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2007.

Cleary, Thomas, trans. The Flower Ornament Scripture. Boston and London: Shambhala, 1984.

Conze, Edward, trans. (1954). Abhi­samayālaṅkāra. SOR 6. Rome: ISMEO.

Conze, Edward (1960) The Prajñāpāramitā Literature. New Delhi: Munishiram Manoharlal.

Conze, Edward, trans. (1973). The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines and Its Verse Summary. Bolinas, CA: Four Seasons Foundation.

Conze, Edward (1973) Materials for a Dictionary of The Prajñāpāramitā Literature. Tokyo: Suzuki Research Foundation.

Conze, Edward, trans. (1975). The Large Sutra on Perfect Wisdom. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Davidson, Ronald. “Studies in Dhāraṇī Literature I: Revisiting the Meaning of the Term Dhāraṇī.” Journal of Indian Philosophy 37, no. 2 (April 2009): 97–147.

Dayal, Har. The Bodhisattva Doctrine in Buddhist Sanskrit Literature. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1932. Reprinted Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1970.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2013). The Play in Full (Lalita­vistara). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2019). The Jewel Cloud (Ratnamegha, Toh 231). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2021). The Questions of Nāga King Sāgara (1) (Sāgara­nāga­rāja­paripṛcchā, Toh 153). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2022). The Heart of the Perfection of Wisdom, the Blessed Mother (Bhagavatī­prajñā­pāramitā­hṛdaya, Toh 21). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dorje, Gyurme, trans. (1987). “The Guhyagarbhatantra and its XIVth Century Tibetan Commentary Phyogs bcu mun sel.” 3 vols. PhD diss. University of London, School of Oriental and African Studies.

Dorje, Gyurme, trans. (2012). Indo-Tibetan Classical Learning and Buddhist Phenomenology. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Boston: Snow Lion.

Dudjom Rinpoche. The Nyingma School of Tibetan Buddhism: Its Fundamentals and History. 2 vols. Translated by Gyurme Dorje with Matthew Kapstein. Boston: Wisdom Publications, 1991.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary. 2 vols. New Haven: Yale University Press,1953.

Falk, Harry (2011) “The ‘Split’ Collection of Kharoṣṭhī texts.” ARIRIAB 14 (2011): 13-23.

Falk, Harry (2012). In collaboration with Seishi Karashima, “A first‐century Prajñā­pāramitā manuscript from Gandhāra- Parivarta 1 (Texts from the Split Collection 1),” ARIRIAB 15 (2012), 19–61.

Hikata, Ryfishé. “An Introductory Essay on Prajñā­pāramitā Literature”, in Su­vi­krānta­vikāami­pari­pṛcchā Prajñā­pāramitā-Sūtra. Fufuoka: Kyūshū University, 1958, pp. ix–lxxxiii.

Jamspal, Lobzang et al., trans. The Universal Vehicle Discourse Literature. New York: American Institute of Buddhist Studies at Columbia University, 2004.

Jamieson, R.Craig. The Perfection of Wisdom. New York: Penguin Viking, 2000.

Jones, J.J. trans. The Mahāvastu (3 vols.) in Sacred Books of the Buddhists. London: Luzac & Co., 1949–56.

Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group, trans. (1995). The Treasury of Knowledge (Book One): Myriad Worlds. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications.

Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group, trans. (1998). The Treasury of Knowledge (Book Five): Buddhist Ethics. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications.

Karashima, Seishi, trans. A Critical Edition of Lokakṣema’s Translation of the Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā Prājñā­pāramitā, Bibliotheca Philologica et Philosophica Buddhica, XII. Tokyo, International Research Institute for Advanced Buddhology, Soka University, 2011.

Kloetzli, Randy. Buddhist Cosmology. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1983.

Konow, Sten. The First Two Chapters of the Daśasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā: Restoration of the Sanskrit Text, Analysis and Index. Oslo: I Kommisjon Hos Jacob Dybwad, 1941.

Lamotte, Étienne. History of Indian Buddhism: from the Origins to the Śaka Era. Paris: Peeters Press, 1988.

Lamotte, Etienne (2010–2011). The Treatise of the Great Virtue of Wisdom. Translated from the French by Karma Migme Chodron.

Law, Bimala Chum. A History of Pāli Literature. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1933.

McRae, John, trans. The Platform Sutra of the Sixth Patriarch (Liùzǔ Tánjīng). Berkeley: Numata Center for Buddhist Translation and Research, 2000.

Ñāṇamoli, Bhikkhu, trans. The Path of Purification by Buddhaghosa. Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 1979.

Nasim Khan, M. & M. Sohail Khan, “Buddhist Kharoṣṭhī Manuscripts from Gandhāra: A New Discovery,” The Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences 12, nos. 1–2 (2004 (2006)). Peshawar: 9–15.

Negi, J.S., ed.: Tibetan Sanskrit Dictionary (Bod skad dang legs sbyar gyi tshig mdzod chen mo). 16 vols. Sarnath: Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies, 1993-2005.

Ngawang Zangpo, trans. The Treasury of Knowledge (Books Two, Three, and Four): Buddhism’s Journey to Tibet. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2010.

Nyima, Tudeng and Gyurme Dorje, trans. An Encyclopaedic Tibetan-English Dictionary. Vol. 1. Beijing and London: Nationalities Publishing House and SOAS, 2001.

Padmakara Translation Group, trans. The Words of My Perfect Teacher. By Patrul Rinpoche. San Francisco: Harper Collins, 1994.

Padmakara Translation Group, trans. (2023). The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 9). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Pagel, Ulrich “The Dhāraṇīs of Mahāvyutpatti # 748: Origins and Formation,” in Buddhist Studies Review 24 no. 2 (2007), 151–91.

Pfandt, Peter. Mahāyāna Texts Translated into Western Languages. Cologne: In Kommission bei E.J. Brill, 1983.

Pruden, Leo M., trans. Abhi­dharma­kośa­bhāṣyaṃ by Vasubandhu. Translated by Louis de La Vallée Poussin. English translation by Leo M. Pruden. 4 vols. Berkeley: Asian Humanities Press, 1988–1990.

Red Pine, trans. (2001). The Diamond Sutra: The Perfection of Wisdom; Text and Commentaries Translated from Sanskrit and Chinese. Berkeley: Counterpoint.

Red Pine, trans. (2004). The Heart Sutra: The Womb of Buddhas. Shoemaker & Hoard.

Rigdzin, Tsepak. Tibetan-English Dictionary of Buddhist Terminology. Dharamsala: LTWA, 1993.

Salomon, Richard (1990). “New evidence for a Gāndhārī origin of the Arapacana syllabary.” Journal of the American Oriental Society 110 no. 2: 255–273.

Salomon, Richard (2000). A Gāndhārī Version of the Rhinoceros Sutra: British Library Kharoṣṭhi Fragment 5B, Seattle and London: Univ. of Washington Press.

Schopen, Geoffrey. Figments and Fragments of Mahāyāna Buddhism in India. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2005.

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2006-2012). Abhisamayālaṃkāra with vṛtti and ālokā / vṛtti by Ārya Vi­mukti­sena; ālokā by Haribhadra. 4 vols. Fremont, CA: Jain Publishing.

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2022a). The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines (Aṣṭa­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 10). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2022b). The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2024). The Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 8). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

(*Ārya­śata­sāhasrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, Toh 3808). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2022.

Strauch, Ingo. (2007–2008), “The Bajaur collection: A new collection of Kharoṣṭhī manuscripts. A preliminary catalogue and survey.”

Thrangu Rinpoche, Khenchen et al, trans. The Ornament of Clear Realization. Auckland: Zhyisil Chokyi Ghatsal Charitable Trust Publications, 2004.

Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, trans. The Dharma Council (Dharmasaṅgīti, Toh 238). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2024.

Vienna Buddhist Translation Studies Group, trans. The Questions of Rāṣṭrapāla (Rāṣṭrapālaparipṛcchāsūtra, Toh 62). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Williams, Paul. Mahāyāna Buddhism. London: Routledge, 1989.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

abdomen is not misshapen

Wylie:
  • sku ma rnyongs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་མ་རྙོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhugna­kukṣi­tā

Fifty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­62
  • 29.­54
g.­2

abdomen is slender

Wylie:
  • phyal phyang nge ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱལ་ཕྱང་ངེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣāmodara­tā

Fifty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­62
  • 29.­54
g.­3

abdomen that is unwrinkled

Wylie:
  • sku la gnyer ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་ལ་གཉེར་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛṣṭa­kukṣi­tā

Literally, “unwrinkled body;” fifty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­63
  • 29.­54
g.­4

Ābhāsvara

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

Sixth god realm of form, meaning “luminosity.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­21
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • 24.­20
  • 24.­35
  • 30.­19
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­5

abide

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­tiṣṭhati

Located in 171 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97-98
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­65
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­2-5
  • 3.­10-49
  • 5.­204
  • 8.­47
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­22-23
  • 9.­28-30
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­13-25
  • 12.­5-6
  • 12.­11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­15
  • 14.­1-13
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­54
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­47
  • 18.­66
  • 19.­30
  • 22.­9
  • 22.­57
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­14-17
  • 24.­54
  • 24.­57
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­61
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­54-59
  • 27.­7-11
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­31
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­70-71
  • 29.­78
  • 30.­15
  • 30.­35
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­64
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10-12
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­20
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­57
  • g.­1522
g.­6

abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñānānantyāyatanaṃ vi­harati

Eighth of the eight sense fields of mastery. See also n.­46.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­7

abides in the sense field of infinite space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantyāyatanaṃ vi­harati

Seventh of the eight sense fields of mastery. See also n.­46.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­8

abiding

Wylie:
  • gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­tiṣṭhan

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­85
  • i.­90
  • i.­94
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 6.­7-13
  • 6.­17-23
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­41-46
  • 11.­13
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­12
  • 12.­18
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­23
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­36
  • 19.­59
  • 22.­11
  • 23.­58
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­54-55
  • 26.­57-58
  • 27.­1-33
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­4-5
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­48
  • 30.­30-32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­39
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­52-53
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­57-58
  • 32.­12-13
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­26-27
  • g.­163
  • g.­924
  • g.­973
  • g.­997
g.­10

abiding nature of all things

Wylie:
  • chos rnams kyi chos gnas pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་གནས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sthiti­tā

A synonym for emptiness, and the expanse of reality (dharmadhātu).

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • 1.­80
  • 19.­59
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­47
  • 27.­26
  • 30.­35-36
g.­12

abiding of phenomena in the real nature

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid du chos gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་དུ་ཆོས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathatā­dharma­sthiti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • g.­1611
g.­14

abode

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • layana

Also translated here as “sanctuary,” and “resting place.”

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 17.­51
  • 17.­53-54
  • 21.­16
  • 27.­25
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 32.­40
  • n.­196
  • g.­216
  • g.­587
  • g.­736
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1326
  • g.­1348
  • g.­1545
  • g.­1587
g.­18

absolutely existent

Wylie:
  • yang dag par yongs su grub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­niṣpanna

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­7-8
g.­23

accept

Wylie:
  • khas len
Tibetan:
  • ཁས་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upaiti

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • i.­75
  • i.­88
  • 9.­22
  • 12.­9-10
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­21-23
  • 18.­69
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­9
  • 23.­62
  • 26.­55
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­12
  • 33.­27
g.­24

acceptance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti

Third of the four aspects of the path of preparation.

Also translated here as “tolerance.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­25
  • i.­80
  • 1.­3-4
  • 8.­39
  • 28.­14-16
  • g.­1558
g.­26

accepted

Wylie:
  • yongs su zin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­gṛhīta

Also translated here as “favored.”

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­40
  • i.­96
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­25-26
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­21
  • 19.­60
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­41
  • 23.­48
  • 24.­17
  • 26.­44
  • 26.­53
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­57
  • g.­571
g.­27

accommodate

Wylie:
  • go ’byed
Tibetan:
  • གོ་འབྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ava­kāśa bhavati

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • 13.­64-66
g.­30

acquisitiveness

Wylie:
  • kun tu ’dzin pa’i sems
  • yongs su ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འཛིན་པའི་སེམས།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­graha­citta
  • ud­graha­citta
  • pari­graha

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­28
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­29
g.­34

actualize

Wylie:
  • mngon sum du byed
  • mngon par grub
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱེད།
  • མངོན་པར་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sākṣāt­karoti
  • abhi­nir­vartate
  • abhi­nir­harati

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­57
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­77
  • i.­79
  • i.­83
  • 1.­5
  • 7.­21-22
  • 8.­2
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­45-46
  • 11.­10
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­9
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­1
  • 17.­8-10
  • 18.­36-37
  • 19.­66
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­22
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53
  • 24.­11-13
  • 25.­2-3
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­7-9
  • 25.­11-14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 26.­8
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­18-19
  • 26.­32
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­10
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­35-36
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­31-32
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­35
g.­38

adamantine meditative stability

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lta bu’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajropama­samādhi

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­25
  • i.­80
  • i.­98
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­12
  • 28.­23
  • 33.­40
g.­41

advantage

Wylie:
  • phan yon
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་ཡོན།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­śaṃsā

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 4.­53
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­55
  • 17.­63
  • 29.­37
g.­42

afflicted

Wylie:
  • kun nas nyon mongs pa
  • nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­kleśika
  • vi­hanyati

See “afflicted mental state.”

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33-34
  • i.­45
  • i.­50
  • i.­65
  • 2.­86
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18-21
  • 4.­45
  • 5.­58-59
  • 5.­82-83
  • 5.­106-107
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­136
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­201
  • 7.­32
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­22
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­6
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­40
  • 19.­44-45
  • 19.­47-48
  • 19.­54
  • 22.­30
  • 24.­19
  • 24.­41
  • 30.­3-7
  • 30.­35
  • 31.­38
  • 33.­23-24
g.­43

afflicted mental state

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs
  • kun nas nyong mongs pa
  • sems las byung ba’i nye ba’i nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཉོང་མོངས་པ།
  • སེམས་ལས་བྱུང་བའི་ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa
  • saṃ­kleśa
  • caitasikopa­kleśa

The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements known as the afflicted mental states, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure. Included among them are the primary afflictions of fundamental ignorance, attachment, aversion, pride, doubt, and twenty subsidiary afflictions.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­35
  • i.­37
  • i.­42
  • i.­52
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­72
  • i.­91
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­5
  • 3.­106
  • 9.­15-16
  • 12.­18
  • 13.­35
  • 14.­29
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­11-12
  • 20.­17
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­41
  • 28.­11
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­79
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­27
  • n.­4
  • g.­42
  • g.­104
  • g.­170
  • g.­334
  • g.­362
  • g.­581
  • g.­586
  • g.­611
  • g.­662
  • g.­670
  • g.­973
  • g.­1596
g.­45

afraid (be)

Wylie:
  • dngang
Tibetan:
  • དངང་།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­trāsam a­padyate

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72
  • 6.­40
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­13
  • 17.­48
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­42
g.­46

afraid (will be)

Wylie:
  • dngang bar ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • དངང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­trāsam ā­patsyate

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • 6.­39
g.­47

agent

Wylie:
  • byed du ’jug pa po
  • byed pa po
Tibetan:
  • བྱེད་དུ་འཇུག་པ་པོ།
  • བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kārāpaka
  • kartṛ

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­64
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­67
  • 20.­56
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 26.­41-42
  • 30.­36
  • g.­1447
g.­59

agitation

Wylie:
  • ’khrugs pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣobhaṇa

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 18.­18-19
  • 22.­12
  • 30.­46
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
  • n.­197
g.­60

agitation and regret

Wylie:
  • rgod pa dang ’gyod pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒོད་པ་དང་འགྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • auddhatya­kaukṛtya

One of the five obscurations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
g.­61

Akaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

Fifth of the pure abodes, meaning “highest.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­3
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­26
  • 17.­51
  • 17.­53-54
  • 17.­56
  • 33.­65
  • g.­1265
g.­64

alertness

Wylie:
  • shes bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­prajanya

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 18.­12
  • g.­997
g.­66

alienated (be)

Wylie:
  • sems gzhan du ’gyur
  • gzhan nyid du ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར།
  • གཞན་ཉིད་དུ་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • cittasyānya­thā bhavati
  • anya­tvam­āpadyate

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­61-62
g.­70

ally

Wylie:
  • dpung gnyen
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • parāyaṇa

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • i.­82
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­18
  • 25.­47
  • 28.­50
g.­72

already

Wylie:
  • phyis
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིས།
Sanskrit:
  • eva

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 1.­2
  • 9.­47
  • 14.­45
  • 15.­2
  • 25.­3
  • 26.­9
  • 27.­25
g.­76

An­abhraka

Wylie:
  • sprin med
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་མེད།
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­abhraka

Tenth god realm of form, meaning “cloudless.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • n.­310
  • g.­1265
g.­77

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).

Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 1.­2
  • 16.­9
  • 17.­35-38
  • 17.­40-48
  • 17.­50-53
  • 17.­55-60
  • 17.­62
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­7-10
  • 33.­12-26
  • 33.­28-31
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­36-47
  • 33.­49-67
  • 33.­69-71
  • n.­446
  • n.­452
  • n.­457-458
g.­84

antigod

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

A class of superhuman beings or demigods engendered and dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility, who are metaphorically described as being incessantly embroiled in a dispute with the gods over the possession of a magical tree.

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­58
  • 8.­47-48
  • 13.­13-14
  • 13.­18-37
  • 14.­23
  • 16.­28-31
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­52
  • 17.­62
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­77
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­49
  • 26.­3
  • 28.­50
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­68
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­71
  • g.­736
  • g.­1265
g.­86

Apara­godānīya

Wylie:
  • ba glang spyod
Tibetan:
  • བ་གླང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • apara­godānīya

The western continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “rich in the resources of cattle.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­91

application of mindfulness which, with regard to feelings, observes feelings

Wylie:
  • tshor ba’i rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བའི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanānupaśyī­smṛtyupa­sthāna

Second of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description see 8.­14.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­92

application of mindfulness which, with regard to phenomena, observes phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmānupaśyī­smṛtyupasthāna

Fourth of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.­16.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­93

application of mindfulness which, with regard to the mind, observes the mind

Wylie:
  • sems kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • cittānu­paśyīsmṛtyupa­sthāna

Third of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.­15.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­94

application of mindfulness which, with regard to the physical body, observes the physical body

Wylie:
  • lus kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāyānu­paśyī­smṛtyupa­sthāna

First of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.­13.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­95

applications of mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛtyupa­sthāna

See “four applications of mindfulness.”

Located in 126 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­82
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­51
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­24-25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­43-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­18
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18-19
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­26
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­61
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­23
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­69
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­17
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­47
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 23.­41
  • 24.­6
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­18
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­56
g.­96

apprehend

Wylie:
  • dmigs
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labhate

Also translated here as “focus on.”

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­39
  • i.­44-45
  • i.­50
  • i.­52
  • i.­79
  • i.­83
  • i.­88
  • i.­94
  • 1.­72
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8
  • 5.­39
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­10-13
  • 7.­28
  • 8.­49
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­45-46
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 11.­33
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­14-15
  • 14.­19
  • 14.­21-22
  • 14.­47
  • 16.­17
  • 17.­12-13
  • 19.­12
  • 20.­19
  • 20.­59
  • 23.­47
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­19
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­57-59
  • 27.­26-28
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­23-24
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­31-32
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­36
  • 29.­64
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­70
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­6-7
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­34-35
  • g.­607
g.­97

apprehended

Wylie:
  • dmigs su yod pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་སུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labdhya
  • upa­labdha

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 8.­51
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10
  • 14.­17-19
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­60
  • 32.­4
  • 32.­6
  • n.­336
  • n.­345-347
g.­98

apprehensible

Wylie:
  • dmigs su yod pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་སུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labdhya
  • upa­labdha

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­65
  • 3.­105-106
  • 8.­10
  • 11.­42
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­62
  • 14.­19
  • 19.­54
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­76
  • 22.­57
  • 28.­26
  • 29.­62
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­28
  • 30.­30
  • 31.­38
  • 33.­36
g.­99

apprehension

Wylie:
  • dmigs pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­lambha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 12.­22
  • 28.­25-27
  • 29.­71
g.­100

appropriate

Wylie:
  • yongs su ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­gṛhṇāti

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • 11.­32-33
  • 18.­49-50
  • 21.­3-8
  • n.­205
  • n.­368
  • g.­197
g.­101

A­pramāṇābha

Wylie:
  • tshad med ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pramāṇābha

Fifth god realm of form, meaning “immeasurable radiance.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­102

A­pramāṇa­śubha

Wylie:
  • tshad med dge
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit:
  • a­pramāṇa­śubha

Eighth god realm of form, meaning “immeasurable virtue.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­103

Arapacana alphabet

Wylie:
  • a ra pa tsa na
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ར་པ་ཙ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • arapacana

The alphabet of the Kharoṣṭhī script, forming an important dhāraṇī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­8
g.­104

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Fourth of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. One who has eliminated all afflicted mental states and personally ended the cycle of rebirth.

Located in 193 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­51
  • 4.­49
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­14
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­48
  • 10.­23
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­10-11
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­39-40
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­36-39
  • 13.­54
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­25
  • 14.­44-46
  • 14.­50
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19-20
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­32
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­39-42
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­6
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­27-28
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­56
  • 18.­70
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­19-20
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­51-53
  • 19.­57-58
  • 19.­64
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­57
  • 20.­61-65
  • 20.­67-70
  • 21.­9-11
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­12
  • 24.­31
  • 24.­49
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­45
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­24-26
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­47
  • 27.­14
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­15
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­37-38
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­29-32
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­61-66
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­18
  • 32.­23
  • 32.­44
  • 32.­51
  • 33.­12-13
  • 33.­18-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27-28
  • 33.­30-32
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47-48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­55
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­4
  • n.­292
  • g.­431
  • g.­597
g.­105

arising

Wylie:
  • skye ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ut­pādita

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • i.­20
  • i.­33
  • i.­45
  • i.­51
  • i.­81
  • i.­88
  • i.­92
  • 1.­66
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­21
  • 5.­60-61
  • 5.­84-85
  • 5.­108-109
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­137
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­166
  • 5.­178
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­202
  • 6.­29-30
  • 6.­32
  • 8.­18
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­18
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­21
  • 14.­36-38
  • 14.­49
  • 14.­52
  • 14.­54
  • 17.­62
  • 20.­59
  • 23.­29
  • 24.­18-23
  • 25.­35
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­32
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­2-7
  • 31.­59
  • 33.­27
  • g.­156
  • g.­203
  • g.­997
g.­106

armor-like attainment

Wylie:
  • go cha’i sgrub pa
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ཆའི་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sannāha­prati­patti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­21
g.­110

army

Wylie:
  • dpung gi tshogs
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་གི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • bala­kāya

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 2.­85
  • 30.­7
g.­112

A­saṅga

Wylie:
  • thogs med
Tibetan:
  • ཐོགས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­saṅga

Indian commentator (fl. late fourth–early fifth centuries).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • n.­1
  • g.­588
  • g.­601
  • g.­1726
g.­114

ascetic supremacy

Wylie:
  • brtul zhugs mchog ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་མཆོག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vrata­parā­marśa

Fourth of the four knots.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • n.­198
  • g.­594
  • g.­626
g.­115

A­śoka

Wylie:
  • mya ngan med
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śoka

Mauryan emperor (304–232 ʙᴄᴇ).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­1637
g.­117

aspirationlessness

Wylie:
  • smon pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pra­ṇihita

Third of the three gateways to liberation.

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • i.­65
  • i.­74
  • i.­78
  • i.­92
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­29
  • 6.­26
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­24
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­8
  • 16.­10-11
  • 16.­19
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­54
  • 22.­24
  • 22.­55-56
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-55
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4-5
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­11
  • 25.­13-14
  • 25.­17-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 26.­46
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­36
  • g.­663
g.­118

assembly

Wylie:
  • g.yog ’khor
Tibetan:
  • གཡོག་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­vāra

Also translated here as “retinue.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 2.­2-5
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­43
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­16
  • 19.­26
  • 29.­19
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­58-59
  • 33.­1-3
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­71
  • g.­433
  • g.­1328
g.­119

associate

Wylie:
  • sbyor
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • yojayati

To associate something with something.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • 4.­24-31
g.­122

Atapa

Wylie:
  • mi gdung ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • atapa

Second of the pure abodes, meaning “painless.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­125

attachment to the world system of form

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rupa­rāga

First of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­593
g.­126

attachment to the world system of formlessness

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­rūpya­rāga

Second of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­593
g.­127

attainment

Wylie:
  • thob pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāpti

Located in 184 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­17
  • i.­21-22
  • i.­29
  • i.­32
  • i.­39
  • i.­41-45
  • i.­51-52
  • i.­54
  • i.­57-59
  • i.­61
  • i.­63-64
  • i.­71
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­84
  • i.­88
  • i.­91
  • i.­95
  • i.­97
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­12
  • 2.­5
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­49
  • 4.­51-52
  • 6.­46
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­46
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­37-38
  • 11.­32
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­66
  • 14.­38-41
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­49-51
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­17
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­14-15
  • 17.­17-18
  • 17.­41
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­7-11
  • 18.­14-15
  • 18.­17
  • 18.­21-23
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­31
  • 18.­33
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­37
  • 18.­60-61
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­2
  • 19.­8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­42
  • 19.­53
  • 20.­43
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­62-63
  • 20.­72-76
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­7-8
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­23
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­50-51
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­26
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­42
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­8
  • 26.­15-16
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­43
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 29.­21
  • 30.­45-48
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­28-29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­43
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­33
  • 33.­35-36
  • 33.­59
  • n.­4
  • n.­287
  • n.­318
  • n.­373
  • g.­342
  • g.­581
  • g.­670
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1449
  • g.­1509
g.­129

attention

Wylie:
  • yid la byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manas­kāra

Also translated here as “attentiveness.”

(See also n.­157).

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­43
  • 6.­45
  • 7.­10-11
  • 7.­20-21
  • 9.­16-18
  • 9.­22-24
  • 11.­32
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­26
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­87-88
  • 31.­38
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­50-51
  • 31.­55
  • g.­130
  • g.­997
g.­130

attentiveness

Wylie:
  • yid la byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manas­kāra

Also translated here as “attention.”

(See also n.­157).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46
  • 7.­20
  • 9.­8
  • 31.­53
  • n.­157
  • g.­129
g.­132

attract

Wylie:
  • sdud par byed pa
  • yongs su sdud
Tibetan:
  • སྡུད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་སྡུད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃgṛhnati
  • anu­ghṛhṇāti

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90-92
  • 22.­23
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­45-49
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­37-39
  • 31.­49
g.­133

attractive

Wylie:
  • sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubha

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­30
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­39
  • g.­1492
g.­134

aureole

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā

Also translated here as “light.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­37
  • n.­64
  • n.­66
  • g.­903
g.­137

Auspicious Eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra­kalpa

Name of the present eon of time, during which one thousand buddhas appear in succession, Śākyamuni being the fourth and Maitreya the fifth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­18
  • 19.­37
  • 20.­78
  • g.­199
g.­139

Avṛha

Wylie:
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • avṛha

First of the pure abodes, meaning “slightest.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­140

awareness

Wylie:
  • rig pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

This term may generally by synonymous with intelligence or mental aptitude, but it also conveys the meaning of science or branches of knowledge, and of pure awareness. In this last sense, it denotes the fundamental innate mind in its natural state of spontaneity and purity, beyond alternating states of motion and rest and the subject-object dichotomy.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • g.­267
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1545
  • g.­1599
g.­152

beginner bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’ dang po ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་དང་པོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prathama­bodhi­sattva

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­10
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1
g.­154

benediction

Wylie:
  • gtam ’dre ba
Tibetan:
  • གཏམ་འདྲེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­lapana

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­1
g.­155

bestow

Wylie:
  • sbyin par byed
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • dāyikā karoti

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­56
  • 17.­1
  • 19.­57-59
  • 22.­7
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­40-41
g.­159

birth

Wylie:
  • skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jāti

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 10.­6
  • 11.­42
  • 16.­13
  • 18.­18
  • 21.­33
  • 22.­12
  • 24.­33
  • 27.­31
  • 32.­46-47
  • 32.­49
  • g.­425
  • g.­973
  • g.­1493
  • g.­1596
g.­163

blessed one

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavat

While the Sanskrit term simply means “fortunate,” “illustrious,” or “revered,” Tibetan hermeneutics defines the term as denoting a teacher or buddha who primordially subdues (bcom) the four demonic forces, possesses (ldan) the six attributes of greatness (che ba’i yon tan drug, viz: lordship, noble form, glory, fame, gnosis, and perseverance), and transcends (’das) all sorrow, without abiding in the extremes of existence and quiescence. Used in this text to refer to the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Also translated here as “Lord” (See also n.­19).

Located in 480 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­7-13
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­16-32
  • 2.­73-75
  • 3.­1-3
  • 3.­8-10
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­58
  • 5.­1-2
  • 5.­37-39
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­3-4
  • 6.­14-15
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­39-40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27-28
  • 7.­30
  • 7.­32-33
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­45
  • 8.­1-4
  • 8.­9-12
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42-43
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­24-26
  • 10.­30
  • 11.­2-5
  • 11.­12-14
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­19
  • 12.­22-25
  • 12.­27-32
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­13-14
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­24-25
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­10
  • 16.­17
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­29
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­8-16
  • 17.­18-19
  • 17.­36
  • 17.­38-40
  • 17.­42-43
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­56-57
  • 18.­1-4
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­26
  • 18.­28-47
  • 18.­49-66
  • 18.­70
  • 18.­73-77
  • 19.­1-2
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20-21
  • 19.­28
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­43-50
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1-3
  • 20.­44-45
  • 20.­49-50
  • 20.­52
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­66
  • 20.­71
  • 20.­74-75
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­1-2
  • 21.­4-7
  • 21.­9-15
  • 21.­30
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­18
  • 22.­41-43
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­54-57
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­31-32
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­49-53
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­59-61
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­48
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­52
  • 24.­54
  • 24.­57
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­61
  • 25.­1-3
  • 25.­10-11
  • 25.­23-25
  • 25.­27
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­36
  • 25.­45-46
  • 25.­48
  • 26.­5-7
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­14
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­51-52
  • 26.­58-59
  • 27.­1-7
  • 27.­12-27
  • 27.­30-33
  • 28.­1-2
  • 28.­13-15
  • 28.­24-26
  • 28.­29-30
  • 28.­33-36
  • 28.­43-45
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­5-6
  • 29.­24-36
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­69
  • 29.­73-75
  • 29.­77-78
  • 29.­80-81
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­85-86
  • 29.­89
  • 29.­91-92
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-15
  • 30.­24
  • 30.­30-31
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­44
  • 31.­1-4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­22-23
  • 31.­36-37
  • 31.­40-41
  • 31.­48
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­67
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­3-4
  • 32.­14-21
  • 32.­42-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­9-10
  • 33.­12-17
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­37-41
  • 33.­43-45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­56
  • 33.­59
  • 33.­62-63
  • 33.­65-66
  • 33.­71
  • n.­19
  • g.­924
  • g.­925
  • g.­1329
g.­164

bliss

Wylie:
  • bde ba
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukha

Also translated here as “happiness.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­13
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­17
  • g.­711
  • g.­1494
g.­168

blue lotus

Wylie:
  • ut pa la
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ut­pala

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­60
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­45
  • 32.­57
g.­170

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva

A being who is dedicated to the cultivation and fulfilment of the altruistic intention to attain manifestly perfect buddhahood, traversing the five bodhisattva paths and ten bodhisattva levels. Bodhisattvas purposely opt to remain within cyclic existence in order to liberate all sentient beings, instead of simply seeking personal freedom from suffering. Philosophically, they realize the two aspects of selflessness, with respect to afflicted mental states and the nature of all phenomena.

(See also n.­27.)

Located in 564 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2-3
  • i.­13
  • i.­19-20
  • i.­32-49
  • i.­51-56
  • i.­59-61
  • i.­63-65
  • i.­68-72
  • i.­74-79
  • i.­81-85
  • i.­88
  • i.­90-95
  • i.­97-98
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5-6
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­30
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­73-78
  • 2.­85
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­8-9
  • 3.­51
  • 5.­1-38
  • 5.­40-203
  • 5.­205
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­4-13
  • 6.­17-24
  • 6.­31
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­7-15
  • 7.­17
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­29-34
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-7
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­54
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­28-29
  • 10.­35-36
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10-11
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3-6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­14-17
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26-29
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­34
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­10-13
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­20-21
  • 15.­25-26
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­53
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­24
  • 16.­28
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­15
  • 17.­48-49
  • 17.­60
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­66-67
  • 19.­27
  • 19.­38
  • 19.­57-58
  • 19.­64-65
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­36-37
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­10
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­50
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­62
  • 24.­14-15
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­59
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­48-49
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­20
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­51
  • 26.­56
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­7-8
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­14-15
  • 28.­24-27
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­32
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­39
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­37
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­64
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­69
  • 29.­88
  • 29.­90
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­20
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­30-32
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­39-41
  • 31.­58
  • 32.­6
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­30-31
  • 32.­35
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­43
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­16
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­62-65
  • n.­4
  • n.­27
  • n.­42
  • n.­52
  • n.­60
  • n.­62
  • n.­157
  • n.­199
  • n.­268
  • n.­380
  • n.­411
  • n.­442
  • g.­74
  • g.­79
  • g.­85
  • g.­138
  • g.­157
  • g.­199
  • g.­201
  • g.­210
  • g.­336
  • g.­377
  • g.­431
  • g.­493
  • g.­592
  • g.­681
  • g.­688
  • g.­690
  • g.­695
  • g.­777
  • g.­803
  • g.­890
  • g.­891
  • g.­892
  • g.­893
  • g.­894
  • g.­895
  • g.­896
  • g.­897
  • g.­942
  • g.­951
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1059
  • g.­1060
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1279
  • g.­1280
  • g.­1281
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1352
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1455
  • g.­1469
  • g.­1507
  • g.­1508
  • g.­1510
  • g.­1660
  • g.­1670
  • g.­1671
  • g.­1672
  • g.­1695
g.­185

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 2.­2-5
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­41
  • 13.­39
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­16
  • 16.­21
  • 26.­42-43
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­19-21
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­47
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­50
  • g.­186
  • g.­187
  • g.­188
  • g.­492
  • g.­934
g.­186

Brahmakāyika

Wylie:
  • tshangs ris
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmakāyika

First god realm of form, meaning “stratum of Brahmā.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 30.­19
  • n.­309
  • g.­1265
g.­187

Brahma­pari­ṣadya

Wylie:
  • tshangs ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • brahma­pari­ṣadya

Second god realm of form, meaning “retinue of Brahmā.” Also called “Brahmapurohita.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • n.­309
  • g.­188
g.­188

Brahmapurohita

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmapurohita

Second god realm of form, meaning “priest Brahmā.” Also called “Brahma­pari­ṣadya.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • n.­309
  • g.­187
  • g.­1265
g.­191

branches of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • bodhyaṅga

Also rendered here as “branches of genuine enlightenment.” See “seven branches of enlightenment.”

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­21
  • 7.­7
  • 8.­34-35
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­27
  • 16.­4
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­5
  • 29.­13
  • 29.­66
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­31
g.­192

Bṛhat­phala

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu che
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhat­phala

Twefth god realm of form, meaning “great fruition.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­21
  • 17.­51-52
  • 26.­43
  • 30.­19
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­196

buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddha

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni and general way of addressing the enlightened ones.

Located in 156 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­26
  • i.­29
  • i.­32
  • i.­36
  • i.­39
  • i.­42
  • i.­57
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­67
  • i.­73
  • i.­91
  • i.­97-99
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­69
  • 6.­48-49
  • 7.­15-18
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­48-49
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­36-37
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­22
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­39
  • 14.­12
  • 14.­44-45
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­35
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­45
  • 15.­47
  • 16.­9
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­38
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­69
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­35-36
  • 21.­22
  • 22.­40
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­47
  • 25.­15-16
  • 25.­35
  • 25.­37
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­6-7
  • 26.­50
  • 27.­8
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­37
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­18-19
  • 32.­32
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­49
  • 33.­6
  • 33.­11-13
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­69
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­14
  • n.­18
  • n.­22
  • n.­42
  • n.­52
  • n.­60
  • n.­64
  • n.­205
  • n.­272
  • n.­321
  • n.­350
  • n.­436
  • g.­62
  • g.­77
  • g.­137
  • g.­163
  • g.­198
  • g.­199
  • g.­202
  • g.­203
  • g.­267
  • g.­377
  • g.­386
  • g.­408
  • g.­446
  • g.­492
  • g.­597
  • g.­617
  • g.­625
  • g.­670
  • g.­675
  • g.­751
  • g.­752
  • g.­753
  • g.­754
  • g.­875
  • g.­924
  • g.­925
  • g.­932
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­962
  • g.­1145
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1343
  • g.­1349
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1480
  • g.­1494
  • g.­1509
  • g.­1522
  • g.­1523
  • g.­1552
  • g.­1591
  • g.­1637
  • g.­1676
  • g.­1685
g.­197

buddha body of emanation

Wylie:
  • sprul pa’i sku
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲུལ་པའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­māṇa­kaya

The buddha body of emanation is the visible and usually physical manifestation of fully enlightened beings which arises spontaneously from the expanse of the buddha body of reality, whenever appropriate‌, in accordance with the diverse dispositions of sentient beings.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
  • n.­64
  • g.­199
  • g.­1540
g.­198

buddha body of essentiality

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid sku
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • svābhāvika­kāya

This indicates either an active or a passive distinction in the buddha body of reality, or the underlying indivisible essence of the three buddha bodies.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
g.­199

buddha body of form

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­kāya

According to the Lesser Vehicle, the buddha body of form refers to the thousand buddhas of the Auspicious Eon, including Śākyamuni. In the Great Vehicle, however, the term includes both the buddha body of perfect resource which appears in a pure light form to tenth level bodhisattvas and the buddha body of emanation which manifests physically for the sake of all beings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­30
  • n.­380
  • g.­1259
g.­200

buddha body of gnosis and reality

Wylie:
  • ye shes chos sku
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཆོས་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānad­harma­kāya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
g.­201

buddha body of perfect resource

Wylie:
  • longs spyod rdzogs pa’i sku
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་རྫོགས་པའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhoga­kāya

The buddha body of perfect resource denotes the luminous, immaterial, and unimpeded reflection-like forms of enlightened mind, which become spontaneously present and naturally manifest to tenth level bodhisattvas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
  • g.­199
g.­202

buddha body of reality

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmakāya

The ultimate nature or essence of the fruitional enlightened mind of the buddhas, which is non-arising, free from the limits of conceptual elaboration, empty of inherent existence, naturally radiant, beyond duality, and spacious.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • 33.­30
  • n.­380
  • g.­197
  • g.­198
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1480
g.­203

buddhafield

Wylie:
  • zhing khams
Tibetan:
  • ཞིང་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣetra

This term denotes the operational field of a specific buddha, spontaneously arising as a result of their altruistic aspirations. (See also n.­18).

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • i.­77
  • 1.­5
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­36
  • 13.­11
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­37-39
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­28
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­55
  • 21.­14-15
  • 21.­24
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­18-45
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­47-49
  • 26.­52
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­67
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­57-58
  • 32.­20
  • 32.­26-31
  • 32.­33-35
  • 32.­37-38
  • 32.­40-41
  • 32.­57
  • 32.­59
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­65
  • n.­18
g.­205

burning tree stump

Wylie:
  • sdong dum tshig pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡོང་དུམ་ཚིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dagdha­sthūṇā­kṛti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­1
g.­207

calm

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti

Also translated here as “calmness” and “peace.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­56
  • i.­58
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18-21
  • 4.­55
  • 5.­54-55
  • 5.­78-79
  • 5.­102-103
  • 5.­122
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­151
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­175
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­199
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 10.­39
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­60
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­9-11
  • 19.­5
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­40
  • 20.­15
  • 20.­64
  • 22.­11
  • 22.­18
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­30
  • 26.­41
  • 30.­11
  • 33.­50
  • n.­293
  • g.­208
  • g.­973
  • g.­997
  • g.­1183
g.­208

calmness

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti

Also translated here as “calm” and “peace.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­34
  • n.­346
  • g.­207
  • g.­1183
g.­213

carefree inaction

Wylie:
  • phrin las chung ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲིན་ལས་ཆུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • alposuka­tā

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­73
  • 23.­9
  • n.­373
g.­216

Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika

First god realm of desire, meaning “abode of the four great kings.”

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 15.­1-2
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­26
  • 17.­51-54
  • 17.­56
  • 19.­35-36
  • 19.­49
  • 19.­51-52
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­26
  • 33.­65
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­218

ceasing

Wylie:
  • ’gag pa
Tibetan:
  • འགག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­rodha

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­45
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­21
  • 5.­60-61
  • 5.­84-85
  • 5.­108-109
  • 5.­137
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­166
  • 5.­178
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­202
  • 6.­29-30
  • 6.­32
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­18
  • 33.­27
g.­221

cessation of contaminants

Wylie:
  • zag pa zad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣīnāsrava
  • ā­srava­kṣaya

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­46
  • 25.­7
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­32
  • g.­1545
g.­222

cessation of delusion

Wylie:
  • gti mug zad pa
Tibetan:
  • གཏི་མུག་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mohakṣaya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • g.­1611
g.­223

cessation of desire

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags zad pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāga­kṣaya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • g.­1611
g.­224

cessation of hatred

Wylie:
  • zhe sdang zad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་སྡང་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dveṣa­kṣaya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • g.­1611
g.­225

chapter

Wylie:
  • le’u
Tibetan:
  • ལེའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­varta

Located in 103 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­9
  • i.­11
  • i.­13
  • i.­17
  • i.­29-34
  • i.­36
  • i.­38
  • i.­41
  • i.­43
  • i.­45-46
  • i.­48
  • i.­51-52
  • i.­55-56
  • i.­58
  • i.­60-64
  • i.­66-68
  • i.­71
  • i.­73
  • i.­76
  • i.­78
  • i.­80-81
  • i.­83
  • i.­85
  • i.­88-91
  • i.­93
  • i.­95
  • i.­97
  • i.­99
  • 1.­82
  • 2.­95
  • 3.­108
  • 4.­59
  • 5.­205
  • 6.­54
  • 7.­47
  • 8.­55
  • 9.­48
  • 10.­22
  • 10.­37
  • 10.­47
  • 11.­20
  • 11.­43
  • 12.­43
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­67
  • 14.­63
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­55
  • 16.­32
  • 17.­63
  • 18.­78
  • 19.­36
  • 19.­67
  • 20.­78-79
  • 21.­39
  • 22.­59
  • 23.­44
  • 23.­63
  • 24.­62
  • 25.­54
  • 26.­62
  • 27.­37
  • 28.­51
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­94
  • 30.­49
  • 31.­70
  • 32.­56
  • 32.­58
  • 32.­60
  • 33.­72
  • n.­52
  • n.­64
  • n.­67
  • n.­133
  • n.­143
  • n.­190-191
  • n.­205
  • n.­294
  • n.­404
  • n.­436
  • n.­445
g.­226

chiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong chung ngu’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་ཆུང་ངུའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāhasra­loka­dhātu

A series of one thousand parallel human worlds, according to traditional Indian cosmology.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­2
  • 11.­2
  • 33.­46
  • n.­196
  • g.­378
g.­227

clear realization

Wylie:
  • mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­samaya

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­54
  • 3.­51
  • 4.­49
  • 11.­32
  • 14.­50-51
  • 18.­60-61
  • n.­318
  • n.­330
  • n.­428
  • g.­228
  • g.­331
  • g.­646
  • g.­820
  • g.­1417
  • g.­1621
  • g.­1622
  • g.­1623
g.­228

clear realization of all phenomena

Wylie:
  • rnam kun mngon rdzogs rtogs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཀུན་མངོན་རྫོགས་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvākārābhi­sam­bodha

Fourth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­29
  • i.­66
  • i.­95
  • n.­387
g.­231

cognition

Wylie:
  • shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also translated as “knowledge.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­47-49
  • 11.­31
  • 12.­16-17
  • 17.­45
  • 19.­26
  • 21.­9
  • 25.­48
  • 28.­13
  • 28.­15
  • 29.­23
  • 32.­51
  • g.­864
g.­240

compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • karuṇā

Second of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23
  • i.­59
  • 1.­31
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­2
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
  • g.­1056
g.­242

completely perfect buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­buddha
  • samyak­sam­buddha­tva

See “genuinely perfect buddha.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­82
  • 4.­49
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­32
  • 25.­47
  • g.­670
g.­246

comprehensibility

Wylie:
  • ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimittodgrahaṇa
  • udgrahaṇa

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­70
  • 20.­52
g.­247

conceive of

Wylie:
  • rtog par byed
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpayati

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­4
  • 12.­28
  • 19.­29
  • 20.­69
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­59
g.­249

conceptual elaboration

Wylie:
  • spros pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­pañca

This term denotes the presence of discursive or conceptual thought processes. Their absence or deconstruction is characteristic of the realization of emptiness or actual reality.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • i.­19
  • 20.­13
  • 25.­37
  • g.­202
  • g.­445
  • g.­932
g.­250

conceptual notion

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kalpa

Also translated here as “false imagination.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­63
  • 8.­12
  • 16.­32
  • 18.­67
  • 18.­69
  • 22.­17
  • 24.­23
  • n.­322
  • g.­565
g.­251

conceptualize

Wylie:
  • mtshan mar byed
  • mtshan mar ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མར་བྱེད།
  • མཚན་མར་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • nimittī karoti

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 9.­6
  • 19.­55
  • 23.­54-55
  • 28.­12
g.­253

conclusion

Wylie:
  • mjug sdud
Tibetan:
  • མཇུག་སྡུད།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­gamana

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 33.­72
g.­256

conditioned

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­69
  • 2.­73
  • 6.­47
  • 7.­6
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42
  • 10.­24-26
  • 11.­4
  • 14.­28
  • 15.­5
  • 19.­54
  • 20.­47
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­69-71
  • 29.­73-74
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­82
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­33
  • n.­141
  • g.­334
  • g.­581
  • g.­670
g.­258

conditioned phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas kyi chos
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta­dharma

Conditioned phenomena, as described in 2.­81, include the following: the world system of desire, the world system of form, the world system of formlessness, and likewise, the five psycho-physical aggregates, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless meditative absorptions, and similarly, all those [aforementioned] attributes extending from the four applications of mindfulness, up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

(See also n.­141).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 1.­70-71
  • 2.­81
  • 3.­4
  • 6.­21
  • 17.­11
  • 18.­24
  • 28.­34-35
  • 28.­37
  • 32.­25
  • n.­50
g.­259

conditioning

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’du byed pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­saṃ­skāra

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­70
  • 11.­26-28
  • 12.­5
  • 20.­52
  • 27.­7
  • g.­611
  • g.­1493
g.­261

conduct

Wylie:
  • spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • caryā

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­49
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­17
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 21.­26-28
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­41
  • 22.­54-55
  • 23.­49
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­20
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­34
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­35
  • 33.­70
  • n.­23
  • n.­431
  • g.­875
  • g.­1531
g.­264

confidence

Wylie:
  • dang ba
Tibetan:
  • དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­sāda

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 32.­26
  • 33.­1-2
g.­265

conjoined

Wylie:
  • ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­yukta

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • 6.­23-24
  • 9.­15
  • 12.­32
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
g.­266

connected with

Wylie:
  • lhan cig tu yang dag par ’du
Tibetan:
  • ལྷན་ཅིག་ཏུ་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­ava­sarati

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­34-35
  • n.­370
g.­267

consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñāna

Third of the twelve links of dependent origination. Consciousness is defined as “an awareness which is knowing and luminous.” Not being physical, it lacks resistance to obstruction. It has neither shape nor color, and it can be experienced but not externally perceived as an object. A distinction is made between the mundane consciousness of sentient beings, and the gnosis of the buddhas. In the context‌ of the present discourse, the former includes six aspects of consciousness, namely, visual consciousness, auditory consciousness, olfactory consciousness, tactile consciousness, and mental consciousness, the last of which objectively refers to mental phenomena.

Located in 314 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55-56
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­4-5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22-23
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20-21
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49-51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-18
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­28
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­73-75
  • 30.­7
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-48
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­24
  • n.­4
  • n.­44
  • n.­407
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
  • g.­675
  • g.­1173
g.­272

consider

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rjes su lta ba
  • yang dag par rjes su mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བ།
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­anu­paśyati

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­73
  • 6.­1-2
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 17.­47
  • 19.­65
  • 21.­5-7
  • 25.­2
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­35
  • 27.­29
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­62
  • g.­846
  • g.­1214
g.­273

construe

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog par ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kalpiṣyati

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­10-11
g.­275

contemplation

Wylie:
  • nges par sems pa
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་སེམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­ni­dhyāpana

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­29
  • 9.­16
  • 31.­30
g.­285

context

Wylie:
  • gleng gzhi
Tibetan:
  • གླེང་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • nidāna

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­63
  • 1.­82
  • 4.­33
  • 5.­203-204
  • 8.­7
  • 9.­10
  • 9.­45
  • 10.­22
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­38
  • 12.­40
  • 12.­42
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­39
  • 15.­50
  • 17.­3
  • 30.­23-24
  • 30.­29
  • n.­190
  • n.­271
  • g.­667
  • g.­1558
  • g.­1726
g.­296

correct

Wylie:
  • rigs
Tibetan:
  • རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • yukta

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­11
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 17.­59
  • g.­342
  • g.­716
g.­297

correct action

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i las kyi mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­karmānta

Fourth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­298

correct delight

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba yang dag
  • dga’ ba yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་ཡང་དག
  • དགའ་བ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • prīti
  • prīti­bodhyaṅga

Fourth of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­299

correct doctrinal analysis

Wylie:
  • chos rab tu rnam par ’byed pa
  • chos rab tu rnam par ’byed pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ།
  • ཆོས་རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­pravicaya
  • dharma­pravicaya­bodhyaṅga

Second of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­300

correct effort

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtsol ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྩོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­vyāyāma

Sixth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­301

correct equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms yang dag
  • btang snyoms yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས་ཡང་དག
  • བཏང་སྙོམས་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā
  • upekṣā­bodhyaṅga

Seventh of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­302

correct exertion

Wylie:
  • yang dag par spong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prahā­ṇa

See 1.­21 and 8.­22.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­17
  • 7.­7
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­35
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­27
  • 16.­4
  • 18.­55
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­5
  • 28.­15
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­31
g.­303

correct ideation

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­kalpa

Second of the noble eightfold path. Also translated as “correct thought.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­304

correct livelihood

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­ājīva

Fifth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­305

correct meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin yang dag
  • ting nge ’dzin yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡང་དག
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi
  • samādhi­bodhyaṅga

Sixth of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­306

correct meditative stability

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­sam­ādhi

Eighth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­307

Correct mental and physical refinement

Wylie:
  • shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­śrabdhi

Fifth of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­308

correct perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
  • brtson ’grus yang dag
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya­bodhyaṅga
  • vīrya

Third of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­309

correct recollection

Wylie:
  • dran pa yang dag
  • dran pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཡང་དག
  • དྲན་པ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti
  • smṛti­bodhyaṅga

First of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­310

correct recollection

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i dran pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­smṛti

Seventh of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­311

correct speech

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ngag
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ངག
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­vāg

Third of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­312

correct view

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­dṛṣṭi

First of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • 31.­5
  • g.­1063
g.­318

courage

Wylie:
  • spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­bhāna

Also translated here as “inspired eloquence.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85
  • 17.­49
  • g.­813
g.­320

covetousness

Wylie:
  • brnab sems
Tibetan:
  • བརྣབ་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­dhyā
  • abhi­dhyā granthā

Eighth of ten non-virtuous actions; first of the four knots.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 29.­8
  • 32.­21
  • g.­626
  • g.­1109
g.­321

craving

Wylie:
  • sred pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tṛṣṇā

Eighth of the twelve links of dependent origination; fourth of the four torrents.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­48
  • 10.­44
  • 12.­25
  • 18.­18
  • g.­633
g.­331

culminating clear realization

Wylie:
  • rtse mor phyin pa’i mngon rtogs
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོར་ཕྱིན་པའི་མངོན་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mūrdhābhi­samaya

Fifth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­25
  • i.­29
  • i.­80
g.­332

cultivate

Wylie:
  • sgom
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvayati

Located in 81 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­38-39
  • i.­44
  • i.­56
  • i.­59
  • i.­74
  • i.­76-77
  • i.­95
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­73
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­7-10
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­28-31
  • 8.­35
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 12.­4
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­23-24
  • 15.­28
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­22
  • 18.­67
  • 21.­32
  • 21.­34-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 23.­25-26
  • 23.­49-50
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­5-6
  • 24.­10-13
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­51-52
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­21
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­2-3
  • 27.­20
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­71
  • 29.­77
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­58
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­33
  • 32.­45
g.­333

cultivation

Wylie:
  • bsgom pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྒོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­64
  • i.­71
  • i.­80
  • 1.­21
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­29-30
  • 16.­13
  • 17.­49
  • 19.­21
  • 22.­44-49
  • 22.­59
  • 23.­55
  • 24.­5-6
  • 24.­11
  • 28.­1
  • 31.­26
  • n.­388
  • g.­170
  • g.­1181
g.­334

cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterised by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­48
  • i.­64
  • i.­78
  • i.­81
  • i.­83
  • i.­88
  • i.­96
  • 1.­67
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­38
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­40
  • 15.­2
  • 17.­1
  • 19.­23
  • 21.­33
  • 24.­46
  • 25.­33
  • 26.­3
  • 27.­9-10
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­27
  • 30.­46
  • 31.­30
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­61
  • n.­22
  • n.­292
  • g.­156
  • g.­170
  • g.­361
  • g.­362
  • g.­581
  • g.­587
  • g.­695
  • g.­716
  • g.­836
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1493
  • g.­1596
  • g.­1676
g.­336

daughter of enlightened heritage

Wylie:
  • rigs kyi bu mo
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ཀྱི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kula­duhitā
  • kulaputrī

A term of endearment, used by a teacher when adressing a female follower of the bodhisattva path.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 25.­45-46
  • 33.­61
g.­342

dedication

Wylie:
  • bsngo ba
  • yongs su bsngo ba
Tibetan:
  • བསྔོ་བ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བསྔོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­ṇāma

The establishment of the correct motivation at the beginning of any practice or endeavor and the altruistic dedication at the end are regarded as highly significant. The most popular objects of the dedication are the flourishing of the sacred teachings of Buddhism throughout the universe and the attainment of full enlightenment by all sentient beings.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­56
  • 15.­8-9
  • 18.­68
  • 23.­54
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­61
  • 26.­9
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12-15
  • 27.­17-25
  • 31.­10
  • n.­393
g.­344

defining characteristic

Wylie:
  • mtshan nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • i.­67
  • i.­71
  • i.­88
  • i.­93
  • 1.­27-28
  • 1.­70
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­55
  • 6.­23-24
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­40
  • 12.­32-42
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
  • 18.­59
  • 20.­24
  • 20.­44-54
  • 22.­6
  • 23.­28
  • 25.­2
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­3-6
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­19
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­82
  • 29.­84
  • 30.­10
  • 31.­1
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­41
g.­347

definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorption

Wylie:
  • dbang po dang stobs dang byang chub kyi yan lag dang rnam par thar pa dang bsam gtan dang ting nge ’dzin dang snyoms par ’jug pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa dang rnam par byang ba dang ldang pa shes pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་དང་སྟོབས་དང་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་དང་རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་དང་བསམ་གཏན་དང་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་དང་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པའི་ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་དང་ལྡང་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvendriya­bala­bodhyaṅga­vimokṣa­dhyāna­samādhi­samāpatti­saṃkleśa­vyavadāna-vyuthāna­yathā­bhūta­pra­jñāna

Eighth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­348

definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten kyi khams du ma pa khams sna tshogs pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཀྱི་ཁམས་དུ་མ་པ་ཁམས་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nānalokadhātunānadhātuyathābhūtaprajñāna

Fourth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­349

definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have

Wylie:
  • sems can gzhan dag dang gang zag gzhan rnams kyi mos pa sna tshogs nyid dang mos pa du ma nyid yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དག་དང་གང་ཟག་གཞན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་མོས་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཉིད་དང་མོས་པ་དུ་མ་ཉིད་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anya­sattva­pudgala-nānādhi­muktyan­ekādhi­mukti­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna

Fifth or sixth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­350

definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere

Wylie:
  • thams cad du ’gro ba’i lam yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འགྲོ་བའི་ལམ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvatra­gāmanī-prati­padyathābhūta­prajñāna

Seventh of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­351

definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi gnas rnam pa du ma rjes su dran pa dang sems can rnams kyi ’chi ’pho dang skye ba yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྣམ་པ་དུ་མ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་དང་སེམས་ཅན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་འཆི་འཕོ་དང་སྐྱེ་བ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­eka­pūrva­nivāsānu­smṛti­cyutyutpatti­yathābhūta­prajñāna

Ninth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­352

definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not

Wylie:
  • sems can gzhan dag dang gang zag gzhan rnams kyi dbang po mchog dang mchog ma yin pa nyid yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དག་དང་གང་ཟག་གཞན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ་མཆོག་དང་མཆོག་མ་ཡིན་པ་ཉིད་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anya­sattva­pudgalendriya­varāvara-yathā­bhūta­prajñāna

Sixth or fifth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­353

definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible

Wylie:
  • gnas ma yin pa la yang gnas ma yin par yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་མ་ཡིན་པ་ལ་ཡང་གནས་མ་ཡིན་པར་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sthānāsthāna­yathā­bhūta­pra­jñāna

Second of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­354

definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible

Wylie:
  • gnas la yang gnas su yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་ལ་ཡང་གནས་སུ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthāna­sthāna­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna

First of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­355

definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased

Wylie:
  • zag pa zad pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
  • zag pa zad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­srava-kṣaya­yathābhūta­pra­jñāna
  • ā­srava-kṣaya

Tenth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­356

definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions

Wylie:
  • ’das pa dang ma ’ongs pa dang da ltar byung ba’i las rnams dang las yang dag par len pa rnams kyi rnam par smin pa gnas kyi sgo dang rgyu’i sgo nas yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • འདས་པ་དང་མ་འོངས་པ་དང་ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་ལས་རྣམས་དང་ལས་ཡང་དག་པར་ལེན་པ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ་གནས་ཀྱི་སྒོ་དང་རྒྱུའི་སྒོ་ནས་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • atītānāgata­pratyutpanna­sarva­karma­samādāna­hetu­vipāka­yathā­bhūta-pra­jñāna

Third of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­357

degenerate morality

Wylie:
  • ’chal ba’i tshul khrims
Tibetan:
  • འཆལ་བའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dauḥ­śīlya

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­42
  • i.­95
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 20.­37
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­23
  • 28.­48
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
g.­360

deluded

Wylie:
  • rnam par rmongs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྨོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mūḍha

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8-9
  • 26.­59-60
  • 33.­13-15
  • g.­675
g.­361

delusion

Wylie:
  • gti mug
Tibetan:
  • གཏི་མུག
Sanskrit:
  • moha

One of the three poisons (dug gsum) along with hatred and desire which perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. Delusion is the obfuscating mental state which obstructs an individual from generating knowledge or insight, and it is said to be characteristic of the animal world in general.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 1.­46
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 10.­44
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­52
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­17
  • 20.­17
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­23
  • 24.­41
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­55
  • 27.­23
  • 28.­27
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­37
  • g.­716
  • g.­1551
g.­362

demonic force

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

Buddhist literature speaks of four kinds of malign or demonic influences which may impede the course of spiritual transformation. These include the impure psycho-physical aggregates; the afflicted mental states; desires and temptations; and submission to the “Lord of death,” at which point involuntary rebirth is perpetuated in cyclic existence. Also rendered here as “Māra.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­15-24
  • 9.­37
  • 11.­11
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­12
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­44-45
  • g.­163
  • g.­924
  • g.­952
g.­365

designated

Wylie:
  • btags pa
Tibetan:
  • བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­jñapta

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­9
  • 5.­1
  • 6.­1-2
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­44
  • 12.­41
  • 14.­23
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­50-51
  • 16.­16-17
  • 17.­5-7
  • 19.­53
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­77
  • 28.­1
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­32
  • 29.­63
  • 30.­28
g.­366

designation

Wylie:
  • tshig bla dags
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་བླ་དགས།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­vacana

Located in 179 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­35
  • 5.­40-205
  • 6.­31-32
  • 9.­31
  • 12.­41
  • 17.­13
  • 24.­46
  • 27.­21
  • 28.­9
  • 29.­63
  • 29.­88
  • n.­295
g.­367

desire

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rāga

First of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­52
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­38
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­6-8
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­52
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­17
  • 20.­14
  • 20.­16
  • 22.­3-5
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­41
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22-23
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­27
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­79
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­21
  • 32.­37
  • n.­420
  • g.­216
  • g.­361
  • g.­362
  • g.­594
  • g.­716
  • g.­1058
  • g.­1169
  • g.­1551
  • g.­1587
  • g.­1593
  • g.­1770
g.­371

determine

Wylie:
  • so sor brtag
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོར་བརྟག
Sanskrit:
  • praty­avekṣate

Also translated here as “investigate.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 25.­2
  • g.­832
g.­375

dhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

See n.­21.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­3
  • 11.­34
  • 14.­34
  • 31.­66-67
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­57
  • n.­21
  • n.­434
  • g.­103
g.­377

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. In the context‌ of the present work, it may mean “sacred doctrine” (also rendered “Dharma” in this translation), the “attributes” which buddhas and bodhisattvas acquire, “phenomena” or “things” in general, and, more specifically, “mental phenomena” which are the object of the mental faculty (manas, yid).

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 15.­47
  • 26.­6
  • 29.­22
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­6
  • n.­188
  • n.­331
  • n.­340
  • n.­342
  • n.­348
  • g.­983
  • g.­1206
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1552
g.­378

dichiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong gnyis pa bar ma’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་གཉིས་པ་བར་མའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvi­sāhar­samadhyama­loka­dhātu

A series parallel worlds comprising one thousand chiliocosms, according to traditional Indian cosmology.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 33.­46
  • n.­196
  • g.­694
g.­388

disassociate

Wylie:
  • ’byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­yojayati

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • 4.­24-31
g.­389

discouraged

Wylie:
  • zhum
Tibetan:
  • ཞུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­valīyate

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­84
  • 22.­18
  • 26.­39-42
  • 26.­59
  • 27.­2
  • 30.­29
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­62
  • 32.­39
g.­390

discriminative awareness

Wylie:
  • shes rab
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

Also translated here as “wisdom.” See glossary entry.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1591
  • g.­1726
g.­391

disintegrate

Wylie:
  • ’jig par ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­naśyati

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­1
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­27
  • 30.­34-35
  • 30.­45
g.­392

disjoined

Wylie:
  • mi ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­saṃ­yukta

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • 6.­23-24
  • 12.­32
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
g.­401

distraction

Wylie:
  • rnam par g.yengs ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གཡེངས་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kṣepa

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­42
  • i.­95
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 9.­26
  • 20.­38
  • 25.­37
  • 25.­42
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­13
g.­405

do not consider

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rjes su mi mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • na sam­anu­paśyati

Also translated here as “disregard.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­73
  • 4.­8-13
  • 4.­15-32
  • 4.­34-35
  • 4.­50-51
  • 5.­1
  • 6.­1-3
  • 7.­32
  • 9.­46
  • 10.­15
  • 11.­32-33
  • 12.­14
  • 12.­30
  • 17.­47-48
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­12
  • 21.­8
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­10
  • 26.­12
  • 26.­20
  • 27.­5
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­29
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­49
  • 31.­52-53
  • 31.­56
  • 31.­59
  • g.­313
g.­412

don the great armor

Wylie:
  • go cha chen po gyon par byed
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ཆ་ཆེན་པོ་གྱོན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­saṃ­nāhaḥ saṃ­nahyate

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­11-12
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­29
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­25
g.­414

dream

Wylie:
  • rmi lam
Tibetan:
  • རྨི་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • svapna

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­36
  • i.­45
  • i.­57-58
  • i.­64
  • i.­90
  • 1.­5
  • 2.­87
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­32
  • 12.­35
  • 15.­46-47
  • 16.­2-8
  • 17.­60
  • 17.­62
  • 19.­31
  • 19.­34
  • 20.­9
  • 22.­26
  • 22.­55-56
  • 28.­3
  • 28.­28-30
  • 28.­36
  • 28.­38
  • 31.­8
g.­416

dullness and sleepiness

Wylie:
  • rmugs gnyid
Tibetan:
  • རྨུགས་གཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • styāna­niddha

Third of the five obscurations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
g.­417

Dunhuang

Wylie:
  • tun hong
Tibetan:
  • ཏུན་ཧོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Site of the Magao Caves in Gansu Province, China.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­9
g.­421

eight aspects of liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­vimokṣa

The eight aspects of liberation ensue: (1) when corporeal beings observe physical forms [in order to compose the mind]; (2) when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms; (3) when beings are inclined toward pleasant states; (4) when one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite space, thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’ (5) The fifth ensues when one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness, thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite.’ (6) The sixth is when one achieves and abides in the sense field of nothing-at-all, thinking, ‘There is nothing at all.’ (7) The seventh is when one achieves and abides in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception. (8) The eighth is when one achieves and abides in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings.

For a more complete description, see 1.­33.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­33
  • 3.­27
  • 8.­38
  • 20.­35
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 24.­8
  • 24.­22
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­12
  • n.­37
  • n.­43
  • n.­46
  • g.­116
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1147
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1149
  • g.­1150
  • g.­1712
  • g.­1713
  • g.­1714
g.­424

eight sense fields of mastery

Wylie:
  • zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭābhi­bhvāyatana

These refer to the miraculous perceptual transformation that ensues when one: (1) regards lesser external forms; (2) regards greater external forms; (3) regards blue external forms; (4) regards yellow external forms; (5) regards red external forms; (6) regards white external forms; (7) abides in the sense field of infinite space; (8) abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness.

For a complete explanation, see 1.­55.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­55
  • 3.­35
  • n.­43
  • g.­6
  • g.­7
  • g.­1303
  • g.­1304
  • g.­1305
  • g.­1306
  • g.­1307
  • g.­1308
  • g.­1376
g.­426

eighteen aspects of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­daśa­śūnyatā

The eighteen aspects of emptiness, as listed in 1.­57, comprise (1) emptiness of internal phenomena, (2) emptiness of external phenomena, (3) emptiness of both external and internal phenomena, (4) emptiness of emptiness, (5) emptiness of great extent, (6) emptiness of ultimate reality, (7) emptiness of conditioned phenomena, (8) emptiness of unconditioned phenomena, (9) emptiness of the unlimited, (10) emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end, (11) emptiness of non-dispersal, (12) emptiness of inherent existence, (13) emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics, (14) emptiness of all things, (15) emptiness of non-apprehension, (16) emptiness of non-entities, (17) emptiness of essential nature, and (18) emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. See also n.­48.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­37
  • 3.­66
  • 8.­40
  • 14.­60
  • 15.­14
  • n.­48
  • g.­447
  • g.­448
  • g.­449
  • g.­450
  • g.­451
  • g.­452
  • g.­453
  • g.­454
  • g.­455
  • g.­456
  • g.­457
  • g.­458
  • g.­459
  • g.­460
  • g.­461
  • g.­462
  • g.­463
  • g.­464
  • g.­634
  • g.­1503
g.­427

eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭā­daśāveṇika­buddha­dharma

See 2.­8.

Located in 204 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­80-81
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­43
  • 4.­51
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­8
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­52
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­24-25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­6-8
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­18
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18-19
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­17
  • 13.­27
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­61
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­24
  • 15.­29
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­35-36
  • 17.­41-42
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55-56
  • 18.­68-69
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­41
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 22.­2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­7-8
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 23.­41
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3-4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­30-31
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­3-4
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­23
  • 29.­62-63
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 30.­43
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­18-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­26-27
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­64-65
  • n.­58
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­69
  • g.­258
  • g.­406
  • g.­407
  • g.­409
  • g.­410
  • g.­480
  • g.­481
  • g.­482
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1537
  • g.­1609
  • g.­1616
  • g.­1735
  • g.­1740
  • g.­1741
  • g.­1749
  • g.­1750
g.­430

eighteen sensory elements

Wylie:
  • khams bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­daśa­dhātu

The eighteen sensory elements, as listed in 1.­16, comprise (1) the sensory element of the eyes, (2) the sensory element of sights, and (3) the sensory element of visual consciousness; (4) the sensory element of the ears, (5) the sensory element of sounds, and (6) the sensory element of auditory consciousness; (7) the sensory element of the nose, (8) the sensory element of odors, and (9) the sensory element of olfactory consciousness; (10) the sensory element of the tongue, (11) the sensory element of tastes, and (12) the sensory element of gustatory consciousness; (13) the sensory element of the body, (14) the sensory element of tangibles, and (15) the sensory element of tactile consciousness; and (16) the sensory element of the mental faculty, (17) the sensory element of mental phenomena, and (18) the sensory element of mental consciousness.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­71
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­79
  • 3.­13
  • 20.­60
  • 20.­62-63
  • 22.­45
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­33
  • n.­31
  • g.­274
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1394
  • g.­1395
  • g.­1397
  • g.­1398
  • g.­1399
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1403
  • g.­1404
  • g.­1405
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1407
  • g.­1408
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1410
  • g.­1411
  • g.­1412
  • g.­1413
g.­432

eighty excellent minor marks

Wylie:
  • dpe byad bzang po brgyad cu
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ་བརྒྱད་ཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • asītyānuvyañjana

For their enumeration see 2.­33 and 29.­40.

(See also n.­67).

Located in 109 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­72
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­49-50
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­85
  • 3.­102-103
  • 3.­105
  • 15.­30
  • 17.­60
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­40
  • 29.­60
  • 29.­63
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­40
  • n.­66
  • n.­139
  • n.­417
  • g.­1
  • g.­2
  • g.­3
  • g.­82
  • g.­107
  • g.­108
  • g.­153
  • g.­165
  • g.­171
  • g.­172
  • g.­174
  • g.­175
  • g.­176
  • g.­177
  • g.­178
  • g.­179
  • g.­180
  • g.­181
  • g.­182
  • g.­244
  • g.­294
  • g.­473
  • g.­492
  • g.­553
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­583
  • g.­584
  • g.­653
  • g.­654
  • g.­655
  • g.­702
  • g.­703
  • g.­704
  • g.­706
  • g.­709
  • g.­726
  • g.­728
  • g.­823
  • g.­850
  • g.­851
  • g.­852
  • g.­862
  • g.­909
  • g.­910
  • g.­914
  • g.­930
  • g.­954
  • g.­1002
  • g.­1016
  • g.­1017
  • g.­1018
  • g.­1019
  • g.­1041
  • g.­1042
  • g.­1043
  • g.­1044
  • g.­1052
  • g.­1111
  • g.­1158
  • g.­1167
  • g.­1168
  • g.­1214
  • g.­1220
  • g.­1336
  • g.­1354
  • g.­1374
  • g.­1392
  • g.­1426
  • g.­1460
  • g.­1462
  • g.­1463
  • g.­1467
  • g.­1514
  • g.­1561
  • g.­1562
  • g.­1564
  • g.­1620
  • g.­1697
  • g.­1762
g.­433

elder

Wylie:
  • gnas brtan
Tibetan:
  • གནས་བརྟན།
Sanskrit:
  • sthavira

A monk of seniority within the assembly of the śrāvakas.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­49
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­16
  • 23.­31-33
  • 23.­35-37
  • 23.­45-46
  • g.­935
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­962
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1484
g.­440

emancipation

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­moca

This denotes emancipation or withdrawal from worldly life. See n.­4.

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • i.­93
  • 6.­24-25
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­32-38
  • 7.­1
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­28
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­41-42
  • 12.­26-42
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­12-14
  • 13.­18-35
  • 14.­23
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­11
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­10
  • 24.­14-16
  • 25.­52-53
  • 28.­20
  • 30.­10
  • 33.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­57
  • n.­266
  • n.­353
  • n.­355
g.­441

emancipation from cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • nges par ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • niḥ­saraṇa
  • nir­yāṇa

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­50-51
  • 1.­4
  • 2.­10
  • 24.­21
  • 31.­39
  • n.­4
  • g.­1420
g.­442

emerge

Wylie:
  • ’byung bar ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • prādur­bhāvo bhavati

Also translated here as “occur.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­24-25
  • 16.­28-29
  • 17.­41-42
  • 24.­36
  • 30.­4-7
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­36-37
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­31
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­65-66
  • 33.­68
  • n.­303
  • g.­1141
g.­443

emotional experience

Wylie:
  • myong ba
Tibetan:
  • མྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­bhava

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­70
  • 20.­52
g.­444

empathetic joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • muditā

Third of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • 1.­31
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­7
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
g.­445

emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnya­tā

Emptiness denotes the ultimate nature of reality, the total absence of inherent existence and self-identity with respect to all phenomena. According to this view, all things and events are devoid of any independent, intrinsic reality that constitutes their essence. Nothing can be said to exist independently from the complex network of factors that gives rise to their origination, nor are phenomena independent of the cognitive processes and mental constructs that make up the conventional framework within which their identity and existence are posited. When all levels of conceptualization dissolve and when all forms of dichotomizing tendencies are quelled through deliberate meditative deconstruction of conceptual elaborations, the ultimate nature of reality will finally become manifest. It is the first of the three gateways to liberation.

Located in 244 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­34
  • i.­37
  • i.­44
  • i.­47-48
  • i.­50
  • i.­58
  • i.­63
  • i.­65
  • i.­74
  • i.­78
  • i.­88
  • i.­90
  • i.­92
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­60-61
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­37
  • 4.­1-8
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­36-45
  • 4.­53
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­47-48
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­11-12
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­24-25
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­5-6
  • 11.­15-19
  • 11.­21-22
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­28
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­31
  • 12.­33-34
  • 12.­37
  • 12.­41
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­15
  • 13.­25
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­17-18
  • 14.­30
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­36-37
  • 14.­53
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­10-11
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-19
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­28
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­6
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­62
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­2
  • 20.­23
  • 20.­25
  • 20.­34
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­24
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­55-56
  • 23.­27-28
  • 23.­31
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-55
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3-5
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­10-12
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­17-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 25.­25
  • 26.­38
  • 26.­45-46
  • 26.­61
  • 27.­28-29
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65-68
  • 29.­70-71
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­47-48
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­51-52
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­36-37
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­62
  • n.­4
  • n.­48
  • n.­173
  • n.­288
  • n.­297
  • n.­316
  • n.­343
  • n.­345
  • g.­10
  • g.­11
  • g.­249
  • g.­581
  • g.­592
  • g.­663
  • g.­783
  • g.­809
  • g.­932
  • g.­1103
  • g.­1285
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1598
  • g.­1603
g.­447

emptiness of all things

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­śūnya­tā

Fourteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­71
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 12.­31
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­30
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­54
  • g.­426
g.­448

emptiness of both external and internal phenomena

Wylie:
  • phyi nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātma­bahir­dhā­śūnya­tā

Third of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­60
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67-68
  • 19.­62
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­449

emptiness of conditioned phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta­śūnya­tā

Seventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­64
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­27
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 23.­60
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­71
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­450

emptiness of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnyatā­śūnyatā

Fourth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­61
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­26
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­451

emptiness of essential nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva­śūnya­tā

Seventeenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­74
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­60
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­12
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­12
  • 29.­93
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­11
  • g.­426
g.­452

emptiness of external phenomena

Wylie:
  • phyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • bahir­dhā­śūnya­tā

Second of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­59
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­15
  • 16.­22
  • 18.­67-69
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­62
  • 20.­25
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­25
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­34
  • n.­4
  • g.­426
  • g.­1173
g.­453

emptiness of great extent

Wylie:
  • chen po stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆེན་པོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­śūnya­tā

Fifth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­62
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­26
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­454

emptiness of inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti­śūnya­tā

Twelfth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­61
  • i.­94
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­69
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­34-35
  • 7.­35-44
  • 8.­40
  • 9.­9
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­30
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­30-32
  • 30.­34-36
  • 30.­39-46
  • 31.­52
  • n.­344
  • g.­426
g.­455

emptiness of internal phenomena

Wylie:
  • nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātma­śūnyatā

First of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 95 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57-58
  • 2.­78
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­11-12
  • 8.­40
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­31
  • 12.­37
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­15
  • 13.­25
  • 14.­30
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­37
  • 14.­60
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­6
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­67-69
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­62
  • 20.­24
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­5
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­25
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­24
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­37
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­62
  • g.­426
  • g.­1503
g.­456

emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics

Wylie:
  • rang gi mtshan nyid stong pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nyid sva­lakṣaṇa­śūnya­tā

Thirteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • i.­96
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­70
  • 8.­40
  • 10.­24
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 17.­1
  • 18.­57
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­31
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­37-39
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­49
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­59-60
  • g.­426
g.­457

emptiness of non-apprehension

Wylie:
  • mi dmigs pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • མི་དམིགས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upa­lambha­śūnya­tā

Fifteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­72
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 32.­55
  • g.­426
g.­458

emptiness of non-dispersal

Wylie:
  • dor ba med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དོར་བ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ava­kāra­śūnya­tā

Eleventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­68
  • 8.­40
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­29
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­459

emptiness of non-entities

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhāva­śūnya­tā

Sixteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­73
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 29.­93
  • g.­426
g.­460

emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end

Wylie:
  • thog ma dang tha ma med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཐོག་མ་དང་ཐ་མ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­avarāgra­śūnya­tā

Tenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­67
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­63
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­29
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­461

emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhāva­svabhāva­śūnya­tā

Eighteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­75
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­55
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­11-12
  • 8.­40
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­37
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­25
  • 14.­30
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­60
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­6
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­61-62
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­47
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­5
  • 25.­25
  • 27.­27
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­37
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­62
  • n.­48
  • g.­426
  • g.­1503
g.­462

emptiness of the unlimited

Wylie:
  • mtha’ las ’das pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ལས་འདས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • atyanta­śūnya­tā

Ninth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­66
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­63
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­28
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­463

emptiness of ultimate reality

Wylie:
  • don dam pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དོན་དམ་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • para­mārtha­śūnya­tā

Sixth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­63
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­27
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­5
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­12
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­464

emptiness of unconditioned phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’dus ma byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་མ་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­saṃ­skṛta­śūnya­tā

Eighth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­65
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­28
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 23.­60
  • 27.­27
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­465

empty

Wylie:
  • stong pa
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnya
  • śūnyataḥ

Located in 147 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­37
  • i.­45
  • i.­53
  • i.­58
  • i.­67
  • i.­71
  • i.­75
  • i.­78
  • i.­96
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­58-65
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-72
  • 1.­76-80
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­5
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­55
  • 5.­48-49
  • 5.­72-73
  • 5.­96-97
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­131
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­148
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­184
  • 5.­196
  • 6.­41-48
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­18-19
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­24-25
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­15
  • 11.­18-25
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­33-39
  • 12.­41
  • 13.­2
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35-37
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­10
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­40
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­39
  • 19.­62-65
  • 20.­34
  • 20.­60-62
  • 20.­64
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­30
  • 23.­61
  • 25.­2-3
  • 26.­60
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28-29
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­37
  • 30.­8-9
  • 30.­47-48
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­4-5
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­55
  • n.­265
  • g.­446
g.­467

empty of inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin gyis stong pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti­śūnya

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­54
  • i.­94
  • i.­97
  • 1.­69
  • 11.­29
  • 14.­58-62
  • 20.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­30-34
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­45
  • 32.­3-5
  • 32.­7
  • g.­202
g.­468

empty of notions of “I” and “mine”

Wylie:
  • bdag dang bdag gis stong pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་དང་བདག་གིས་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ātmātmīya­śūnya

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 7.­18
  • 28.­37
g.­470

encourage

Wylie:
  • yang dag par gzengs stod par byed
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་གཟེངས་སྟོད་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­uttejayati

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­76
  • i.­94
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­21
  • 18.­69
  • 21.­23
  • 22.­8
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­4-16
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­33-34
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­60
  • 33.­63
g.­476

endurance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣamaṇā

‍—

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­16
  • 10.­9
g.­477

endure

Wylie:
  • ther zug tu gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཐེར་ཟུག་ཏུ་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭa­sthā bhavati

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­58-72
  • 4.­54
  • 17.­4
  • 30.­35
  • 30.­45
  • 31.­38
g.­478

enduring state

Wylie:
  • ther zug tu gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐེར་ཟུག་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭa­stha

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­1
g.­483

engage in union

Wylie:
  • rnal ’byor du byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣལ་འབྱོར་དུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • yogam ā­padati

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1-15
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­50-53
  • 4.­57-58
  • 5.­1
  • 11.­26-28
g.­484

engage with mental images

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma la spyod
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta­carati

Also translated here as “engage with signs.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­48
  • 12.­1-4
  • 12.­7
  • g.­485
g.­485

engage with signs

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma la spyod
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta­carati

Also translated here as “engage with mental images.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­484
g.­487

engaged in union with

Wylie:
  • brtson pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yukta

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • 31.­31
g.­492

enlightened attribute

Wylie:
  • yon tan
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa

Enlightened attributes include specific qualities of buddha body, speech, and mind, such as the thirty-two major and eighty minor marks, the sixty intonations of Brahmā-like voice, and the attributes of compassion, omniscience, and power.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­53
  • 4.­55
  • 8.­48
  • 20.­79
  • 21.­14
  • 29.­37
  • 32.­1
  • 33.­37
  • n.­173
g.­494

enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi

Located in 114 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­42
  • i.­52
  • i.­57
  • i.­79
  • 2.­73
  • 3.­51
  • 6.­23-24
  • 6.­27
  • 6.­34
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­17
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­54
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­35
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­10-12
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­11
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­45
  • 14.­53
  • 15.­8-9
  • 15.­22-23
  • 15.­45
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­5
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­25
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­69
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­54
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­59
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­15-17
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­50
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­18
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­40-42
  • 30.­44
  • 30.­47-48
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­30-31
  • 31.­47-49
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­64-65
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­13-19
  • 32.­34
  • 32.­37
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­61
  • 33.­64
  • 33.­69
  • n.­292
  • g.­191
  • g.­342
  • g.­875
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1465
  • g.­1522
g.­495

enmity

Wylie:
  • ’khon du ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁོན་དུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­nāha

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • i.­85
  • 2.­76
  • 9.­14
  • 17.­1
  • 24.­1
  • g.­1109
g.­497

entering the stream

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrota’āpanna

First of four stages in the path to nirvāṇa.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­49
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­31
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­20
  • 15.­31
  • 15.­53
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­48
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­58
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­11
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­49
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­57
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­65
  • g.­588
  • g.­894
g.­499

entity

Wylie:
  • dngos po
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāva

See n.­50.

Located in 114 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­90
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76-77
  • 2.­88-89
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­52-68
  • 3.­86-106
  • 4.­18-21
  • 5.­62-63
  • 5.­86-87
  • 5.­110-111
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­138-143
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­167
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­203
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­22-40
  • 15.­17-18
  • 17.­48
  • 18.­4-11
  • 19.­7
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­41
  • 22.­30
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­21
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­34
  • 30.­37
  • n.­49-50
g.­502

envied

Wylie:
  • ’dod par bya ba
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • spṛhaṇīya

In the sense of enviable.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 26.­1
g.­503

eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpa

According to the traditional Abhidharma understanding of cyclical time, a great eon (mahākalpa) is divided into eighty lesser or intervening eons. In the course of one great eon, the external universe and its sentient life takes form and later disappears. During the first twenty of the lesser eons, the universe is in the process of creation and expansion (vivartakalpa); during the next twenty it remains created; during the third twenty, it is in the process of destruction or contraction (samvartakalpa); and during the last quarter of the cycle, it remains in a state of destruction.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­22
  • 10.­45
  • 15.­36
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­2
  • 19.­24
  • 21.­10
  • 23.­53
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­49
  • 24.­51
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­56
  • 24.­58
  • 24.­60
  • 30.­37
  • 33.­28
  • g.­137
g.­504

equal to the unequaled

Wylie:
  • mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sama­sama

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • 4.­55-57
  • 7.­31-32
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­8
  • 20.­66-67
  • 20.­70-78
  • 21.­1-3
  • 21.­11
g.­506

equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā

Fourth of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • i.­76
  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­34
  • 9.­13-14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 20.­54
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
g.­507

eradication

Wylie:
  • tshar gcad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚར་གཅད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāgaccheda

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­13
  • g.­611
g.­510

essenceless nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid med pa
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • niḥ­sva­bhāva­tā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • g.­1546
g.­513

essential nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are said to possess existence in their own right‍—inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­48
  • i.­75
  • i.­86
  • i.­88
  • 1.­74-76
  • 1.­79
  • 3.­51
  • 12.­10
  • 12.­35-39
  • 13.­2
  • 13.­15
  • 14.­2-13
  • 14.­53
  • 15.­49-50
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­27
  • 18.­39
  • 18.­41
  • 19.­64-65
  • 22.­42
  • 23.­61
  • 26.­24
  • 28.­3
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­34-35
  • 28.­42-43
  • 29.­71-72
  • 30.­48
  • 31.­38-39
  • 32.­11-12
  • 32.­55
  • n.­49
  • n.­51
  • n.­288
  • g.­929
g.­523

exact knowledge of dharmas

Wylie:
  • chos so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­prati­saṃ­vid

Second of the four kinds of exact knowledge.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­625
g.­524

exact knowledge of eloquent expression

Wylie:
  • spobs pa so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­bhāna­prati­saṃ­vid

Fourth of the four kinds of exact knowledge. Eloquent expression here, also translated in the text as “inspired eloquence,” is the means by which the teachings are expressed.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 29.­22
  • g.­625
  • g.­813
g.­525

exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations

Wylie:
  • nges pa’i tshig so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­ukta­prati­saṃvid

Third of the four kinds of exact knowledge. See also “lexical explanations.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 29.­22
  • g.­625
  • g.­898
g.­526

exact knowledge of meanings

Wylie:
  • don so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • artha­prati­saṃvid

First of the four kinds of exact knowledge.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­625
g.­534

expanse of reality

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu
  • dharma­niyāma­tā

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • i.­94
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­1-4
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­24
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­1-2
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­22
  • 18.­50
  • 19.­33
  • 19.­59
  • 20.­14
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 23.­10
  • 25.­10
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­26
  • 28.­32
  • 29.­72-74
  • 30.­12-16
  • 30.­22-25
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • g.­10
  • g.­11
  • g.­540
  • g.­1611
g.­537

explanation

Wylie:
  • bsnyad pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྙད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­khyāta

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­43
  • 31.­69
  • g.­898
g.­541

extrasensory power

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­jñā

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­46
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­41-47
  • 11.­11-12
  • 11.­21
  • 16.­13
  • 17.­49
  • 24.­15
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­68
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­58
  • 33.­29
g.­542

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience

Wylie:
  • lha’i rna ba shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་རྣ་བ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • divya­śrotra­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhijñā

Third of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­43
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­543

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance

Wylie:
  • lha’i mig shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་མིག་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • divya­cakṣur­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhijñā

Second of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­42
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­544

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities

Wylie:
  • bya ba shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛddhi­vidhi­jña­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā
  • vidhi­jña­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

First of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40-41
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­545

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds

Wylie:
  • pha rol gyi sems shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་གྱི་སེམས་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­citta­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

Fourth of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­44
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­546

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the cessation of contaminants

Wylie:
  • zag pa zad pa shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āsrava­kṣaya­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

Sixth of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­46
  • g.­1442
g.­547

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the recollection of past lives

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrva­nivāsānu­smṛti­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

Fifth of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­45
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­548

eye of divine clairvoyance

Wylie:
  • lha’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • divya­cakṣuḥ

Second of the five eyes. See 11.­3.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­549

eye of flesh

Wylie:
  • sha’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ཤའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • māṃsa­cakṣuḥ

First of the five eyes. See 11.­2.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1-2
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­550

eye of the buddhas

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi mig
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • buddha­cakṣuḥ

Fifth of the five eyes. See 11.­12.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­12
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­551

eye of the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos kyi mig
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakṣuḥ

Fourth of the five eyes. See 11.­5.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­8
  • 11.­11
  • 15.­28
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 32.­57
  • g.­590
g.­552

eye of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi mig
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­cakṣuḥ

Third of the five eyes. See 11.­4.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­4
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­554

fabricated

Wylie:
  • rnam par bsgrubs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བསྒྲུབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­ṭhapita

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • 7.­14
  • 13.­18-21
g.­560

faculty of faith

Wylie:
  • dad pa’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śraddhendriya

First of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­561

faculty of meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhyindriya

Fourth of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­562

faculty of perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīryendriya

Second of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­563

faculty of recollection

Wylie:
  • dran pa’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛtyindriya

Third of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­564

faculty of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñendriya

Fifth of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­565

false imagination

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kalpa

Also translated here as “conceptual notion.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 30.­5-6
  • 30.­22
  • 30.­24
  • 30.­38
  • g.­250
g.­566

false view

Wylie:
  • lta bar gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭi­kṛta

Also translated here as “opinion.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 11.­6
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­60
  • n.­198
  • n.­345
  • g.­1155
g.­567

false views about perishable composites

Wylie:
  • ’jig tshogs la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sat­kāya­dṛṣṭi

First of the three fetters; also third of the five fetters associated with the lower realms, which concerns the superimposition of the notion of self upon the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­7-8
  • 25.­43
  • g.­1547
g.­569

fascicle

Wylie:
  • bam po
Tibetan:
  • བམ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalāpa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­11
  • i.­13
g.­573

feelings

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

Seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “sensation.”

Located in 301 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­43-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­14
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33-34
  • 13.­20-21
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-17
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­34-35
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­8
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­24
  • 32.­54
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
  • g.­1373
g.­578

fetter

Wylie:
  • kun tu sbyor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­yojana

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­42
  • 1.­2
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • n.­198
  • n.­420
  • g.­651
g.­581

final nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­nirvāṇa

Nirvāṇa, the state beyond sorrow, denotes the ultimate attainment of buddhahood, the permanent cessation of all suffering and the afflicted mental states which cause and perpetuate suffering, along with all misapprehension with regard to the nature of emptiness. As such, it is the antithesis of cyclic existence. Three types of nirvāṇa are identified: (1) the residual nirvāṇa where the person is still dependent on conditioned psycho-physical aggregates, (2) the non-residual nirvāṇa where the aggregates have also been consumed within emptiness, and (3) the non-abiding nirvāṇa transcending the extremes of phenomenal existence and quiescence. Final nirvāṇa implies the non-residual attainment.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­44
  • 13.­40
  • 15.­32
  • 15.­35
  • 17.­61
  • 19.­24
  • 21.­10-11
  • 24.­21
  • 25.­32
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­8
  • 26.­37
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­84
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­67-70
  • g.­875
  • g.­1103
g.­582

finality of existence

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūta­koṭi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term has three meanings: (1) the ultimate nature, (2) the experience of the ultimate nature, and (3) the quiescent state of a worthy one (arhat) to be avoided by bodhisattvas.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­79
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­4
  • 9.­35
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­22
  • 14.­7
  • 15.­2
  • 19.­33
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­49-50
  • 23.­53
  • 24.­12-13
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­9-14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­10
  • 28.­32
  • 29.­72-73
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­59
  • 33.­26
  • n.­292
  • g.­1611
g.­589

five extrasensory powers

Wylie:
  • mngon shes lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་ཤེས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhi­jñā

They comprise (1) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities, (2) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance, (3) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience, (4) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds, and (5) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of recollection of past lives.

(See also notes n.­22 and n.­62).

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­83
  • 9.­36
  • 15.­25-26
  • 17.­2
  • 20.­51
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­4
  • 24.­34
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­1
  • 31.­42
  • n.­22
  • n.­62
  • g.­239
  • g.­1023
g.­590

five eyes

Wylie:
  • mig lnga
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­cakṣuḥ

These comprise (1) the eye of flesh, (2) the eye of divine clairvoyance, (3) the eye of wisdom, (4) the eye of the sacred doctrine, and (5) the eye of the buddhas. See also 2.­14 and 11.­1.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­14
  • 3.­47
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­12
  • 13.­11
  • 15.­28
  • n.­61
  • n.­63
  • n.­193
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
  • g.­550
  • g.­551
  • g.­552
g.­591

five faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po lnga
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcendriya

The five faculties, as found listed in 1.­23, comprise (1) the faculty of faith, (2) the faculty of perseverance, (3) the faculty of recollection, (4) the faculty of meditative stability, and (5) the faculty of wisdom.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­23
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­19
  • 8.­32
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­6-9
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­11
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • n.­41-42
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­562
  • g.­563
  • g.­564
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­593

five fetters associated with the higher realms

Wylie:
  • gong ma’i cha mthun gyi kun sbyor lnga
Tibetan:
  • གོང་མའི་ཆ་མཐུན་གྱི་ཀུན་སྦྱོར་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • urdhva­bhāgiya­pañca­saṃyojana

As described in 11.­7, they comprise attachment to the world system of form, attachment to the world system of formlessness, fundamental ignorance, pride, and mental agitation. See also n.­197.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­6-8
  • 14.­46
  • 29.­79
  • n.­197
  • g.­125
  • g.­126
  • g.­979
  • g.­1247
g.­594

five fetters associated with the lower realms

Wylie:
  • ’og ma’i cha dang ’thun pa’i kun tu sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མའི་ཆ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcāvara­bhāgīya­saṃ­joyana

The five fetters associated with the lower realms comprise desire, hatred, inertia due to wrong views, attachment to moral and ascetic supremacy, and hesitation. See Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 2529.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­46
  • 29.­79
  • g.­367
  • g.­567
  • g.­716
  • g.­733
  • g.­1390
g.­599

five obscurations

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­nivaraṇa

The five obscurations, as found in 31.­16, comprise longing for sensual pleasure, agitation and regret, harmful intention, dullness and sleepiness, and hesitation. See also Kimura IV: 182.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­22
  • 31.­16
  • 31.­48
  • g.­60
  • g.­416
  • g.­713
  • g.­733
  • g.­923
  • g.­946
g.­600

five powers

Wylie:
  • stobs lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­bala

As listed in 1.­24, these comprise (1) the power of faith, (2) the power of perseverance, (3) the power of recollection, (4) the power of meditative stability, and (5) the power of wisdom.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­24
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­20
  • 8.­33
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­12
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1224
  • g.­1225
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1227
  • g.­1228
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­601

five psycho-physical aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po lnga
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­skandha

The ordinary mind-body complex is termed the “five psycho-physical aggregates,” which comprise physical forms, feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness.

For a detailed exposition of the five psycho-physical aggregates in accord with A­saṅga’s Abhi­dharma­samuccaya, see Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 477–531.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-13
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­71
  • 1.­77
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­10
  • 6.­35-38
  • 20.­60-64
  • 27.­24
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­32
  • 33.­15
  • g.­48
  • g.­50
  • g.­51
  • g.­54
  • g.­55
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­567
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1263
g.­603

fixated on (become)

Wylie:
  • mngon par zhen
  • mngon par zhen par byed
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཞེན།
  • མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­ni­viśate
  • abhi­ni­veśaṃ karoti

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­50
  • i.­92
  • 2.­85-94
  • 3.­50
  • 8.­4-6
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­28
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­8
  • 29.­83-84
  • 30.­46
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­11
g.­604

fixation

Wylie:
  • mngon par zhen pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­ni­veśa

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23
  • i.­32-33
  • i.­52
  • i.­72
  • i.­97
  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­94
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­9
  • 4.­1
  • 9.­41
  • 12.­25-26
  • 14.­27
  • 17.­14
  • 32.­6-7
  • 32.­11
g.­607

focus on

Wylie:
  • dmigs
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labhate

Also translated here as “apprehend.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­40-41
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 15.­2
  • n.­292
  • g.­96
g.­611

formative predispositions

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skāra

Second of the twelve links of dependent origination. This term denotes the deep-seated predispositions inherited from past actions and experiences, some of which function in association with mind, while others do not. Formative predispositions are critical to the Buddhist understanding of the causal dynamics of karma and conditioning. It is the collection of such countless predispositions by afflicted mental states that constitutes the obscuration of misconceptions concerning the known range of phenomena, the total eradication of which occurs only when full awakening or buddhahood is achieved.

Located in 299 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­35-36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­43-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-46
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-5
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-18
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­12-13
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­36-37
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­6-7
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-41
  • 30.­43-47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­24
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
g.­612

formless meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpya­sam­āpatti

See 1.­32.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­26
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­21-25
  • 9.­40
  • 11.­6
  • 11.­8
  • 25.­35
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­27
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 31.­42-43
g.­615

four applications of mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuh­̣smṛtyupa­sthāna

The four applications of mindfulness are (1) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to the physical body, observes the physical body; (2) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to feelings, observes feelings; (3) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to the mind, observes the mind; and (4) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to phenomena, observes phenomena. In the present sūtra, these can be found listed in 1.­20 and detailed in 8.­13.

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­20
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­80-81
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­99
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­52
  • 8.­13
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­6
  • 11.­18
  • 11.­34
  • 13.­17
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­41
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 23.­26
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­56-57
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­30-31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­7-8
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­34
  • g.­91
  • g.­92
  • g.­93
  • g.­94
  • g.­95
  • g.­258
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
  • g.­1616
g.­617

four assurances

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­vaiśāradya

The four assurances are proclaimed by the tathāgatas, and can be found listed in 2.­2 and 29.­19 as: (1) “I claim to have attained genuinely perfect buddhahood;” (2) “I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased;” (3) “I claim to have explained those things which cause obstacles;” (4) “I claim to have explained the path through which suffering will genuinely cease.” (See also n.­56.)

These four are generally known by other names, i.e., the first is the “assurance in the knowledge of all things” (sarva­dharmābhi­sambodhi­vaiśarādya, chos thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the second is the “assurance in the knowledge of the cessation of all contaminants” (sarvāśravakṣaya­jñāna­vaiśarādya, zag pa zad pa thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the third is the “assurance to declare that phenomena that obstruct the path will not engender any further negative outcomes” (an­antarāyika­dharmān­anyathātva­viniścita­vyākaraṇa­vaiśarādya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit; and the fourth is the “assurance that the path of renunciation through which all excellent attributes are to be obtained has been just so realized” (sarva­sampad­adhigamāya nairāṇika­pratipat­tathātva­vaiśarādya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­39
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 12.­38
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­27
  • 20.­40
  • 20.­54
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­21
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­62
  • n.­56
  • g.­751
  • g.­752
  • g.­753
  • g.­754
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­618

four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • bsdu ba’i dngos po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­saṃgraha­vastu

See 22.­23.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­23
  • 25.­17
  • 27.­20
  • g.­667
  • g.­714
  • g.­1217
  • g.­1273
g.­620

four continents

Wylie:
  • gling bzhi
Tibetan:
  • གླིང་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­dvīpa

According to traditional Indian cosmology, our human world of “patient endurance” (sahālokadhātu, mi mjed ’jig rten gyi khams) is said to comprise four continents, namely, Pūrva­videha in the east, Jambu­dvīpa in the south, Apara­godānīya in the west, and Uttarakuru in the north. See also n.­196.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 26.­5
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­61
  • n.­196
  • g.­1752
g.­621

four correct exertions

Wylie:
  • yang dag par spong ba bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­prahā­ṇa

See 1.­21 and 8.­22.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­21
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­17
  • 8.­22
  • 9.­30
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­9
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­622

four formless meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­ārūpya­sam­āpatti

As found listed in 1.­32, these comprise (1) the meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite space, (2) the meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite consciousness, (3) the meditative absorption of the sense field of nothing-at-all, and (4) the meditative absorption of neither perception nor non-perception.

The four formless absorptions and their fruits are discussed in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 436–438.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­32
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­26
  • 8.­37
  • 10.­6
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­17
  • 27.­34
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­33
  • 33.­65
  • n.­36
  • n.­301
  • g.­239
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­970
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1378
g.­623

four immeasurable aspirations

Wylie:
  • tshad med bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­aprameya

As mentioned in 1.­31, these are (1) loving kindness, (2) compassion, (3) empathetic joy, and (4) equanimity. On training in the four immeasurable aspirations, see Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 195–217.

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­31
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­25
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­6
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­17
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­33
  • 33.­65
  • n.­36
  • g.­239
  • g.­240
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­444
  • g.­506
  • g.­770
  • g.­927
  • g.­1023
g.­625

four kinds of exact knowledge

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­prati­saṃvid

These four kinds of exact knowledge‍—the essentials through which the buddhas impart their teachings‍—comprise (1) exact knowledge of meanings, (2) exact knowledge of dharmas, (3) exact knowledge of their language and lexical explanations, and (4) exact knowledge of their eloquent expression. See 2.­6.

On the philological origins of these four kinds of exact knowledge, see Konow (1941): 40, and the reconstructed Sanskrit on p. 107; also Dayal (1932): 259–267, and Sparham (2012 IV): 78–79.

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­40
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 12.­38
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 20.­40
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­22
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­62
  • g.­523
  • g.­524
  • g.­525
  • g.­526
  • g.­898
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­626

four knots

Wylie:
  • mdud pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མདུད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­granthā

The four knots comprise covetousness, malice, moral supremacy, and ascetic supremacy. See Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 1379. See 6.­52.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • g.­114
  • g.­320
  • g.­946
  • g.­1391
g.­627

four meditative concentrations

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­dhyāna

Described at length in 1.­30. See also “meditative concentration.”

The four meditative concentrations and their fruits are specifically examined in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 427–436. For Pāli and Sanskrit sources, see Dayal (1932): 225–231.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­30
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­24
  • 8.­37
  • 10.­6
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 19.­53
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­14
  • 27.­34
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­33
  • 33.­65
  • n.­36
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­239
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­973
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1265
g.­628

four misconceptions

Wylie:
  • phyin ci log pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­viparyāsā

The four misconceptions, as found in 6.­52, comprise holding impurity to be purity, holding non-self to be self, holding suffering to be happiness, and holding impermanence to be permanence. See Negi (1993-2005): 3569 and Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 1748. At 25.­16 they are expressed in slightly dissimilar language, namely: the notion that there is permanence, the notion that there is happiness, the notion that there is a self, and the notion that existence is pleasant.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • 25.­16
  • g.­737
  • g.­738
  • g.­739
  • g.­740
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1120
  • g.­1121
  • g.­1122
g.­630

four noble truths

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­ārya­satya

The four noble truths, as listed in 1.­17, comprise (1) the noble truth of suffering, (2) the noble truth of the origin of suffering, (3) the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and (4) the noble truth of the path. (See also n.­32).

On the twelve aspects pertaining to the four noble truths, see n.­306.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­92
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­17
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­14
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­22
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­43
  • 24.­11
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­10
  • n.­32
  • n.­306
  • n.­424
  • g.­1065
  • g.­1066
  • g.­1067
  • g.­1068
g.­632

four supports for miraculous ability

Wylie:
  • rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catvāra ṛddhi­pādāḥ

The four supports for miraculous ability, as enumerated in 1.­22, comprise (1) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of resolution with the formative force of exertion, (2) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of perseverance with the formative force of exertion, (3) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of mind with the formative force of exertion, and (4) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of scrutiny with the formative force of exertion.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­22
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­18
  • 8.­27
  • 9.­30
  • 15.­36
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­10
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1497
  • g.­1498
  • g.­1499
  • g.­1500
  • g.­1501
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­633

four torrents

Wylie:
  • chu bo bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­ogha

The four torrents, which are to be abandoned, comprise the torrent of fundamental ignorance, the torrent of wrong view, the torrent of rebirth, and the torrent of craving. See Nyima and Dorje (2001): 1075. See 6.­52.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • g.­321
  • g.­619
  • g.­651
  • g.­1287
  • g.­1766
g.­634

fourteen aspects of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid bcu bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅུ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­daśa­śūnyatā

These comprise the first fourteen of the eighteen aspects of emptiness, which have been enumerated in 1.­57. See Lamotte: The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom, IV: 1670.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­62
  • 32.­1
g.­639

free from harming

Wylie:
  • rnam par tho ’tsham pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐོ་འཚམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­heṭhanā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­1
g.­643

fruit of being no longer subject to rebirth

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­gāmī­phala

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­5
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­53
  • n.­4
g.­645

fruit of entering the stream

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrota’āpanna­phala

First of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas, that of the first stage in progressing toward nirvāṇa.

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­49
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­46
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­40
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­55
  • 14.­45-46
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­6
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­27
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­56
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­51-52
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­42
  • 24.­12
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12-13
  • 25.­20
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­14
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­33-35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­2-4
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76-77
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­37-38
  • 31.­31-32
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­23
  • 33.­31
  • 33.­44
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­53
  • n.­4
g.­646

fruitional buddha body of reality

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu chos sku
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆོས་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­kāya

Eighth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­89
g.­648

fully ordained monk

Wylie:
  • dge slong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity.

In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­55
  • 7.­23
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­60
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 26.­46
  • 30.­37
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­71
  • n.­406
  • g.­616
  • g.­1161
  • g.­1509
g.­649

fully ordained nun

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 32.­45
g.­651

fundamental ignorance

Wylie:
  • ma rig pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vidyā

First of the twelve links of dependent origination; first of the four torrents; third of the fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 62 passages in the translation:

  • i.­82
  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­44
  • 4.­48
  • 5.­13
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­28
  • 5.­35
  • 5.­127-138
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­192-204
  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­24-25
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­13
  • 18.­18
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 25.­47
  • g.­43
  • g.­156
  • g.­593
  • g.­633
  • g.­1596
g.­656

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Gandharvas (literally “odor eaters”) are generally regarded as a class of menacing divine offspring, but in Abhidharma the term is often used differently‍—as a synonym for the mental body assumed by any sentient being of the world system of desire (kāma­dhātu) during the intermediate state between death and rebirth.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 17.­52
  • 17.­62
  • 33.­71
  • g.­657
g.­663

gateway to liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa’i sgo
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa­mukha

There are three, namely emptiness as a gateway to liberation, signlessness as a gateway to liberation, and aspirationlessness as a gateway to liberation. Among them, emptiness is characterized as the absence of inherent existence, signlessness as the absence of mental images, and aspirationlessness as the absence of hopes and fears.

Located in 62 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­27-29
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 6.­27
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­30
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­6-8
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­20
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­56-57
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­10-14
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­41
  • 29.­2-3
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­31
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­22
  • n.­35
  • g.­117
  • g.­445
  • g.­1435
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­667

generosity

Wylie:
  • sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dāna

First of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva. However, in the context‌ of the transcendent perfections, generosity is the first of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • 2.­75
  • 4.­56
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­3-6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­42
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­46
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­36
  • 21.­33
  • 21.­35
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­51-52
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­4-5
  • 28.­39-40
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48-49
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­84
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­45
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­26
  • 33.­34-35
  • n.­271
  • g.­1447
g.­668

gentle

Wylie:
  • ’jam pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • snigdha

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • i.­95
  • 24.­1
  • 31.­14
g.­669

genuinely

Wylie:
  • don las
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • arthataḥ

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­13
  • 17.­1
  • 18.­1-2
  • 20.­49
  • 22.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 33.­43
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­56-57
  • 33.­59-60
  • n.­313
g.­670

genuinely perfect buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­buddha
  • samyak­sam­buddha­tva

The attainment of a buddha, who has gained total freedom from conditioned existence, overcome all tendencies imprinted on the mind as a result of a long association with afflicted mental states, and fully manifested all aspects of buddha body, speech, and mind. Also translated here as “completely perfect buddha.”

Located in 135 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • i.­82
  • 1.­51
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­35
  • 11.­10-11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­36-39
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­25
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­48
  • 14.­50
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­33-34
  • 15.­40-42
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­16-18
  • 16.­28
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­70
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­58
  • 20.­43
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­57
  • 20.­61-65
  • 20.­67-71
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­27
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­41
  • 23.­43
  • 24.­31
  • 25.­45
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­24-26
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­47
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­48-49
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­88
  • 29.­90
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­38
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­62-66
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­18
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­42
  • 33.­12-13
  • 33.­18-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27-28
  • 33.­30-32
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67-69
  • g.­242
g.­671

genuinely perfect enlightenment

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­bodhi

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • i.­35
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­63-64
  • i.­69-72
  • i.­75-76
  • i.­83
  • i.­94-95
  • 4.­49
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­53-54
  • 18.­56-57
  • 19.­21-22
  • 24.­18
  • 26.­1
  • 28.­33-35
  • 29.­67
  • 30.­41
g.­672

gift of the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dāna

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­52
  • 24.­54
  • 27.­22
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­6-7
  • 29.­37
  • 29.­94
  • 31.­10
g.­673

Gilgit

Wylie:
  • bru sha
Tibetan:
  • བྲུ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • gilgit

In modern NW Pakistan.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­14
g.­675

gnosis

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

This term denotes the modality of buddha mind. Although all sentient beings possess the potential for actualizing gnosis within their mental continuum, the psychological confusions and deluded tendencies which defile the mind obstruct the natural expression of these inherent potentials, making them appear instead as aspects of mundane consciousness.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • 2.­8
  • 6.­22
  • 6.­25
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­43
  • 17.­45
  • 20.­50
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­10
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­54-55
  • 25.­19
  • 27.­17
  • 29.­23
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­48
  • 33.­65
  • n.­321
  • n.­380
  • g.­163
  • g.­267
  • g.­662
  • g.­924
  • g.­1259
g.­677

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

One of the five or six classes of living beings, specifically engendered and dominated by exaltation, indulgence, and pride. The gods are said to exist in realms higher than that of the human realm within in the world system of desire (kāma­dhātu), and also in the world system of form (rūpa­dhātu).

Located in 188 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2-5
  • 4.­58
  • 6.­23
  • 8.­47-48
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­42-43
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 13.­13-14
  • 13.­18-37
  • 13.­39
  • 14.­23
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­9
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­16-19
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­26
  • 16.­28-31
  • 17.­3-4
  • 17.­6
  • 17.­12
  • 17.­14
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­51-59
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­27-29
  • 19.­34-36
  • 19.­49-52
  • 20.­44-50
  • 20.­52
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­77
  • 21.­9-12
  • 21.­16
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­8-14
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­24-25
  • 23.­31-32
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­45-46
  • 23.­48
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­59-61
  • 24.­18
  • 24.­20
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­35
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­49
  • 26.­1-3
  • 26.­5-6
  • 26.­31-32
  • 26.­42-43
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­59-61
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­19-21
  • 29.­74
  • 30.­19-20
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­68
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­25-28
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67
  • 33.­71
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­4
  • g.­76
  • g.­84
  • g.­101
  • g.­102
  • g.­185
  • g.­186
  • g.­187
  • g.­188
  • g.­192
  • g.­216
  • g.­587
  • g.­736
  • g.­802
  • g.­934
  • g.­1058
  • g.­1169
  • g.­1171
  • g.­1172
  • g.­1232
  • g.­1264
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1342
  • g.­1483
  • g.­1587
  • g.­1593
  • g.­1770
g.­682

grasped

Wylie:
  • gzung bar bgyi ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུང་བར་བགྱི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ud­grahitavya

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 11.­33
  • 14.­28
  • 19.­46
  • 23.­14-17
  • 23.­22-24
  • 24.­17
  • 28.­38
g.­683

grasping

Wylie:
  • gzung
Tibetan:
  • གཟུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ud­grahāya carati

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 1.­18
  • 4.­48
  • 10.­44
  • 20.­78
  • 28.­11
  • 32.­8
g.­690

great bodhisattva being

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva­mahā­sattva

See “bodhisattva” and 7.­30–7.­32

Located in 786 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­32
  • i.­36
  • i.­42
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­6
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­85-94
  • 3.­2-4
  • 3.­50-51
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­50-58
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­39
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­7-13
  • 6.­17-23
  • 6.­33-34
  • 6.­39-47
  • 6.­49-50
  • 6.­52-53
  • 7.­1-10
  • 7.­14-22
  • 7.­24-29
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­45-46
  • 8.­1-9
  • 8.­12-13
  • 8.­17-22
  • 8.­26-28
  • 8.­31-37
  • 8.­39-41
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46-54
  • 9.­1-31
  • 9.­35-41
  • 9.­44-47
  • 10.­1-3
  • 10.­5-6
  • 10.­8-9
  • 10.­11-12
  • 10.­14-15
  • 10.­17-18
  • 10.­20-26
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­37
  • 10.­39-46
  • 11.­1-5
  • 11.­8-22
  • 11.­24-25
  • 11.­29
  • 11.­34-35
  • 11.­38-39
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­9-13
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­17-20
  • 12.­23
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­30
  • 13.­12
  • 13.­14-17
  • 13.­33-35
  • 14.­23-26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 14.­44-47
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­2-3
  • 15.­6-13
  • 15.­15-16
  • 15.­20-21
  • 15.­25-26
  • 15.­40
  • 15.­42
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13-16
  • 16.­18-19
  • 16.­23-31
  • 17.­4-5
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­15
  • 17.­23-24
  • 17.­34
  • 17.­48
  • 18.­1-2
  • 18.­64-67
  • 18.­69-70
  • 18.­75
  • 19.­2
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­11
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­21
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­30-32
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­55
  • 19.­65
  • 21.­9-11
  • 21.­16
  • 21.­26-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­6-13
  • 22.­17-44
  • 22.­51-54
  • 22.­56-57
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­48-51
  • 23.­55-56
  • 23.­58-59
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­1-3
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­10-11
  • 24.­14-61
  • 25.­1-5
  • 25.­7-26
  • 25.­31-33
  • 25.­35-37
  • 25.­41-44
  • 25.­46-47
  • 25.­50
  • 25.­52-53
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3-4
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­16-26
  • 26.­33-36
  • 26.­38-55
  • 26.­57
  • 26.­59-60
  • 27.­1-27
  • 27.­29-33
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5-6
  • 28.­8-11
  • 28.­13
  • 28.­15-17
  • 28.­19-24
  • 28.­26-31
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­39
  • 28.­42-45
  • 28.­48-50
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­4-10
  • 29.­37-39
  • 29.­60-64
  • 29.­68-72
  • 29.­78
  • 29.­83-87
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-14
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­22
  • 30.­25-26
  • 30.­28-32
  • 30.­34
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­39
  • 30.­41-45
  • 30.­47
  • 31.­1-26
  • 31.­28-51
  • 31.­55-69
  • 32.­1-7
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­18-34
  • 32.­38
  • 32.­40-48
  • 32.­51-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 33.­34-35
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­59
  • 33.­61-64
  • 33.­71
  • g.­1732
g.­691

great compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­karuṇā

See 2.­7.

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­74
  • i.­84
  • i.­98
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­42
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­27
  • 20.­41
  • 20.­54
  • 23.­51
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­38
  • 27.­9
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­23
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­46
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­61-62
  • n.­57
  • g.­1503
g.­693

great loving kindness

Wylie:
  • byams pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maitrī

See 2.­7.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­41
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­27
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­22
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­62
  • n.­57
  • g.­1503
g.­694

great trichiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong gsum gyi stong chen po’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་གསུམ་གྱི་སྟོང་ཆེན་པོའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­sāhasra­mahā­sāhasra­loka­dhātu

A series of parallel worlds comprising one thousand dichiliocosms, according to traditional Indian cosmology.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1-3
  • 11.­2
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­37
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­51
  • 17.­53
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­35
  • 20.­44
  • 21.­9
  • 23.­44
  • 25.­44-45
  • 26.­5
  • 28.­19-20
  • 29.­37
  • 31.­46
  • 32.­27
  • 32.­29
  • 32.­31
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­46
g.­695

Great Vehicle

Wylie:
  • theg pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­yāna

When the Buddhist teachings are classified according to their power to lead beings to an enlightened state, a distinction is made between the teachings of the Lesser Vehicle, which emphasizes the individual’s own freedom from cyclic existence as the primary motivation and goal, and those of the Great Vehicle, which emphasizes altruism and has the liberation of all sentient beings as the principal objective. As the term “Great Vehicle” implies, the path followed by bodhisattvas is analogous to a large carriage which can transport a vast number of people to liberation, as compared to a smaller vehicle for the individual practitioner.

Located in 85 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­21-22
  • i.­51-52
  • 9.­13-15
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­25-30
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­47
  • 11.­32
  • 12.­32
  • 12.­42
  • 13.­12-34
  • 13.­41-42
  • 13.­44
  • 13.­48-66
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­23-25
  • 17.­4
  • 33.­52
  • 33.­63
  • 33.­73
  • n.­380
  • n.­457
  • g.­199
  • g.­493
  • g.­973
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1673
g.­696

greeting

Wylie:
  • phebs par smra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕེབས་པར་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhāṣa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­1
g.­697

ground

Wylie:
  • gzhi
Tibetan:
  • གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • pada

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 1.­8
  • 2.­16
  • 10.­41
  • 23.­30
  • 25.­8-9
  • 29.­24
  • 31.­18
g.­700

guide

Wylie:
  • yongs su ’dren pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­nāyaka

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • i.­71
  • i.­84
  • 17.­5
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­22
  • 28.­50
g.­701

habitual ideas of duality

Wylie:
  • gnyis kun tu rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvaya­sam­ud­ācāra

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­73
  • 23.­9
g.­711

happiness

Wylie:
  • bde ba
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukha

Also translated here as “bliss.”

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­53
  • i.­59-60
  • i.­71
  • 2.­2-5
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­44-45
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­92-93
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­129
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­194
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­45
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­20
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­55
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­38
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­9
  • 22.­30
  • 25.­19
  • 29.­19
  • 30.­39
  • g.­164
  • g.­990
g.­712

Hari­bhadra

Wylie:
  • seng ge bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • hari­bhadra

Indian commentator (fl. late eighth century).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18
  • n.­20
g.­713

harmful intention

Wylie:
  • gnod sems
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • duṣṭa­citta
  • vyāpāda

Second of the five obscurations. Also translated here as “malice.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
  • g.­946
g.­716

hatred

Wylie:
  • zhe sdang
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་སྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dveśa

Second of the five fetters associated with the lower realms; one of the three poisons (dug gsum) which, along with desire and delusion, perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. In its subtle manifestation as aversion it obstructs the correct perception of forms, and in its extreme manifestation as hatred and fear, it is characteristic of the hells.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 10.­44
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­17
  • 20.­16
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­41
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­23
  • 28.­27
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­37
  • g.­361
  • g.­594
  • g.­1551
g.­727

heard

Wylie:
  • thos pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrūta

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • i.­57
  • i.­59
  • 1.­2
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­10
  • 13.­48
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­45-48
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­76
  • 21.­9-10
  • 21.­13
  • 21.­15-21
  • 22.­12
  • 24.­24-25
  • 24.­28-29
  • 24.­42-43
  • 25.­46
  • 28.­20
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­66
  • 31.­68
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­9
  • 33.­17
  • 33.­66-67
g.­729

hells

Wylie:
  • dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • i.­99
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­29
  • 19.­50
  • 24.­25
  • 24.­32
  • 25.­33
  • 26.­31-32
  • 29.­74
  • 31.­26
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­3-5
  • 33.­8
  • 33.­10
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­20
  • n.­196
  • g.­425
  • g.­587
  • g.­597
  • g.­716
  • g.­1548
  • g.­1549
g.­730

helmsman

Wylie:
  • ded dpon
Tibetan:
  • དེད་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • sārtha­vāha

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­22
g.­733

hesitation

Wylie:
  • the tshom
Tibetan:
  • ཐེ་ཚོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­cikitsā

Fifth of the five obscurations; second of the three fetters; and fifth of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 2.­27
  • 11.­6-8
  • 21.­17-21
  • 25.­41
  • 26.­55
  • 29.­34
  • 31.­11-13
  • 31.­16
  • 31.­56-57
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­66
  • 31.­68-69
  • n.­198
  • g.­594
  • g.­599
  • g.­1547
g.­734

higher aspiration

Wylie:
  • lhag pa’i bsam pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པའི་བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhy­āśaya

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 23.­58
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­1-2
g.­736

higher realms

Wylie:
  • mtho ris
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • svarga

The auspicious realms of rebirth comprising the abodes of the gods, the domain of the antigods and the human world.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 24.­21
  • 25.­35
  • 28.­39
  • 31.­26
  • 33.­7
  • g.­587
  • g.­651
  • g.­1265
g.­737

holding impermanence to be permanence

Wylie:
  • mi rtag pa la rtag par ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་རྟག་པ་ལ་རྟག་པར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­nitye nitya­viparyāsā

Fourth of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­738

holding impurity to be purity

Wylie:
  • mi gtsang pa la gtsang bar ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཙང་པ་ལ་གཙང་བར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śucau śuci

First of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­739

holding non-self to be self

Wylie:
  • bdag med pa la bdag tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་མེད་པ་ལ་བདག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ātmanyātmā­viparyāsā

Second of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­740

holding suffering to be happiness

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal la bde bar ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་ལ་བདེ་བར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhe sukha­viparyāsā

Third of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­741

hollow

Wylie:
  • gsob
Tibetan:
  • གསོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • riktaka

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­12
g.­744

human being

Wylie:
  • shed bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤེད་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānava

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahā­bhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­17-19
  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­47
  • 19.­50
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­29
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­25-27
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­74
  • 30.­36
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­5
  • 33.­23
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­28
  • g.­1265
g.­749

“I”

Wylie:
  • bdag
Tibetan:
  • བདག
Sanskrit:
  • ātman

Also translated here as “self.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­56
  • i.­70
  • 7.­18
  • 11.­26-28
  • 15.­8
  • 21.­33
  • 21.­35
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­21
  • 28.­37
  • 30.­46
  • g.­1371
g.­751

I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased

Wylie:
  • nga zag pa zad pa do
Tibetan:
  • ང་ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་དོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣīṇāsravasya me prati­jānata

Second of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 29.­20
  • g.­617
g.­752

I claim to have attained genuinely perfect buddhahood

Wylie:
  • nga yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas so
Tibetan:
  • ང་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་སོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­buddhasya me prati­jānata

First of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2
  • 29.­19
  • g.­617
g.­753

I claim to have explained the path through which suffering will genuinely cease

Wylie:
  • ngas sdug bsngal yang dag par zad par ’gyur ba’i lam gang bshad pa
Tibetan:
  • ངས་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་ཟད་པར་འགྱུར་བའི་ལམ་གང་བཤད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyagduḥkha­kṣayāya­prati­padākhyātaḥ

Fourth of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­5
  • 29.­21
  • g.­617
g.­754

I claim to have explained those things which cause obstacles

Wylie:
  • ngas bar du gcod pa’i chos gang dag bshad pa
Tibetan:
  • ངས་བར་དུ་གཅོད་པའི་ཆོས་གང་དག་བཤད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mayāntar­āyikā­dharmākhyātaḥ

Third of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 29.­20
  • g.­617
g.­761

illusion

Wylie:
  • sgyu ma
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Also translated here as “magical display.”

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­71
  • i.­85
  • 6.­26-29
  • 6.­38
  • 8.­38
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 19.­34
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­22
  • 27.­5
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­27
  • g.­933
g.­762

imagined

Wylie:
  • brtags pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྟགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpita

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • 13.­18-21
g.­765

imbued with suffering

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal ba
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhataḥ

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • i.­56
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­194
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 9.­26
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­38
  • 20.­22
  • 22.­30
  • 25.­16
  • 27.­12
g.­768

immaterial

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­rūpin

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • 6.­23-24
  • 12.­32
  • 13.­57
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
  • g.­201
g.­769

immaturity

Wylie:
  • skyon
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན།
Sanskrit:
  • āma

This term suggests rawness‍—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed‍—while “maturity” (niyāma, skyon ma mchis pa) implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­88
  • 8.­1-6
  • 28.­25
  • g.­959
g.­770

immeasurable aspiration

Wylie:
  • tshad med
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • aprameya

See “four immeasurable aspirations.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­25
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­21-25
  • 9.­40
  • 25.­34-35
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­20
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­86
  • 31.­43
g.­772

impermanent

Wylie:
  • mi rtag pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་རྟག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­nityataḥ
  • a­nitya

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­37-38
  • i.­41
  • i.­52
  • i.­56
  • 1.­39
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19-23
  • 5.­42-43
  • 5.­66-67
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­115-116
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­139-143
  • 5.­145
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­193
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­42-46
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­6
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­42
  • 11.­22
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­18-21
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­17-18
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­8-10
  • 19.­38
  • 20.­22
  • 22.­30
  • 25.­16
  • 29.­15
  • 32.­37
g.­773

imperturbability

Wylie:
  • ’khrug pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁྲུག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • akopa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 20.­53
g.­776

in addition

Wylie:
  • phyir zhing
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūyaḥ

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­55
  • 9.­36
  • 22.­53
  • 28.­18
  • 29.­18
  • 31.­31-33
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­38
  • n.­4
  • n.­139
  • n.­207
g.­777

in an apprehending manner

Wylie:
  • dmigs pa’i tshul du
  • dmigs pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་དུ།
  • དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­lambha­yogena

The expression “in an apprehending manner” implies that ordinary persons perceive phenomena as inherently exisiting, whereas bodhisattvas are said to act and teach “without apprehending anything.” On the latter term, see respective glossary entry.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 7.­11-12
  • 7.­23-24
  • 7.­28
  • 15.­21
  • 15.­23-26
  • 15.­30-31
  • 15.­34-37
  • 17.­11
  • 25.­17
g.­784

inalienable real nature

Wylie:
  • gzhan ma yin pa de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་མ་ཡིན་པ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anya­tathā

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • g.­1611
g.­793

indefatigability

Wylie:
  • brtson pa mi gtong ba
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་པ་མི་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­ni­kṣipta­dhura­tā

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­40
g.­797

individual

Wylie:
  • gang zag
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཟག
Sanskrit:
  • pudgala

Also translated as “person” or “personal identity.”

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­40
  • 1.­49-50
  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 10.­44-45
  • 11.­5-8
  • 11.­10
  • 13.­30-31
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­47
  • 16.­27
  • 21.­13-22
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-32
  • 21.­34-36
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­77
  • 30.­36
  • 33.­7-10
  • 33.­12
  • g.­361
  • g.­695
  • g.­1202
  • g.­1203
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1465
g.­798

individual enlightenment

Wylie:
  • rang byang chub
Tibetan:
  • རང་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­bodhi

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 4.­49
  • 8.­46
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­40
  • 13.­5
  • 14.­45-46
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­7
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­27
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­56
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­51-52
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 24.­13
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12-13
  • 25.­20
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­14
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­38
  • 31.­30-32
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­23
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­55-56
  • n.­4
  • g.­1237
g.­800

indivisible

Wylie:
  • gnyis su dbyer ma mchis
  • gnyis su dbyer med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་སུ་དབྱེར་མ་མཆིས།
  • གཉིས་སུ་དབྱེར་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­dvaidhī­kāra

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15
  • 17.­40
  • 18.­14-17
  • 18.­20-21
  • 18.­23-25
  • 23.­2-8
  • 23.­34-35
  • 23.­37-42
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­32
  • 30.­13
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­37
  • g.­198
g.­801

indolence

Wylie:
  • le lo
Tibetan:
  • ལེ་ལོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kausīdya

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • i.­95
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 20.­38
  • 24.­21
  • 25.­42
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
g.­802

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the Trāyastriṃśa heaven on the summit of Mount Sumeru. As one of the eight guardians of the directions, Indra guards the eastern quarter. In Buddhist sūtras, he is a disciple of the Buddha and protector of the Dharma and its practitioners. He is often referred to by the epithets Śatakratu, Śakra, and Kauśika.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­16-17
  • 26.­42-43
  • g.­1342
g.­805

inexpressible

Wylie:
  • brjod du med pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pra­vyāhāra

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­57
  • i.­67
  • 13.­63
  • 15.­54
  • 20.­4
g.­807

inferior realms of cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • ngan song
Tibetan:
  • ངན་སོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • apāya

Also translated here as “lower realms.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 4.­52
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 22.­22
  • 24.­25
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­44-45
  • 32.­48
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­9-11
  • 33.­61
  • g.­928
g.­808

infinite

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas pa
  • mthar thug pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
  • མཐར་ཐུག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anta
  • a­paryanta

Also translated here as “limitless.”

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55
  • 20.­1
  • 23.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­26
  • 33.­37
  • n.­330
  • g.­907
g.­809

inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva

This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are attributed with existence in their own right, inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­69
  • 11.­28
  • 18.­75
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­49
  • 32.­6-7
  • n.­51
  • g.­445
  • g.­663
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1372
g.­813

inspired eloquence

Wylie:
  • spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­bhāna

Also translated here as “courage.” See also “exact knowledge of eloquent expression.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 14.­55-56
  • 18.­69
  • n.­298
  • g.­318
  • g.­524
g.­820

instantaneous clear realization

Wylie:
  • skad cig ma gcig gis mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་ཅིག་མ་གཅིག་གིས་མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • eka­kṣaṇābhi­samaya

Seventh of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­27
  • i.­29
  • i.­86
  • n.­412
g.­821

instantaneous wisdom

Wylie:
  • skad cig cig dang ldan pa’i shes rab
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་ཅིག་ཅིག་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • eka­kṣaṇika­prajñā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 28.­16
g.­828

intent (be)

Wylie:
  • mos
Tibetan:
  • མོས།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­mucyate

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • 12.­5-6
  • 22.­55
  • 26.­53
  • 30.­25
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­42
  • 33.­61
g.­832

investigate

Wylie:
  • so sor brtag
  • yongs su ’dris par bgyi
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོར་བརྟག
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲིས་པར་བགྱི།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­avekṣate
  • pari­caya­karoti

Also translated here as “determine.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­5
  • g.­371
g.­836

involuntary reincarnation through propensities

Wylie:
  • bag chags dang mtshams sbyor
  • bag chags kyi mtshams sbyor
Tibetan:
  • བག་ཆགས་དང་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།
  • བག་ཆགས་ཀྱི་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsanānu­saṃdhi

The mundane process of rebirth within cyclic existence, impelled by the propensities of past actions.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­46
  • 13.­35
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­1
  • 24.­15
  • 28.­19
  • 29.­79
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­27
g.­838

irreversible

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­ni­varta
  • a­vaivartika
  • a­vi­ni­vartanīya

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72
  • i.­84
  • 7.­17
  • 12.­26
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­53
  • 25.­23-24
  • 26.­4
  • 26.­51
  • 31.­1-21
  • 31.­23-26
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­33-37
  • 31.­40-50
  • 31.­55-58
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63-67
  • 31.­69-70
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­43
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­59
  • 33.­61
g.­839

irreversible bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa’i byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vaivartika­bodhi­sattva

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­24
  • i.­29
  • i.­39
  • i.­58
  • i.­81
  • i.­95-96
  • 16.­9
  • 25.­23
  • 25.­31
  • 31.­40-41
  • 32.­43
  • 33.­60
  • n.­428
g.­841

irreversible level

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­ni­varta­bhūmi

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­79
  • 15.­25
  • 25.­21-22
  • 25.­41
  • 26.­54-57
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­57-58
  • 31.­64
  • 33.­20
  • 33.­58
g.­843

island

Wylie:
  • gling
Tibetan:
  • གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dvīpa

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­19-20
  • 26.­46
g.­845

Jambu River

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu chu bo
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambu­nadī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­1
g.­846

Jambu­dvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambu­dvīpa

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, signifying either the known human world, or sometimes more specifically the Indian subcontinent. The name comes from the jambu (“rose apple” or “black plum”) tree said to grow near Lake Anavatapta in the continent’s northern mountains, considered to be the source of the four great rivers of India.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 19.­60-61
  • 23.­51-52
  • 25.­44
  • 31.­46
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­36
  • 33.­44
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­53
  • 33.­55
  • 33.­57-58
  • 33.­60-61
  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­849

Jinamitra

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • jinamitra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Jinamitra was invited to Tibet during the reign of King Tri Songdetsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98 ᴄᴇ) and was involved with the translation of nearly two hundred texts, continuing into the reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­15
  • c.­1
g.­853

joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prīti

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52
  • 9.­13
  • 21.­24
  • 25.­6
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­17
  • 32.­51
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­41
g.­855

karma

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

The impact of past actions in the present and future. Also translated here as “past action.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­27
  • g.­611
  • g.­1177
g.­857

Kawa Paltsek

Wylie:
  • ka ba dpal brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་བ་དཔལ་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Paltsek (eighth to early ninth century), from the village of Kawa north of Lhasa, was one of Tibet’s preeminent translators. He was one of the first seven Tibetans to be ordained by Śāntarakṣita and is counted as one of Guru Rinpoché’s twenty-five close disciples. In a famous verse by Ngok Lotsawa Loden Sherab, Kawa Paltsek is named along with Chokro Lui Gyaltsen and Zhang (or Nanam) Yeshé Dé as part of a group of translators whose skills were surpassed only by Vairotsana.

He translated works from a wide variety of genres, including sūtra, śāstra, vinaya, and tantra, and was an author himself. Paltsek was also one of the most important editors of the early period, one of nine translators installed by Tri Songdetsen (r. 755–797/800) to supervise the translation of the Tripiṭaka and help catalog translated works for the first two of three imperial catalogs, the Denkarma (ldan kar ma) and the Samyé Chimpuma (bsam yas mchims phu ma). In the colophons of his works, he is often known as Paltsek Rakṣita (rak+Shi ta).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • n.­15
g.­859

killing of living creatures

Wylie:
  • srog gcod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇātighāta

First of the ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 24.­1
  • 27.­30
  • 31.­7
  • 32.­21
  • g.­1109
g.­864

knowledge

Wylie:
  • shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also translated as “cognition.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­32
  • 8.­39
  • 10.­44
  • 20.­40
  • 29.­4
  • n.­349
  • g.­140
  • g.­231
  • g.­361
  • g.­617
  • g.­625
  • g.­875
  • g.­1479
  • g.­1726
g.­880

lack of defining characteristics

Wylie:
  • mtshan nyid med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­lakṣaṇa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­27
  • i.­87
g.­882

lamp

Wylie:
  • ’od byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āloka

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­21
g.­885

language

Wylie:
  • skad
Tibetan:
  • སྐད།
Sanskrit:
  • ruta

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­43
  • 20.­42
  • 31.­69
  • n.­350
  • n.­418
  • g.­1235
g.­886

latent impulse

Wylie:
  • bag la nyal ba
Tibetan:
  • བག་ལ་ཉལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­śaya

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­42
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 31.­17
  • 32.­37
g.­887

layman

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsaka

An unordained male practitioner who observes the five vows not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­55
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 20.­78
  • 30.­37
  • 32.­45
  • g.­616
g.­888

laywoman

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsikā

An unordained female practitioner who observes the five vows not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­55
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 20.­78
  • 30.­37
  • 32.­45
  • g.­616
g.­895

level of the bodhisattvas

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva­bhūmi

Name of the ninth level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 31.­2
  • g.­1527
g.­897

level of the pratyekabuddhas

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­buddha­bhūmi

Name of the eighth level attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1-2
  • 9.­21-22
  • 12.­6
  • 13.­9
  • 13.­54-56
  • 15.­33
  • 21.­23-28
  • 21.­30
  • 21.­34-36
  • 23.­53
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­35
  • 25.­37
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­21-23
  • 26.­26
  • 26.­36-37
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­10-11
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­18-19
  • 27.­22-24
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­23-24
  • 30.­21
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­41-42
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­12
  • 33.­20
  • 33.­48
  • g.­1527
g.­898

lexical explanations

Wylie:
  • nges pa’i tshig
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པའི་ཚིག
Sanskrit:
  • nir­ukta

Lexical explanations here implies the exact knowledge of the primary and derivative definitions and explanations of names and words. It is also the third of the four kinds of exact knowledge, see “exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­525
g.­899

liberated

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mucyate

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment such as those of the “eight liberations.”

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 3.­52-106
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­44
  • 17.­45
  • 18.­9-11
  • 19.­41
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­33
  • 23.­48
  • 26.­3
  • 30.­46
  • n.­424
g.­900

liberation

Wylie:
  • grol ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mokṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment such as those of the “eight liberations.”

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­36
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­27
  • 3.­51
  • 6.­22
  • 9.­17
  • 17.­43
  • 20.­35
  • 23.­54-55
  • 24.­46
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­31
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­69
  • 30.­10
  • 33.­7
  • n.­321
  • g.­663
  • g.­695
g.­901

life

Wylie:
  • gso ba
Tibetan:
  • གསོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • poṣa

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 10.­45
  • 15.­32
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­55
  • 25.­43
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­13
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­18
  • 31.­49
  • 31.­65
  • g.­334
  • g.­503
  • g.­631
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1449
  • g.­1493
g.­903

light

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā

Also translated here as “aureole.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 1.­7
  • 6.­23
  • 10.­2
  • 13.­61
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­57
  • 26.­46
  • g.­134
  • g.­199
g.­906

limited number of sentient beings

Wylie:
  • nyi tshe ba’i sems can
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་ཚེ་བའི་སེམས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • pradeśika­sattva

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1-2
g.­907

limitless

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anta

Also translated here as “infinite.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­65-66
  • 14.­24-25
  • 18.­2
  • 23.­10
  • 24.­46
  • g.­808
g.­915

living being

Wylie:
  • ’byung po
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sattva

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 14.­29
  • 26.­31
  • 31.­26
  • g.­677
g.­916

living creature

Wylie:
  • skye ba po
  • skyes bu
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བ་པོ།
  • སྐྱེས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jantu
  • prajā

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 7.­25
  • 13.­3
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­48
  • 18.­16
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­33
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­53
  • 32.­53
g.­923

longing for sensual pleasure

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa la ’dun pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ་ལ་འདུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmacchanda

First of the five obscurations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
g.­924

lord

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavat

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.

While the Sanskrit term simply means “fortunate,” “illustrious,” or “revered,” Tibetan hermeneutics defines the term as denoting a teacher or buddha who primordially subdues (bcom) the four demonic forces, possesses (ldan) the six attributes of greatness (che ba’i yon tan drug, viz: lordship, noble form, glory, fame, gnosis, and perseverance), and transcends (’das) all sorrow, without abiding in the extremes of existence and quiescence.

Also translated here as “Blessed One.” (See also n.­19).

Located in 81 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 3.­2-3
  • 3.­7-8
  • 3.­52-102
  • 4.­57
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­45
  • 8.­10
  • 14.­24
  • 15.­42
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­38
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­35
  • 20.­44
  • 20.­48
  • 23.­45
  • 23.­61
  • 26.­19
  • 29.­62
  • 31.­51
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­19
  • g.­163
  • g.­925
  • g.­1329
g.­925

Lord Buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān­buddha

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni and general way of addressing the enlightened ones. See “Lord” or “Blessed One.” (See also n.­19).

Located in 90 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31-32
  • i.­55
  • i.­99
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­72
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­57
  • 7.­19
  • 8.­11
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­36-37
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­40
  • 11.­11
  • 15.­26
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­48
  • 19.­55
  • 21.­14-15
  • 22.­21
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­54-55
  • 24.­40
  • 24.­44
  • 24.­60
  • 25.­21
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­44-46
  • 26.­48-54
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­40
  • 29.­42
  • 29.­44
  • 29.­47
  • 29.­52
  • 29.­54
  • 29.­72
  • 30.­40
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­46
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­61-62
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­58-59
  • 33.­3
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­18
  • n.­19
  • n.­166
  • n.­373
  • n.­394
  • n.­453
  • n.­465
  • g.­469
  • g.­1179
  • g.­1469
g.­927

loving kindness

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitrī

First of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • i.­85
  • i.­95
  • 1.­31
  • 2.­7
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­3
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­1-2
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­23
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­15
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
g.­928

lower realms of existence

Wylie:
  • ngan song
Tibetan:
  • ངན་སོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • apāya

Also translated here as “inferior realms.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 8.­47-48
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 22.­11
  • g.­587
  • g.­807
g.­929

luminosity

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­bhāsvara

Luminosity refers to the subtlest level of mind, i.e., the fundamental, essential nature of all cognitive events. Though ever present within all sentient beings, this luminosity becomes manifest only when the gross mind has ceased to function. It is said that such a dissolution is experienced by ordinary beings, naturally, at the time of death, but it can also be experientially cultivated through certain meditative practices.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • 8.­8
  • 13.­37
  • 24.­36
  • 24.­44
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­37
  • g.­4
g.­932

Madhyamaka

Wylie:
  • dbu ma
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • madhya­maka

Derived from the Sanskrit expression madhyamapratipad, meaning the “Middle Way” between the extremes of eternalism and nihilism, Madhyamaka is one of the most influential among the schools of Indian Buddhist philosophy since it emphasizes the deconstruction of all conceptual elaboration and the realization of emptiness. Various sub-schools evolved in India and Tibet, based on distinctions between relative and ultimate truth, the logical methodologies of reduction ad absurdum and syllogistic reasoning, and views concerning the nature of buddha attributes.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • n.­173
g.­933

magical display

Wylie:
  • sgyu ma
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Also translated here as “illusion.”

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • 1.­5
  • 6.­4
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­32
  • 12.­35
  • 16.­1-8
  • 19.­31
  • 20.­11
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­26
  • 22.­55-56
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­2-3
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­38
  • g.­761
g.­934

Mahā­brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­brahmā

Third god realm of form, meaning “great Brahmā.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­938

Mahāsaṅghika order

Wylie:
  • phal chen gyi sde
Tibetan:
  • ཕལ་ཆེན་གྱི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­saṅghika

One of the four main monastic orders of Indian Buddhism.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­8
g.­942

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”

For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­19
  • 1.­6
  • 19.­37-38
  • 21.­16
  • 33.­71
  • n.­173
  • n.­446
  • g.­137
g.­944

major marks

Wylie:
  • mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa

See “thirty-two major marks of a superior man that the tathāgatas possess.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 24.­39
  • 29.­37
  • g.­330
g.­945

make assumptions

Wylie:
  • rlom sems su byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རློམ་སེམས་སུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manyate

Make assumptions about, based on, or on account of something.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • i.­39
  • i.­42
  • i.­47
  • i.­70
  • 7.­10-13
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­44-46
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­9
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43-46
  • 11.­33-34
  • 12.­14
  • 19.­34
  • 21.­32
  • 21.­35
  • 32.­8-10
g.­946

malice

Wylie:
  • gnod sems
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • duṣṭa­citta
  • vyāpāda

Second of the five obscurations; ninth of the ten non-virtuous actions; second of the four knots. Also translated here as “harmful intention.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • 20.­37
  • 24.­20
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­11
  • 29.­79
  • 32.­21
  • n.­347
  • g.­626
  • g.­713
  • g.­1109
g.­947

maṇḍala of the meditative stability of non-appropriation

Wylie:
  • yongs su bzung ba ma mchis pa’i ting nge ’dzin gyi dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བཟུང་བ་མ་མཆིས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­47
  • 11.­29
g.­950

manifestly perfect buddhahood

Wylie:
  • mngon par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas pa
  • mngon par rdzogs pa’i ’tshang rgya ba
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་པ།
  • མངོན་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་འཚང་རྒྱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­sam­bodhi

Located in 200 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­35
  • i.­39
  • i.­45-46
  • i.­49
  • i.­63
  • i.­65
  • i.­67
  • i.­69
  • i.­73-75
  • i.­79
  • i.­82
  • i.­88
  • i.­94
  • i.­96-98
  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­94
  • 4.­52
  • 7.­17-18
  • 7.­21-22
  • 9.­36
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­38-39
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­12
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­9-12
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­40
  • 17.­33
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­74-75
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­25
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­43
  • 20.­49-56
  • 21.­10-11
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
  • 21.­31
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­17-18
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­57-58
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­50-51
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­58-62
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­18-45
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­55
  • 25.­11-12
  • 25.­15-18
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­25
  • 25.­40
  • 25.­45
  • 25.­49
  • 25.­52
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­7-8
  • 26.­10-14
  • 26.­16-17
  • 26.­19-20
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­56-59
  • 27.­17
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­87
  • 30.­41
  • 30.­44-45
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31-33
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­60
  • 31.­66
  • 32.­1-2
  • 32.­4-5
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­30-33
  • 32.­37-38
  • 32.­47
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­31-32
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­50-52
  • 33.­59-61
  • 33.­64
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­4
  • n.­62
  • g.­170
  • g.­1259
g.­952

Māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

Personification of everything that functions as a hindrance to awakening. See also “demonic force.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­39
  • i.­95
  • 31.­26-33
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­41
  • 31.­57
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63-64
  • 33.­15
  • 33.­50
  • g.­362
g.­956

mass of foam

Wylie:
  • dbu ba rdos pa
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བ་རྡོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • phena­piṇḍa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­24
  • 30.­2
g.­958

maturation of past actions

Wylie:
  • rnam par smin pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­pāka

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 2.­77
  • 13.­50
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­38
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48
  • g.­1106
g.­959

maturity

Wylie:
  • skyon ma mchis pa
  • skyon med
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན་མ་མཆིས་པ།
  • སྐྱོན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­yāma

While “immaturity” (āma, skyon) suggests rawness‍—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed‍— here the term “maturity” implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.

Located in 106 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41-42
  • i.­69
  • i.­74
  • i.­88
  • i.­94-95
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-8
  • 8.­12-13
  • 8.­21-22
  • 8.­26-27
  • 8.­31-37
  • 8.­39-41
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­54-55
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­35-36
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­10-11
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­37
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­25
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­55
  • 19.­57
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­5
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­51
  • 24.­14
  • 24.­25-37
  • 24.­41-45
  • 24.­50
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­48
  • 28.­7-8
  • 28.­24-25
  • 29.­67
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­57-58
  • 32.­35
  • 32.­46
  • 32.­51
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­48
  • g.­769
g.­961

maturity with respect to all things

Wylie:
  • chos skyon med pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmanyāma­tā

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­4
  • g.­1611
g.­964

meaningless term

Wylie:
  • gzhi med pa’i don
Tibetan:
  • གཞི་མེད་པའི་དོན།
Sanskrit:
  • a­padārtha

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • 6.­4
g.­965

means for attainment

Wylie:
  • sgrub thabs
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲུབ་ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • sādhana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Derived from the Sanskrit verb √sādh, “to accomplish,” the term sādhana most generically refers to any method that brings about the accomplishment of a desired goal. In Buddhist literature, the term is often specifically applied to tantric practices that involve ritual engagement with deities, mantra recitation, the visualized creation and dissolution of deity maṇḍalas, etc. Sādhanas are aimed at both actualizing spiritual attainments (siddhi) and reaching liberation. The Tibetan translation sgrub thabs means “method of accomplishment.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­10
g.­966

measure

Wylie:
  • tshad ma mchis par bgyid
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མ་མཆིས་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit:
  • pramāṇī­karoti

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­21
  • 17.­24
  • 26.­5
  • g.­1453
g.­968

meditative absorption

Wylie:
  • snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāpatti

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­34
  • 1.­54
  • 3.­28
  • 9.­26
  • 20.­36
  • 24.­3
  • 27.­10
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­26
  • g.­969
  • g.­971
  • g.­972
g.­969

meditative absorption of neither perception nor non-perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes med min gyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • naiva­saṃjñā­saṃjñāyatana

Fourth of the four meditative absorptions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • g.­622
g.­970

meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñānāntyāyatana

Second of the four formless meditative absorptions.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 24.­3
  • g.­622
g.­971

meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantyāyatana

First of the four meditative absorptions.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 24.­3
  • 27.­10
  • 30.­17
  • g.­622
g.­972

meditative absorption of the sense field of nothing-at-all

Wylie:
  • ci yang med pa’i skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • a­kiṃ­canyāyatana

Third of the four meditative absorptions.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 24.­3
  • g.­622
g.­973

meditative concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Meditative concentration is defined as the one-pointed abiding in an undistracted state of mind free from afflicted mental states. It is an advanced form of calm abiding, where often both calm abiding and penetrative insight may be present in perfect union. Four states of meditative concentration are identified as being conducive to birth within the world system of form, each of which has three phases of intensity. However, in the context‌ of the Great Vehicle, meditative concentration is the fifth of the six transcendent perfections. See also “four meditative concentrations” and 1.­30.

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • i.­85
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52-54
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­24
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­13-18
  • 9.­21-25
  • 9.­40
  • 10.­15
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­59
  • 17.­37
  • 18.­67-69
  • 20.­38
  • 21.­32-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­22
  • 24.­51-52
  • 25.­34-35
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­39-40
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­42-43
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­33
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­35
  • n.­47
  • g.­627
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1591
g.­974

meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

A generic name for the one hundred and eleven meditative stabilities enumerated in the present text.

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.

In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.

Located in 222 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­85
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­56
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­33
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­39
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­24
  • 10.­15
  • 11.­6-8
  • 12.­10-17
  • 12.­43
  • 13.­16
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­29
  • 15.­36
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­43
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­62
  • 23.­54-55
  • 24.­3
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­12-13
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­34-35
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­21-24
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­39-40
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­26
  • 32.­57
  • n.­21
  • n.­41-42
  • n.­207-209
  • n.­211-212
  • n.­214-222
  • n.­224-228
  • n.­237-239
  • n.­246-254
  • n.­256
  • n.­258
  • n.­321
  • n.­411
  • n.­434
  • n.­439
  • g.­9
  • g.­13
  • g.­17
  • g.­28
  • g.­36
  • g.­89
  • g.­113
  • g.­149
  • g.­166
  • g.­183
  • g.­184
  • g.­193
  • g.­204
  • g.­220
  • g.­241
  • g.­269
  • g.­270
  • g.­292
  • g.­324
  • g.­325
  • g.­326
  • g.­327
  • g.­346
  • g.­372
  • g.­373
  • g.­374
  • g.­393
  • g.­394
  • g.­395
  • g.­396
  • g.­400
  • g.­471
  • g.­474
  • g.­475
  • g.­488
  • g.­489
  • g.­500
  • g.­501
  • g.­505
  • g.­508
  • g.­516
  • g.­517
  • g.­638
  • g.­640
  • g.­687
  • g.­732
  • g.­757
  • g.­758
  • g.­759
  • g.­760
  • g.­764
  • g.­766
  • g.­794
  • g.­804
  • g.­848
  • g.­883
  • g.­884
  • g.­904
  • g.­913
  • g.­943
  • g.­948
  • g.­949
  • g.­975
  • g.­976
  • g.­977
  • g.­997
  • g.­1061
  • g.­1088
  • g.­1136
  • g.­1142
  • g.­1200
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1242
  • g.­1243
  • g.­1266
  • g.­1267
  • g.­1268
  • g.­1274
  • g.­1320
  • g.­1327
  • g.­1332
  • g.­1346
  • g.­1347
  • g.­1361
  • g.­1362
  • g.­1363
  • g.­1364
  • g.­1437
  • g.­1472
  • g.­1482
  • g.­1485
  • g.­1486
  • g.­1505
  • g.­1506
  • g.­1516
  • g.­1517
  • g.­1518
  • g.­1519
  • g.­1575
  • g.­1578
  • g.­1586
  • g.­1606
  • g.­1612
  • g.­1634
  • g.­1636
  • g.­1640
  • g.­1646
  • g.­1648
  • g.­1655
  • g.­1656
  • g.­1663
  • g.­1686
  • g.­1726
  • g.­1746
  • g.­1771
g.­979

mental agitation

Wylie:
  • rgod pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • auddhatya

Fifth of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­593
g.­980

mental consciousness

Wylie:
  • yid kyi rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mano­vijñāna

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­38
  • 10.­24
  • 11.­14
  • 15.­50
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­19
  • 26.­31
  • 30.­8
  • g.­267
g.­981

mental faculty

Wylie:
  • yid
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད།
Sanskrit:
  • manas

The faculty that perceives mental phenomena.

Located in 99 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­58
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­72
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­45
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­16
  • 5.­25
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­71
  • 5.­73
  • 5.­75
  • 5.­77
  • 5.­79
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­85
  • 5.­87
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­156-167
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­27
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­4-5
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­38
  • 9.­32
  • 10.­24
  • 11.­14
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­21
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­12
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­11
  • 17.­16
  • 19.­15
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­47
  • 23.­3
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­27
  • 32.­24
  • g.­377
  • g.­1338
g.­982

mental image

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta

Also translated as “sign.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 18.­69-72
  • 20.­15
  • n.­322
  • n.­334
  • n.­338
  • g.­663
  • g.­1433
  • g.­1434
g.­983

mental phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s. See also “Dharma.”

Located in 83 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­59
  • 3.­57
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105-106
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­45
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­91
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­95
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­109
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­168-179
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­45-46
  • 8.­6
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­32
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­31
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­58
  • 16.­2
  • 17.­16
  • 19.­15
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­47
  • 23.­4
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­18
  • 26.­7
  • 28.­26
  • 32.­24
  • g.­267
  • g.­377
  • g.­981
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1372
g.­985

mental wandering

Wylie:
  • yid rnam par rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་རྣམ་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • manasovyupa­cāra

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 11.­29
g.­990

merit

Wylie:
  • bsod nams
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya

Merit refers to the wholesome tendencies imprinted in the mind as a result of positive and skillful thoughts, words, and actions that ripen in the experience of happiness and well-being. According to the Greater Vehicle, it is important to dedicate the merit of one’s wholesome actions to the benefit of all sentient beings, ensuring that others also experience the results of the positive actions generated.

(See also n.­380).

Located in 68 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • i.­9
  • i.­21
  • i.­95
  • i.­99
  • 1.­4
  • 2.­75
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­38
  • 15.­9
  • 15.­37
  • 16.­31
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­49-50
  • 24.­47-54
  • 24.­56-61
  • 25.­45-46
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­4-6
  • 26.­9
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­14
  • 32.­35
  • 33.­17-19
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38-41
  • 33.­43-47
  • 33.­53-62
  • n.­380
  • n.­393
  • n.­457
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1264
g.­991

methodically

Wylie:
  • tshul las
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • nayataḥ

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 18.­1-2
  • n.­313
g.­992

mighty nāga

Wylie:
  • glang po chen po
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahānāga

This term, meaning “elephant” in this context‌, is a metaphor, suggesting that those present in the assembly were leaders of considerable stature rather than followers.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­2
g.­993

mind

Wylie:
  • sems
Tibetan:
  • སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • citta

Also translated here as “mindset” and “thought.”

Located in 203 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­33
  • i.­35
  • i.­42
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­63
  • i.­72-74
  • i.­78
  • i.­95
  • i.­98
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­55
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8-9
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­17
  • 7.­31-35
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­8-12
  • 8.­15
  • 8.­38
  • 8.­51-54
  • 9.­3-6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­13-16
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­38-41
  • 9.­45
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­12
  • 14.­47
  • 14.­56
  • 15.­2-3
  • 15.­5-9
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­22-23
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­44
  • 15.­49
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21-23
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­43-45
  • 17.­47-48
  • 17.­50-51
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­27
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­73
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­31
  • 21.­35
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52-56
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­48
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­58
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­2-3
  • 25.­16-17
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3-4
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­9-12
  • 26.­20
  • 26.­32
  • 26.­45
  • 26.­55
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­36
  • 28.­49-50
  • 29.­8
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­47-49
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­20-25
  • 32.­32
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­1-3
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­64
  • 33.­70
  • n.­292
  • n.­370
  • n.­373
  • n.­392-393
  • n.­407
  • g.­43
  • g.­140
  • g.­201
  • g.­202
  • g.­254
  • g.­421
  • g.­492
  • g.­520
  • g.­611
  • g.­670
  • g.­675
  • g.­929
  • g.­990
  • g.­997
  • g.­999
  • g.­1047
  • g.­1480
  • g.­1544
  • g.­1599
g.­997

mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti

This is the faculty which enables the mind to maintain its attention on a referent object, counteracting the arising of forgetfulness, which is a great obstacle to meditative stability. Together with alertness, mindfulness is one of the two indispensable factors for the development of calm abiding.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 8.­38
  • 9.­13
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 32.­57
  • g.­1726
g.­999

mindset

Wylie:
  • sems
Tibetan:
  • སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • citta

Also translated here as “mind” and “thought.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3
  • 7.­32
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­16
  • 10.­23
  • 15.­37
  • 27.­30
  • g.­993
  • g.­1544
g.­1000

mine

Wylie:
  • bdag gi
Tibetan:
  • བདག་གི
Sanskrit:
  • ātmanīya

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­56
  • i.­70
  • 2.­3
  • 7.­18
  • 11.­26-28
  • 15.­8
  • 21.­33
  • 21.­35
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­21
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­20
  • 30.­46
  • n.­375
g.­1002

minor marks

Wylie:
  • dpe byad bzang po
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuvyañjana

See “eighty excellent minor marks.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 8.­43
  • n.­67
  • n.­86
  • n.­140
  • n.­441
  • g.­1214
g.­1005

mirage

Wylie:
  • smig rgyu
Tibetan:
  • སྨིག་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • marīci

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­5
  • 2.­86
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­37
  • 8.­38
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­32
  • 12.­35
  • 19.­31
  • 19.­34
  • 20.­10
  • 22.­55-56
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­2-3
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­38
  • 30.­5
g.­1006

misconception

Wylie:
  • phyin ci log pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­paryāsa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­30
  • g.­611
g.­1007

misconstrue

Wylie:
  • rtog
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག
Sanskrit:
  • parā­mṛśati

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1
g.­1008

miserliness

Wylie:
  • ser sna
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྣ།
Sanskrit:
  • mātsarya

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • i.­95
  • 2.­76
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 9.­44
  • 20.­36
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­39
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1109
g.­1010

monastic community

Wylie:
  • dge ’dun
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅgha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities‍—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen‍—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • 11.­11
  • 16.­29
  • 17.­4
  • 24.­44
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­60
  • 33.­63
  • 33.­69
  • g.­597
g.­1015

motion

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • gamana

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • i.­65
  • 13.­5
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65-66
  • 22.­34
  • g.­140
g.­1021

mundane

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • laukika

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­75
  • 6.­49
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42-44
  • 9.­46-47
  • 10.­33
  • 11.­4
  • 19.­54
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­65
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­14
  • 24.­23
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­73
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­33
  • 33.­71
  • n.­141
  • g.­267
  • g.­675
  • g.­836
  • g.­1693
g.­1022

mundane gift of the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten pa’i chos kyi sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • laukika­dharma­dāna

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­1
  • 29.­6
g.­1023

mundane phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten pa’i chos
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • laukika­dharma

These comprise the five psycho-physical aggregates, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, the ten virtuous actions, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless absorptions, and the five extrasensory powers.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • i.­95
  • 3.­4
  • 9.­27
  • 17.­11
  • 29.­1
  • 32.­25
  • n.­142
g.­1026

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­52
  • 17.­62
  • 19.­50
  • 31.­68
g.­1027

Nāgārjuna

Wylie:
  • klu grub
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgārjuna

Indian commentator (fl. second century).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • n.­205
g.­1028

name

Wylie:
  • ming
Tibetan:
  • མིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nāma
  • varṇa

Located in 105 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­10-49
  • 6.­31-32
  • 9.­31-35
  • 10.­45
  • 12.­41-42
  • 17.­35
  • 24.­24-25
  • 24.­28-29
  • 24.­37
  • 24.­42-43
  • 26.­46-54
  • 30.­25
  • 32.­38
  • 33.­21
  • n.­24
  • n.­301
  • g.­74
  • g.­79
  • g.­85
  • g.­138
  • g.­157
  • g.­210
  • g.­586
  • g.­681
  • g.­803
  • g.­846
  • g.­935
  • g.­942
  • g.­951
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1059
  • g.­1060
  • g.­1235
  • g.­1279
  • g.­1280
  • g.­1281
  • g.­1346
  • g.­1352
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1470
  • g.­1484
  • g.­1507
  • g.­1508
  • g.­1510
  • g.­1660
  • g.­1671
  • g.­1672
  • g.­1695
  • g.­1768
g.­1030

Namkhai Nyingpo

Wylie:
  • gnam mkha’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • གནམ་མཁའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Tibetan translator (fl. late eighth–early ninth centuries).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • n.­15
g.­1034

narratives

Wylie:
  • rtogs par brjod pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • རྟོགས་པར་བརྗོད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • ava­dāna

Ninth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­16
  • 33.­17-18
  • g.­1541
g.­1035

natural luminosity

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin gyi ’od gsal
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་གྱི་འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti­pra­bhāsvara

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • i.­61
  • 8.­9
  • 18.­33
g.­1036

naturally abiding buddha nature

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin gnas rigs
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་གནས་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti­ṣṭha­gotra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­21
g.­1037

nature

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti

Located in 109 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • i.­42-43
  • i.­58
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­58-72
  • 4.­24-31
  • 4.­39-44
  • 6.­47-48
  • 7.­24
  • 8.­8-11
  • 8.­39
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­41
  • 11.­15-19
  • 11.­21
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­2-13
  • 14.­42-43
  • 15.­9
  • 16.­14
  • 17.­2
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­75
  • 19.­46
  • 19.­59
  • 20.­7
  • 20.­42
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­57
  • 20.­68-71
  • 21.­25-26
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­50-51
  • 23.­53-54
  • 25.­51
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­8
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­24
  • 31.­49
  • 33.­26
  • n.­188
  • n.­428
  • g.­43
  • g.­170
  • g.­202
  • g.­581
  • g.­932
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1603
  • g.­1768
g.­1039

nature of reality

Wylie:
  • chos kyi tshul gyi rang bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཚུལ་གྱི་རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmatā­prakṛti

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 27.­19
  • g.­29
  • g.­445
  • g.­809
g.­1047

negativity

Wylie:
  • gnas ngan len
Tibetan:
  • གནས་ངན་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • dauṣṭhulya

That is to say, negativity of body, speech, and mind.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 8.­52-54
  • 32.­20-26
  • 33.­20
  • 33.­24
g.­1049

neither fettered nor liberated

Wylie:
  • ma bcings ma grol ba
Tibetan:
  • མ་བཅིངས་མ་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­baddhāmukta

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • 10.­30-39
  • 18.­4-8
  • 29.­69
g.­1050

Nepal

Wylie:
  • bal yul
Tibetan:
  • བལ་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­14
g.­1053

Ngok Loden Sherab

Wylie:
  • rngog blo ldan shes rab
Tibetan:
  • རྔོག་བློ་ལྡན་ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Kadampa master (1059–1109).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­20
g.­1054

night lotus

Wylie:
  • ku mu da
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་མུ་ད།
Sanskrit:
  • kumuda

The water plant Nymphae esculenta.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­60
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­45
  • 32.­57
g.­1057

nine serial steps of meditative absorption

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit:
  • navānu­pūrva­vihāra­samāpatti

See 1.­34.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­34
  • 3.­28
  • 8.­38
  • 20.­36
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 24.­8
  • 27.­34-35
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­12
  • n.­37-38
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1149
  • g.­1150
g.­1058

Nirmāṇa­rata

Wylie:
  • ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmāṇa­rata

Fifth god realm of desire, meaning “delighting in emanation.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­26
  • g.­1265
g.­1063

noble eightfold path

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭaṅgārya­mārga

The noble eightfold path, enumerated in 1.­26, comprises (1) correct view, (2) correct ideation, (3) correct speech, (4) correct action, (5) correct livelihood, (6) correct effort, (7) correct recollection, and (8) correct meditative stability.

Located in 147 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­45
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­2-3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­82
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­51
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­52
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­43-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­36
  • 8.­45
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­38
  • 12.­40
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­17
  • 13.­27
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­23
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­17
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­25
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­56
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4-5
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­14
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­14
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­77
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • 33.­62
  • g.­297
  • g.­300
  • g.­303
  • g.­304
  • g.­306
  • g.­310
  • g.­311
  • g.­312
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­1064

noble form

Wylie:
  • lus gzugs bzang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་གཟུགས་བཟང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­rūpa­pra­sādika

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 32.­34-35
  • n.­441
  • g.­163
  • g.­924
g.­1065

noble truth of suffering

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhārya­satya

First of the four noble truths.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­47
  • 24.­11
  • g.­630
g.­1066

noble truth of the cessation of suffering

Wylie:
  • ’gog pa ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan:
  • འགོག་པ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­rodhārya­satya

Third of the four noble truths.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­47
  • 24.­11
  • g.­630
g.­1067

noble truth of the origin of suffering

Wylie:
  • kun ’byung ba ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­udayārya­satya

Second of the four noble truths.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­47
  • 24.­11
  • g.­630
g.­1068

noble truth of the path

Wylie:
  • lam ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan:
  • ལམ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārgārya­satya

Fourth of the four noble truths.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­47
  • 24.­11
  • g.­630
g.­1069

non-abiding

Wylie:
  • mi gnas pa
  • gnas pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་གནས་པ།
  • གནས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sthiti
  • a­sthitā

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23
  • 2.­82
  • 8.­43
  • 9.­47
  • 11.­43
  • 30.­36
  • g.­581
  • g.­1611
g.­1072

non-actualization

Wylie:
  • mngon par bsgrub pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་བསྒྲུབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­abhi­nir­hāra

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 17.­8-9
  • 18.­37
  • 25.­11
g.­1075

non-apprehensible

Wylie:
  • dmigs su ma mchi
  • dmigs su med
  • dmigs su med pa
  • mi dmigs su med
  • dmigs pa med
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་སུ་མ་མཆི།
  • དམིགས་སུ་མེད།
  • དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ།
  • མི་དམིགས་སུ་མེད།
  • དམིགས་པ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upa­labdhya
  • an­upa­labdha
  • nopa­labhyate

Located in 168 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­35
  • i.­43-44
  • i.­46
  • i.­51
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­60
  • i.­64
  • i.­84
  • 1.­66-67
  • 3.­4
  • 5.­144-203
  • 6.­35-36
  • 8.­11
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­31-35
  • 10.­26-29
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­13
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­10
  • 12.­25
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­3-8
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­13
  • 13.­45-46
  • 13.­64-65
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­17-19
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­8-9
  • 16.­16-17
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­17
  • 18.­39
  • 18.­41
  • 18.­46
  • 18.­50
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­54-55
  • 20.­48
  • 20.­73
  • 22.­24-40
  • 22.­57
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­59
  • 23.­61
  • 26.­19
  • 26.­24
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­39
  • 26.­41-42
  • 26.­57-58
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­23
  • 29.­63
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­71
  • 30.­5-6
  • 30.­27
  • 30.­36
g.­1076

non-apprehension

Wylie:
  • dmigs su med pa nyid
  • dmigs su ma mchis pa
  • mi dmigs pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
  • དམིགས་སུ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
  • མི་དམིགས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upa­labdhi­tā
  • an­upa­lambha
  • an­upa­lambha­tā

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­72-73
  • 5.­38
  • 6.­13
  • 7.­47
  • 9.­31
  • 11.­33
  • 11.­35
  • 12.­30-31
  • 13.­6-8
  • 13.­12
  • 14.­22
  • 19.­47
  • 20.­2-4
  • 20.­7-12
  • 20.­15-16
  • 20.­20-21
  • 20.­23-39
  • 22.­20
  • 23.­29-30
  • 28.­26
  • 29.­70
  • n.­336
  • n.­338
  • n.­341
  • n.­343-347
  • n.­377
g.­1077

non-appropriation

Wylie:
  • gzung ba ma mchis pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟུང་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pari­graha

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­47
  • 11.­28
  • 11.­34
g.­1078

non-arising

Wylie:
  • mi skye ba
  • skye ba ma mchis pa
  • skye ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྐྱེ་བ།
  • སྐྱེ་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
  • སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ut­pādita
  • anutpāda
  • asamutthāna

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • i.­53
  • i.­57-58
  • i.­60
  • i.­68
  • i.­88
  • i.­96
  • 2.­82
  • 3.­4-5
  • 5.­125
  • 6.­13-17
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­6
  • 10.­32-36
  • 10.­39
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­22
  • 12.­42
  • 13.­2
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­7
  • 14.­36-38
  • 14.­42-46
  • 14.­48-49
  • 14.­52-56
  • 16.­10-11
  • 19.­6
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­60
  • 20.­6
  • 20.­18
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­9
  • 22.­30
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­28-29
  • 23.­48
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­20
  • 26.­53
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­14
  • 30.­2
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­14
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­33
  • n.­287
  • n.­289
  • g.­202
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1611
g.­1081

non-ceasing

Wylie:
  • mi ’gag pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་འགག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­ni­rodha

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • i.­53
  • 6.­13
  • 10.­35
g.­1082

non-conceptual

Wylie:
  • rnam par mi rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་མི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­vi­kalpa

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 20.­20
  • 26.­21
  • 26.­28-31
  • 26.­33
  • 29.­75
  • 31.­2
g.­1085

non-cultivation

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’jig pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­bhāvanā

(See also n.­369).

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­44-49
  • n.­369
g.­1089

non-disturbance

Wylie:
  • nye bar zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བར་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • avi­kopana

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 20.­54
g.­1090

non-duality

Wylie:
  • gnyis su med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་སུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­dvaya

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­27
  • i.­61
  • i.­87-88
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­36
  • 12.­32
  • 17.­38-40
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­15
  • 28.­32
  • 31.­2
  • n.­283
g.­1092

non-entity

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhāva

See n.­50.

Located in 140 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­42
  • i.­48
  • i.­90
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­78
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­69-106
  • 4.­18-21
  • 5.­62-63
  • 5.­86-87
  • 5.­110-111
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­138-143
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­167
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­203-204
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 8.­42
  • 11.­40
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­10
  • 13.­15
  • 13.­18-40
  • 14.­15
  • 15.­18
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­7
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­41
  • 20.­11
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­60
  • 22.­30
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­20
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­38
  • 28.­42-43
  • 29.­71
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­56
  • n.­49-50
  • n.­334
g.­1093

non-existent

Wylie:
  • bdag nyid med pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāsti­tā
  • nair­ātmya

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­45
  • i.­50-51
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­67
  • 3.­51
  • 6.­4-13
  • 6.­17-23
  • 7.­45-46
  • 10.­24-25
  • 10.­32-36
  • 10.­39
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­23-25
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­64
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­30
  • 19.­24
  • 20.­3
  • 20.­48
  • 20.­73-74
  • 23.­46
  • 23.­59
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­18-23
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­35
  • 26.­12
  • 27.­11
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­27
  • n.­330
g.­1094

non-fixation

Wylie:
  • mngon par zhen pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­abhi­ni­veśa
  • a­saṅga

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 3.­108
  • 20.­23
  • 20.­53
g.­1097

non-involvement

Wylie:
  • yongs su gdung ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་གདུང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­uddāha

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 20.­53
g.­1100

non-referential

Wylie:
  • dmigs pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­ā­lambana­tā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­56
  • n.­157
g.­1103

non-residual nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • lhag ma med pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་མ་མེད་པའི་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­upadhi­śeṣa­nirvāṇa

One of the different types of nirvāṇa, where the aggregates have also been consumed within emptiness. See also “final nirvāṇa.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­2
  • g.­581
g.­1104

non-self

Wylie:
  • bdag med pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ātman

The view that there is no self existing independent of the five psycho-physical aggregates. Also translated here as “selflessness” and “absence of self.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­19-20
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­159
  • 5.­171
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­195
  • 8.­48
  • 14.­15
  • 18.­63
  • 32.­37
  • g.­1372
g.­1108

non-transformation

Wylie:
  • gzhan du ’gyur ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nānya­tā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • g.­1611
g.­1113

not calm

Wylie:
  • ma zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śānta

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18-21
  • 5.­54-55
  • 5.­78-79
  • 5.­102-103
  • 5.­122
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­151
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­175
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­199
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­60
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­5
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­40
g.­1114

not disintegrate

Wylie:
  • ’jig pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­nāśa
  • ā­vi­nāśita

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 1.­58-72
  • 17.­9
  • 20.­8
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
g.­1115

not empty

Wylie:
  • mi stong pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śūnya

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­48-49
  • 5.­72-73
  • 5.­96-97
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­131
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­148
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­184
  • 5.­196
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­39
  • 22.­30
  • 27.­28-29
  • 30.­47-48
g.­1118

not void

Wylie:
  • mi dben pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­viveka

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­3
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­80-81
  • 5.­104-105
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­135
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­152
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­176
  • 5.­188
  • 5.­200
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­60
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­5
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­40
g.­1119

notion of self

Wylie:
  • bdag tu ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • བདག་ཏུ་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • ātma­saṃjñā

Third of the four misconceptions; the mistaken notion of a self existing independent of the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­54
  • 9.­44
  • 25.­16
  • g.­567
  • g.­628
g.­1120

notion that existence is pleasant

Wylie:
  • sdug par ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་པར་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • śubha­saṃjñā

Literally, the “notion of pleasantness;” fourth of the four misconceptions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­16
  • g.­628
g.­1121

notion that there is happiness

Wylie:
  • bde ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sukha­saṃjñā

Second of the four misconceptions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­16
  • g.­628
g.­1122

notion that there is permanence

Wylie:
  • rtag pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • nitya­saṃjñā

First of the four misconceptions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­16
  • g.­628
g.­1134

objective

Wylie:
  • don gyi dbang
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྱི་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • artha­vaśa

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 23.­9
  • 25.­38
  • 26.­27-28
  • 31.­65
  • 33.­50
  • n.­318
  • g.­695
  • g.­1375
g.­1135

objective referent

Wylie:
  • dmigs pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­lambana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­47
  • n.­370
  • g.­254
g.­1137

obscuration

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āvaraṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The obscurations to liberation and omniscience. They are generally categorized as two types: affective obscurations (kleśāvaraṇa), the arising of afflictive emotions; and cognitive obscurations (jñeyāvaraṇa), those caused by misapprehension and incorrect understanding about the nature of reality.

The term is used also as a reference to a set five hindrances on the path: longing for sense pleasures (Skt. kāmacchanda), malice (Skt. vyāpāda), sloth and torpor (Skt. styānamiddha), excitement and remorse (Skt. auddhatyakaukṛtya), and doubt (Skt. vicikitsā).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 26.­20
  • 29.­68
  • 30.­36
  • g.­611
g.­1138

obsession

Wylie:
  • kun nas ldang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ལྡང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • paryut­thāna

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­42
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 20.­15
  • n.­337
g.­1139

obstruct

Wylie:
  • bkag par ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • བཀག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyā­khyā­tā bhavati

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­44
  • 33.­3
  • g.­361
  • g.­617
  • g.­675
  • g.­716
g.­1141

occur

Wylie:
  • ’byung bar ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • prādur­bhāvo bhavati

Also translated here as “emerge.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­21
  • 8.­3
  • 16.­23
  • 20.­65
  • 24.­18-23
  • 33.­22
  • n.­322
  • g.­442
  • g.­611
g.­1144

omniscience

Wylie:
  • rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jña­tā

Located in 375 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­35-36
  • i.­38
  • i.­43
  • i.­45-47
  • i.­51
  • i.­56
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­78
  • i.­84
  • i.­88
  • i.­91
  • i.­97
  • 1.­12
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­73
  • 3.­2-3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­67
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­101
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­28-31
  • 4.­51-52
  • 6.­24-25
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­35-38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­45
  • 7.­1-6
  • 7.­8-11
  • 7.­20-21
  • 7.­31
  • 9.­5-6
  • 9.­8-9
  • 9.­15-18
  • 9.­21-24
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­37-41
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25-26
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­37-38
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­27-30
  • 12.­32-42
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­12
  • 13.­35
  • 14.­23-25
  • 14.­32
  • 14.­35-36
  • 14.­38-41
  • 14.­43-45
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­5-7
  • 15.­15-16
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21-24
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­5
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­12-13
  • 17.­16-18
  • 17.­36-39
  • 17.­41
  • 17.­49-50
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­7-11
  • 18.­14-17
  • 18.­20-23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­31
  • 18.­33
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­37
  • 18.­47-48
  • 18.­58-59
  • 18.­66-68
  • 19.­2
  • 19.­8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­42
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­64
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­58-60
  • 20.­62-64
  • 20.­68-76
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­7-8
  • 21.­23-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­34
  • 21.­36
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16-17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­43-44
  • 22.­50-51
  • 22.­54-58
  • 23.­2-8
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-30
  • 23.­42
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55-56
  • 23.­58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­24-46
  • 24.­48
  • 24.­54
  • 24.­57
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­31-32
  • 25.­36
  • 25.­39
  • 25.­47
  • 25.­49-51
  • 26.­1-2
  • 26.­14-16
  • 26.­21
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­39
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­50
  • 26.­54-55
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­16-17
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­19-20
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­5-6
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­42
  • 30.­44
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­37-39
  • 31.­43-44
  • 31.­53
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­3
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­35-36
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­59
  • n.­4
  • n.­205
  • n.­380
  • g.­492
g.­1146

one achieves and abides in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings

Wylie:
  • ’du shes dang tshor ba ’gog pa bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་དང་ཚོར་བ་འགོག་པ་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­jnāvedita­nirodhakayena sākṣāt­krtvopa­sam­padya viharati

Eighth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the ninth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1147

one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness, thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite’

Wylie:
  • rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñānāntyāyatanam­upasampadya­viharati

Fifth of the eight aspects of liberation.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1148

one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite space, thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantyāyatanam­upasampadya vi­harati

Fourth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the fifth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 27.­33
  • 29.­16
  • g.­421
g.­1149

one achieves and abides in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes med ’du shes med min skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • naiva­saṃjnā­saṃjnāyatanam­upasam­padya vi­harati

Seventh of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the eighth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1150

one achieves and abides in the sense field of nothing-at-all, thinking, ‘There is nothing at all.’

Wylie:
  • ci yang med pa’i skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­kiṃc­anyāyatanam­upasam­padya vi­harati

Sixth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the seventh of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1155

opinion

Wylie:
  • lta bar gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭi­kṛta

Also translated here as “false view.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­29
  • n.­158
  • g.­566
g.­1157

ordinary person

Wylie:
  • so so’i skye bo
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོའི་སྐྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pṛthag­jana

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­83-84
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­44
  • 19.­64
  • n.­268
  • g.­239
  • g.­777
  • g.­1609
g.­1160

outcome

Wylie:
  • rgyu ’thun pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • niṣyanda

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­24
  • 23.­54
  • 33.­8
  • g.­617
g.­1166

Pāli Canon

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • —

The original compilation of the Pāli Canon at Aluvihāra during the Fourth Buddhist Council is attributed to the reign of King Vaṭṭagāmiṇi in Sri Lanka, and has been dated in Sinhalese chronicles circa 29–17 ʙᴄᴇ. See Law (1933): 38–39. However, the oldest extant Pāli text, preserved on gold sheets in the Burmese Stūpa of Sri Ksetra, does not predate the seventh century.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­7
  • n.­8
g.­1169

Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

Wylie:
  • gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

Sixth god realm of desire, meaning “mastery over transformations.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­26
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­1171

Parī­ttābha

Wylie:
  • ’od chung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parī­ttābha

Fourth god realm of form, meaning “little radiance.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­1172

Parītta­śubha

Wylie:
  • dge chung
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parītta­śubha

Seventh god realm of form, meaning “little virtue.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­1174

participate in

Wylie:
  • len par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādadāti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • 28.­5
g.­1175

particularizing intrinsic awareness

Wylie:
  • so sor rnam par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོར་རྣམ་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­vijñapti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 20.­52
g.­1177

past action

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

The impact of past actions in the present and future. Also rendered here as “karma.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 14.­51
  • 15.­1
  • 17.­55
  • 26.­32
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­9
  • 29.­62-63
  • 29.­74
  • 32.­46
  • 33.­4
  • g.­334
  • g.­586
  • g.­611
  • g.­835
  • g.­836
  • g.­855
  • g.­1596
g.­1180

path of cultivation

Wylie:
  • sgom lam
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā­mārga

Fourth of the five paths, preceded by the paths of provisions, connection, and insight, and followed by the path of no-more-learning.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­25
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­431
g.­1181

path of insight

Wylie:
  • mthong lam
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • darśana­mārga

Third of the five paths, preceded by the paths of provisions and connection, and followed by the paths of cultivation and no-more-learning. See n.­268.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22-23
  • i.­25
  • n.­430
g.­1182

path of preparation

Wylie:
  • sbyor lam
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • prayoga­mārga

Second of the five paths.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­24-25
  • i.­80
  • n.­430
  • g.­24
  • g.­1180
  • g.­1181
  • g.­1184
  • g.­1504
  • g.­1558
  • g.­1705
g.­1183

peace

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānta

Also translated here as “calm” and “calmness.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­16
  • 30.­10
  • g.­43
  • g.­207
  • g.­208
  • g.­1056
g.­1184

peak

Wylie:
  • rtse mo
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mūrdhāna

Second of the four aspects of the path of preparation.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­25
  • i.­80
g.­1186

perceive

Wylie:
  • kun tu shes
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­jānite

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­42
  • i.­88
  • i.­93
  • 1.­55
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­85-89
  • 2.­91-94
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­48
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­12
  • 17.­15
  • 17.­24
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­54
  • 25.­16-19
  • 25.­51-52
  • 26.­7
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­28
  • 28.­32
  • 28.­38
  • 28.­49
  • 30.­2-11
  • 30.­27-28
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­39
  • 31.­29
  • n.­46
  • n.­205
  • g.­777
  • g.­981
g.­1187

perceiving

Wylie:
  • kun tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­janāna

Located in 60 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­52-106
  • 8.­38
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­68
  • 29.­68
  • g.­1732
g.­1195

perceptions

Wylie:
  • ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­jñā

It is perceptions that recognize and identify forms and objects, differentiating and designating them.

Located in 301 passages in the translation:

  • i.­63
  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 2.­89
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­43-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­47
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-17
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­33-35
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­5
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­24
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1603
g.­1196

perfected

Wylie:
  • yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­pūrṇa

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­94
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 6.­53
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­42
  • 11.­11
  • 11.­34
  • 19.­11
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­17-18
  • 28.­19
  • 29.­60
  • 30.­41
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­65
g.­1198

perishable

Wylie:
  • ’jig pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­nāśita

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­6
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­60
  • n.­198
g.­1199

permanent

Wylie:
  • rtag pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nitya

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­48
  • i.­52
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19-23
  • 5.­42-43
  • 5.­66-67
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­115-116
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­139-143
  • 5.­145
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­193
  • 9.­26
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­18-21
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17-18
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­8-10
  • 19.­38
  • 22.­30
  • 30.­39
  • g.­581
g.­1202

person

Wylie:
  • gang zag
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཟག
Sanskrit:
  • pudgala

Also translated as “individual” or “personal identity.”

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 6.­5-8
  • 6.­24-25
  • 6.­34
  • 7.­14
  • 11.­5
  • 17.­47
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­20
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­50-51
  • 23.­53-54
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­40-41
  • 26.­22
  • 30.­7
  • 30.­37-38
  • 31.­57
  • 31.­65
  • 33.­12-15
  • n.­289
  • g.­581
  • g.­797
  • g.­1203
g.­1203

personal identity

Wylie:
  • gang zag
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཟག
Sanskrit:
  • pudgala

Also translated as “individual” or “person.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • n.­4
  • g.­797
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1202
g.­1206

phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. See also “Dharma.”

Located in 227 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1-3
  • i.­17
  • i.­26
  • i.­32-38
  • i.­40-45
  • i.­48
  • i.­50
  • i.­52
  • i.­54
  • i.­57-58
  • i.­61
  • i.­64
  • i.­66
  • i.­68
  • i.­71
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­86
  • i.­88
  • i.­90
  • i.­93
  • i.­96
  • 1.­4-5
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­58-61
  • 1.­71-72
  • 1.­79-80
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­73-74
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­90
  • 2.­93-95
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50-51
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­103-105
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­37-38
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­23-24
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­16
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­7-9
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­37
  • 12.­41
  • 13.­66
  • 14.­26-28
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14
  • 17.­11
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­22-23
  • 18.­26-43
  • 18.­45-46
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­73
  • 18.­75
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­54
  • 19.­60
  • 20.­24-25
  • 20.­30-31
  • 20.­50
  • 20.­65
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­22
  • 22.­17-18
  • 22.­20
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­48
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­9
  • 26.­12
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­14
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­38
  • 29.­8
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­71-72
  • 29.­80
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­87
  • 30.­12-16
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­23
  • 30.­25
  • 30.­27
  • 30.­29-30
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­1-4
  • 31.­11-12
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37-38
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­54
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­6-7
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­25
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­41
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­35
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­29
  • n.­141
  • n.­328
  • n.­330
  • n.­434
  • g.­170
  • g.­377
  • g.­445
  • g.­611
  • g.­617
  • g.­777
  • g.­809
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1603
g.­1207

phenomenal existence

Wylie:
  • srid pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhava

Also translated here as “rebirth” and “rebirth process”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23-24
  • 1.­47
  • g.­581
  • g.­1287
g.­1210

physical form

Wylie:
  • gzugs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa

Physical forms include the subtle and manifest forms derived from the material elements.

Located in 327 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 2.­22
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­69
  • 3.­86
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­56-57
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­37-38
  • 5.­40
  • 5.­42
  • 5.­44
  • 5.­46
  • 5.­48
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­52
  • 5.­54
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­62
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­4-5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-15
  • 11.­22-23
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20
  • 14.­1-2
  • 14.­16-17
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16-17
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13-17
  • 18.­21-23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­31
  • 18.­33
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­37
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­51-52
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-9
  • 19.­11-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­38-45
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-76
  • 21.­3-5
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­28
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26-27
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­31
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­73-75
  • 30.­2-3
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-48
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­6
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­43
  • 32.­24
  • 33.­35
  • n.­265
  • n.­282
  • n.­295
  • n.­362
  • n.­375
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
g.­1216

plantain

Wylie:
  • chu shing
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kadali

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 27.­24
  • 30.­6
g.­1219

poetic fabrication

Wylie:
  • dngags su byas pa
Tibetan:
  • དངགས་སུ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kā­vikṛtaka­kāvya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 31.­27
g.­1223

powder

Wylie:
  • phye ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • cūrṇa

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­46
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­61
  • 19.­35
  • 20.­44
  • 21.­13
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­45
  • 28.­48
  • 31.­5
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­51-52
  • 33.­66
  • 33.­70
g.­1224

power of faith

Wylie:
  • dad pa’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • དད་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • śraddhā­bala

First of the five powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1225

power of meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi stobs
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi­bala

Fourth of the five powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1226

Power of Perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi stobs
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya­bala

Both the name of the fourteenth meditative stability and the second of the five powers.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 12.­12
  • 19.­23
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1227

power of recollection

Wylie:
  • dran pa’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti­bala

Third of the five powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1228

power of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi stobs
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­bala

Fifth of the five powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1233

Prajñā­pāramitā

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­pāramitā

Name of a female deity.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­10
  • i.­12
  • n.­205
  • n.­268
  • n.­300
  • g.­1453
  • g.­1540
g.­1234

Prajñāvarman

Wylie:
  • shes rab go cha
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་གོ་ཆ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñāvarman

Indian paṇḍita (fl. ninth century).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­15
  • c.­1
g.­1235

Prakrit

Wylie:
  • phal skad
Tibetan:
  • ཕལ་སྐད།
Sanskrit:
  • prā­kṛta

A collective name for the colloquial dialects of the Middle Indo-Aryan languages.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­8
g.­1236

prattle incoherently

Wylie:
  • byung rgyal du smra
Tibetan:
  • བྱུང་རྒྱལ་དུ་སྨྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhinna­pralāpī bhavati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­2
g.­1237

pratyekabuddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
  • rang rgyal
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
  • རང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­buddha

A hermit buddha who attains individual enlightenment, either in solitude or in small groups, without relying on a teacher.

(See also n.­4).

Located in 144 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­22-23
  • 1.­69
  • 2.­9-10
  • 4.­49
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­53
  • 7.­1-6
  • 7.­8-9
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­19-20
  • 7.­31-32
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­5-7
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­4-5
  • 9.­7-8
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­16-18
  • 9.­24
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­29
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­10
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 12.­39
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­50
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19-20
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­37
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­53
  • 16.­27
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­45
  • 17.­48
  • 20.­20
  • 20.­41
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­9-11
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-54
  • 24.­49-50
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­15
  • 25.­38-40
  • 25.­48-50
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­54
  • 27.­30
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­14-16
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­44-45
  • 28.­48
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­88
  • 29.­90
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­30-32
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­42
  • 32.­46
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­64-65
  • 33.­69
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­22
  • n.­62
  • n.­157
  • n.­268
  • g.­431
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1469
g.­1247

pride

Wylie:
  • nga rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māna

Fourth of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • 14.­15
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­43
  • n.­197
  • g.­43
  • g.­593
  • g.­677
  • g.­1109
g.­1249

production

Wylie:
  • rab tu skye ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­bhāvana

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­56
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­10
g.­1258

protector

Wylie:
  • skyob
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāṇa

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • i.­82
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­11
  • 25.­47
  • 28.­50
g.­1259

provision

Wylie:
  • tshogs
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhāra

This term denotes the two provisions of merit and gnosis which are gathered by bodhisattvas on the path to manifestly perfect buddhahood. The fulfilment of these two provisions constitutes the fruition of the entire path, resulting respectively in the maturation of the buddha body of form and the buddha body of reality.

(See also n.­380).

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­24
  • 9.­44
  • 24.­24
  • n.­380
  • n.­430
  • g.­1180
  • g.­1181
g.­1263

psycho-physical aggregate

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

See “five psycho-physical aggregates.”

Located in 102 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • i.­88
  • 1.­18-19
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­103
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­36
  • 5.­203-204
  • 6.­22
  • 6.­27
  • 6.­42-43
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­45-46
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­7
  • 8.­44
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­32-33
  • 11.­15-16
  • 11.­23
  • 11.­28
  • 11.­33
  • 11.­39
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­25-26
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­40
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­32
  • 15.­35
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­10
  • 17.­40
  • 17.­43
  • 17.­45
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­9-11
  • 18.­66
  • 19.­26
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­59
  • 20.­74
  • 21.­11
  • 22.­15
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­46-47
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­32
  • 26.­8
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­38
  • 28.­40
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­63
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­69
  • 29.­73-74
  • 30.­24
  • 30.­46-48
  • 31.­51
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­50
  • n.­321
  • g.­49
  • g.­52
  • g.­53
  • g.­56
  • g.­57
  • g.­362
  • g.­581
  • g.­586
  • g.­602
  • g.­1103
g.­1264

Puṇya­prasava

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ’phel
  • chung che
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་འཕེལ།
  • ཆུང་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­prasava

Eleventh god realm of form, meaning “increasing merit.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • n.­311
  • g.­1265
g.­1265

Pure Abode

Wylie:
  • gnas gtsang ma’i ris
Tibetan:
  • གནས་གཙང་མའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddha­nivāsa

These realms and abodes denote the hierarchy of the gods who, in the manner of human beings and antigods, partake of the higher realms (svarga, mtho ris) of rebirth, but nonetheless remain trapped within cyclic existence. The gods altogether comprise (i) six god realms within the world system of desire, commencing with Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika and Trayas­triṃśa, and concluding with Yāma, Tuṣita, Nirmāṇa­rata, and Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin; (ii) the twelve Brahmā realms, extending from Brahmakāyika through Brahmapurohita, Mahā­brahmā, Parī­ttābha, A­pramāṇābha, Ābhāsvara, Parītta­śubha, A­pramāṇa­śubha, Śubha­kṛtsna, An­abhraka, and Puṇya­prasava to Bṛhat­phala, which are attained corresponding to lesser, middling, and higher degrees of the four meditative concentrations; and (iii) the five Pure Abodes at the pinnacle of the world system of form, extending from Avṛha, through Atapa, Su­dṛśa, and Sudarśana to Akaniṣṭha. See also 15.­1 and 17.­51. This hierarchy is conveniently illustrated in the form of a chart. See, for example, Dudjom Rinpoche (1991): 14–15.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 15.­1-2
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51-52
  • 19.­35-36
  • 19.­49
  • 26.­43
  • 30.­20
  • n.­291
  • n.­301
  • g.­61
  • g.­122
  • g.­139
  • g.­1491
  • g.­1492
g.­1270

purified

Wylie:
  • rnam par byang ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyavadānika

Located in 62 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33-34
  • i.­45
  • i.­50
  • i.­65
  • 1.­38
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18-21
  • 4.­45
  • 5.­58-59
  • 5.­82-83
  • 5.­106-107
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­136
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­201
  • 6.­43-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 7.­32
  • 8.­5-6
  • 10.­18
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­22
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­6
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­40
  • 19.­44-45
  • 19.­47-48
  • 19.­54
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­25
  • 22.­30
  • 28.­49
  • 30.­3-7
  • 30.­35
  • 31.­23
g.­1271

purity

Wylie:
  • rnam par dag pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­śuddhi

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­35
  • i.­61
  • 4.­52
  • 9.­45
  • 12.­22
  • 18.­13-43
  • 18.­45-47
  • 18.­49-61
  • 18.­78
  • 19.­43-45
  • 22.­41
  • n.­173
  • n.­315
  • n.­318
  • g.­140
  • g.­166
g.­1272

Pūrṇa­maitrāyaṇī­putra

Wylie:
  • byams ma’i bu gang po
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་མའི་བུ་གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇa­maitrāyaṇī­putra

Name of an elder and senior disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also called Pūrṇa.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­55
  • 10.­31-37
  • 10.­39
  • 16.­9
  • 33.­71
  • n.­177
  • n.­181
g.­1275

Pūrva­videha

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrva­videha

The eastern continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “sublime in physique”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­1276

put an end to cultivation

Wylie:
  • bsgom pa rnam par gzhig pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྒོམ་པ་རྣམ་པར་གཞིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā­vibhāvana

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­44
  • 9.­30
g.­1278

Rāja­gṛha

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāja­gṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • 1.­2
  • g.­1702
g.­1282

real nature

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tatha­tā

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • i.­73
  • i.­81
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 5.­23-38
  • 6.­4
  • 9.­35
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­22
  • 14.­2-13
  • 19.­33
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­2-8
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­32-48
  • 25.­10
  • 25.­27-31
  • 25.­46
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­56-59
  • 27.­11
  • 29.­72-73
  • 29.­87
  • 30.­2-7
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­29
  • 33.­26
  • n.­371
  • g.­1611
g.­1283

real nature of phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­tatha­tā

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­24
  • 31.­2
  • 32.­38
g.­1285

reality

Wylie:
  • chos nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­tā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The real nature, true quality, or condition of things. Throughout Buddhist discourse this term is used in two distinct ways. In one, it designates the relative nature that is either the essential characteristic of a specific phenomenon, such as the heat of fire and the moisture of water, or the defining feature of a specific term or category. The other very important and widespread way it is used is to designate the ultimate nature of all phenomena, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms and is often synonymous with emptiness or the absence of intrinsic existence.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­90
  • i.­92
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­4
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­33
  • 11.­37
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­66
  • 20.­42
  • 20.­49
  • 23.­10
  • 25.­9-10
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­31
  • 28.­33
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­75
  • 29.­85
  • 31.­2
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­42
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­26
  • n.­350
  • g.­249
  • g.­809
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1522
  • g.­1611
g.­1287

rebirth, rebirth process

Wylie:
  • srid pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhava

Tenth of the twelve links of dependent origination; third of the four torrents. Also translated here as “phenomenal existence.”

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­18-19
  • 2.­1
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­48
  • 9.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­11
  • 12.­5-6
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­19-20
  • 16.­6
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­27
  • 16.­29
  • 18.­18
  • 18.­38-41
  • 19.­51
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 25.­34
  • 26.­4
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­18
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­46
  • 32.­20
  • 32.­43
  • n.­4
  • n.­292
  • g.­104
  • g.­156
  • g.­334
  • g.­362
  • g.­597
  • g.­633
  • g.­656
  • g.­736
  • g.­835
  • g.­836
  • g.­875
  • g.­893
  • g.­1207
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1415
g.­1301

refuge

Wylie:
  • skyabs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaraṇa

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • i.­82
  • 20.­67
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­12
  • 25.­47
  • 28.­50
g.­1303

regards blue external forms

Wylie:
  • phyi rol gyi gzugs sngon po la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་སྔོན་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahīr­dha rūpāṇi nīlāni paśyati

Third of the eight sense fields of mastery.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1304

regards greater external forms

Wylie:
  • gzugs chen por gyur pa la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཆེན་པོར་གྱུར་པ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahad­gatāni paśyati

Second of the eight sense fields of mastery.

See also n.­44.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1305

regards lesser external forms

Wylie:
  • gzugs chung ngu la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཆུང་ངུ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttāni paśyati

First of the eight sense fields of mastery.

See also n.­44.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1306

regards red external forms

Wylie:
  • phyi rol gyi gzugs dmar po la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་དམར་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahīr­dha rūpāṇi lohitāni paśyati

Fifth of the eight sense fields of mastery.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1307

regards white external forms

Wylie:
  • phyi rol gyi gzugs dkar po la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་དཀར་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahīr­dha rūpāṇi ava­dātāni paśyati

Sixth of the eight sense fields of mastery.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1308

regards yellow external forms

Wylie:
  • phyi rol gyi gzugs ser po la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་སེར་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahīr­dha rūpāṇi pītāni paśyati

Fourth of the eight sense fields of mastery.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1309

rejoice

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rab tu dga’ bar byed
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­praharṣayati

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • i.­76-77
  • 9.­46
  • 15.­2
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­59
  • 18.­69
  • 24.­1-16
  • 24.­60-61
  • 25.­6
  • 26.­4
  • 26.­6-7
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­42
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­31-32
  • 31.­45
  • 33.­8
  • 33.­70
g.­1310

rejoicing

Wylie:
  • rjes su yi rang ba
Tibetan:
  • རྗེས་སུ་ཡི་རང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­modana

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • 9.­45
  • 18.­69
  • 21.­12
  • 26.­5
  • 26.­62
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31
g.­1311

relative truth

Wylie:
  • kun rdzob kyi bden pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཀྱི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­vṛti­satya

This denotes the empirical aspect of reality as conventionally experienced through our perceptions, which, in contrast to ultimate reality or emptiness, is considered true only within the relative framework of our own experiences.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­92
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­85
  • 29.­75-77
  • g.­1603
g.­1313

relentlessness

Wylie:
  • brtson pa mi dor ba
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་པ་མི་དོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­ni­kṣipta­dhura­tā

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­23
g.­1316

remembered

Wylie:
  • dran pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mata

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­48
  • g.­1726
g.­1319

renunciation

Wylie:
  • gtong ba
  • yongs su gtong ba
Tibetan:
  • གཏོང་བ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tyāga
  • pari­tyāga

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­8
  • 29.­4
  • g.­617
  • g.­875
g.­1323

repulsive phenomena

Wylie:
  • mi sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śubha

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 29.­1
g.­1324

resolve

Wylie:
  • ’dun pa skyed pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུན་པ་སྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • chandaṃ janayati

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­83-84
  • 1.­21
  • 8.­23-26
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­37
  • 28.­40
  • 29.­9
  • n.­4
  • g.­1726
g.­1325

resources

Wylie:
  • yo byad
Tibetan:
  • ཡོ་བྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­karaṇa

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­3-5
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­45
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­39
  • 31.­31
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­26
  • 33.­62
g.­1326

resting place

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • layana

Also translated here as “sanctuary,” and “abode.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • g.­14
  • g.­1348
g.­1328

retinue

Wylie:
  • g.yog ’khor
Tibetan:
  • གཡོག་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­vāra

Also translated here as “assembly.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • g.­118
  • g.­1670
g.­1329

Reverend Lord

Wylie:
  • btsun pa bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཙུན་པ་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadanta­bhagavat

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.

See “Lord” or “Blessed One,” and also n.­19.

Located in 669 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8-9
  • 1.­11-12
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­75
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­105-106
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­55-57
  • 5.­1-36
  • 5.­38
  • 5.­40-138
  • 5.­144-203
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­24-32
  • 6.­34-38
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­30-33
  • 7.­35-45
  • 8.­1-4
  • 8.­9-12
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­4
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­13
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­19
  • 10.­24-26
  • 10.­30
  • 11.­2-5
  • 11.­12-22
  • 11.­24-28
  • 11.­34-35
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­3-4
  • 12.­18-25
  • 12.­27-32
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­24
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­10
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­23-28
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­8-16
  • 17.­18
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­34-39
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­56
  • 18.­1
  • 18.­3-4
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­26
  • 18.­28
  • 18.­30
  • 18.­32
  • 18.­34
  • 18.­36
  • 18.­38-43
  • 18.­45-66
  • 18.­70
  • 18.­73-77
  • 19.­1-2
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20-21
  • 19.­23-26
  • 19.­28
  • 19.­38
  • 19.­43-49
  • 19.­62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1-44
  • 20.­48
  • 20.­50-51
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­66
  • 20.­71
  • 20.­74
  • 20.­76
  • 21.­1
  • 21.­4-7
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­11
  • 21.­13-14
  • 21.­29
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­41-45
  • 22.­54
  • 22.­56
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­17-18
  • 23.­27-31
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­50-52
  • 23.­56-59
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­49
  • 24.­51
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­56
  • 24.­58
  • 24.­60
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­10
  • 25.­23-30
  • 25.­36
  • 25.­44-45
  • 25.­48
  • 26.­3-4
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­10-13
  • 26.­17
  • 26.­19-28
  • 26.­41-42
  • 26.­51-52
  • 26.­57
  • 26.­59
  • 27.­1-6
  • 27.­12-27
  • 27.­30-33
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­13-14
  • 28.­24-26
  • 28.­29
  • 28.­33-35
  • 28.­43
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­5-6
  • 29.­62-64
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­73-74
  • 29.­76
  • 29.­78-82
  • 29.­85
  • 29.­88-91
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­12
  • 30.­14-16
  • 30.­22
  • 30.­30
  • 30.­37
  • 30.­43
  • 31.­1-3
  • 31.­12
  • 31.­22
  • 31.­36
  • 31.­40-41
  • 31.­48
  • 31.­67-68
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­14
  • 32.­17-21
  • 32.­42-44
  • 32.­46-51
  • 32.­53
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­9-12
  • 33.­14
  • 33.­16-17
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­37-38
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­43-44
  • 33.­53
  • 33.­55
  • 33.­58
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­19
g.­1335

round

Wylie:
  • zlum po
Tibetan:
  • ཟླུམ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛtta

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­42
  • 21.­33
  • g.­1493
g.­1338

sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. In the context‌ of the present work, it may mean “sacred doctrine” (also rendered “Dharma” in this translation), the “attributes” which buddhas and bodhisattvas acquire, “phenomena” or “things” in general, and, more specifically, “mental phenomena” which are the object of the mental faculty (manas, yid).

Located in 181 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­58
  • i.­65
  • i.­81
  • i.­91
  • i.­95-96
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­9
  • 2.­2-5
  • 4.­57
  • 6.­42
  • 7.­25-27
  • 7.­29
  • 8.­4
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­36-37
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­9-10
  • 11.­33
  • 13.­39
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­48
  • 14.­57
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­51-53
  • 16.­1-2
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­16
  • 16.­28-29
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­71
  • 19.­20
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­36
  • 19.­38-42
  • 19.­49
  • 19.­60-61
  • 19.­65-66
  • 20.­55-56
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­21
  • 21.­27
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­18-19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27-30
  • 24.­16-17
  • 24.­31
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­58-59
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­32-33
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­17-18
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­46-55
  • 26.­57-59
  • 26.­61
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­19
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­61-63
  • 29.­68-70
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­32-33
  • 30.­37
  • 31.­5-6
  • 31.­25-27
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­54-55
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­37-40
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­8-13
  • 33.­15
  • 33.­30
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­41
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­61-63
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­69-70
  • n.­306
  • n.­328
  • n.­434
  • g.­377
  • g.­642
  • g.­875
  • g.­1552
g.­1342

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • 1.­7
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­9
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­29
  • 17.­3-4
  • 17.­6
  • 17.­12
  • 17.­14
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­27-29
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­36
  • 26.­1-2
  • 26.­5-6
  • 26.­59-61
  • 33.­29
  • n.­307
  • n.­446
  • n.­457-459
  • g.­802
  • g.­856
g.­1343

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 19.­35
  • 23.­45
  • g.­77
  • g.­137
  • g.­163
  • g.­196
  • g.­199
  • g.­924
  • g.­925
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­962
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1480
  • g.­1494
  • g.­1509
  • g.­1522
  • g.­1523
  • g.­1676
g.­1345

sameness

Wylie:
  • mnyam nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sama­tā

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23-24
  • 1.­3
  • 10.­15
  • 12.­16-17
  • 14.­14-15
  • 14.­19
  • 14.­21-23
  • 20.­1
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 23.­28
  • 25.­25
  • n.­269
  • n.­319
g.­1346

sameness of all things

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­sama­tā

As well as its more general meaning, this is the name of the fifty-seventh meditative stability.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­63
  • i.­85
  • 12.­12
  • 18.­69
  • 20.­1
  • 27.­36
g.­1348

sanctuary

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • layana

Also translated here as “abode,” and “resting place.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­53-55
  • 19.­28-33
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­10
  • 26.­46
  • 28.­50
  • g.­14
  • g.­1326
g.­1351

Śāradvatī­putra

Wylie:
  • sha ra dwa ti’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ར་དྭ་ཏིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāradvatī­putra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was renowned for his discipline and for having been praised by the Buddha as foremost of the wise (often paired with Maudgalyā­yana, who was praised as foremost in the capacity for miraculous powers). His father, Tiṣya, to honor Śāriputra’s mother, Śārikā, named him Śāradvatīputra, or, in its contracted form, Śāriputra, meaning “Śārikā’s Son.”

Located in 575 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • 1.­8-13
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­1-2
  • 2.­73-75
  • 2.­85-94
  • 3.­1-4
  • 3.­7-86
  • 3.­88-103
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­50-55
  • 5.­1-15
  • 5.­17
  • 5.­19-31
  • 5.­33-113
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­117-139
  • 5.­144
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­1-24
  • 6.­26-47
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­53
  • 7.­1-7
  • 7.­9-23
  • 7.­25-30
  • 7.­32-46
  • 8.­1-13
  • 8.­17-22
  • 8.­26-27
  • 8.­31-37
  • 8.­39-41
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46-54
  • 9.­1-13
  • 9.­15-20
  • 9.­24-31
  • 9.­35-47
  • 11.­36-42
  • 12.­5-13
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­17
  • 12.­19-20
  • 12.­22-23
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­27-30
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­28-29
  • 14.­32-33
  • 14.­35-43
  • 14.­45-59
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­41-42
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13-15
  • 17.­1-4
  • 17.­6
  • 17.­8-11
  • 18.­1-2
  • 18.­26
  • 18.­28-43
  • 18.­45
  • 18.­47
  • 18.­49
  • 18.­67
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­49-56
  • 23.­62
  • 26.­29-35
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­71
  • n.­151
  • n.­166-168
  • n.­172
  • n.­280
  • n.­321
g.­1365

second promulgation of the doctrinal wheel

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo bskor ba gnyis pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་བསྐོར་བ་གཉིས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvitīya­dharma­cakra­pra­vartana

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 32.­59
g.­1370

seen

Wylie:
  • mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭa

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­57
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­79
  • 13.­48
  • 18.­2-3
  • 18.­76
  • 19.­60
  • 29.­68
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­8
  • g.­1648
g.­1371

self

Wylie:
  • bdag
Tibetan:
  • བདག
Sanskrit:
  • ātman

Also translated here as “I.”

Located in 86 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­52
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­46-47
  • 5.­70-71
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­147
  • 5.­159
  • 5.­171
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­195
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­41-43
  • 6.­45-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-26
  • 8.­5-6
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­51
  • 9.­26
  • 10.­26
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­2
  • 18.­51-59
  • 18.­62-63
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­38
  • 20.­23
  • 22.­29-30
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­39
  • 25.­17
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 31.­53
  • 32.­39
  • n.­146
  • n.­377
  • g.­749
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1119
g.­1372

selflessness

Wylie:
  • bdag med
Tibetan:
  • བདག་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ātmāsadbhūta­tva
  • nair­ātmya

Selflessness denotes the lack of inherent existence in self-identity and also, more subtly, in all physical and mental phenomena. Also translated here as “non-self” or “absence of self.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­20
  • 9.­24
  • 18.­52
  • 18.­54
  • 18.­56
  • 18.­59
  • g.­170
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1173
g.­1373

sensation

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

Seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “feelings.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­48
  • 18.­18
  • g.­573
g.­1375

sense field

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

The subjective and objective polarities of sense perception.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55-56
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­36
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­25
  • 6.­6
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­44
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­4
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­39
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­17
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­37-39
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­63
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­9
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­23-24
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­51
  • g.­1374
g.­1376

sense field of mastery

Wylie:
  • zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­bhvāyatana

See “eight sense fields of mastery.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­35
  • 8.­39
  • n.­46
g.­1377

sense field of mental phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmāyatana

Twefth of the twelve sense fields

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 6.­6
  • 8.­44
  • 13.­21
  • 30.­23
  • g.­1444
g.­1379

sense field of odors

Wylie:
  • dri’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • དྲིའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhāyatana

Ninth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 13.­21
  • g.­1444
g.­1380

sense field of sights

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpāyatana

Seventh of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 6.­6
  • 8.­44
  • 13.­21
  • 17.­16
  • 26.­31-32
  • g.­1444
g.­1381

sense field of sounds

Wylie:
  • sgra’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • śabdāyatana

Eighth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 13.­21
  • g.­1444
g.­1382

sense field of tangibles

Wylie:
  • reg bya’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • རེག་བྱའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • spraṣṭavyāyatana

Eleventh of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 13.­21
  • g.­1444
g.­1383

sense field of tastes

Wylie:
  • ro’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • རོའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rasāyatana

Tenth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 13.­21
  • g.­1444
g.­1384

sense field of the body

Wylie:
  • lus kyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kāyāyatana

Fifth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • g.­1443
g.­1385

sense field of the ears

Wylie:
  • rna ba’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • śrotrāyatana

Second of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • g.­1443
g.­1386

sense field of the eyes

Wylie:
  • mig gi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • cakṣur­āyatana

First of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 8.­44
  • 30.­23
  • g.­1443
g.­1387

sense field of the mental faculty

Wylie:
  • yid kyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • mana ā­yatana

Sixth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 8.­44
  • 26.­31
  • g.­1443
g.­1388

sense field of the nose

Wylie:
  • sna’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྣའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ghrāṇāyatana

Third of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • g.­1443
g.­1389

sense field of the tongue

Wylie:
  • lce’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ལྕེའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • jihvāyatana

Fourth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • g.­1443
g.­1390

sense of moral and ascetic supremacy

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims dang brtul zhugs mchog tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་དང་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་མཆོག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śīla­vrata­parā­marśa

Third of the three fetters; also fourth of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­1547
g.­1391

sense of moral supremacy

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims mchog ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་མཆོག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śīla­parā­marśa­granthā

Third of the four knots.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­626
g.­1394

sensory element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

See “eighteen sensory elements.”

Located in 75 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­13
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­42
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­27
  • 5.­34
  • 5.­114
  • 5.­116-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­1-3
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­42
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­6-8
  • 8.­44
  • 11.­14
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­4
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­39
  • 22.­15
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­19
  • 25.­17
  • 28.­37-38
  • 29.­63
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­23
  • 31.­51
g.­1395

sensory element of auditory consciousness

Wylie:
  • rna ba’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrotra­vijñāna­dhātu

Sixth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­59
  • 3.­76
  • 3.­93
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­7
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1396

sensory element of consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñāna­dhātu

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­1
g.­1397

sensory element of gustatory consciousness

Wylie:
  • lce’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • ལྕེའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • jihva­vijñāna­dhātu

Twelfth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­9
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1398

sensory element of mental consciousness

Wylie:
  • yid kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • mano­vijñāna­dhātu

Eighteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­42
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­11
  • 5.­27
  • 5.­34
  • 5.­114
  • 5.­116-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­2-3
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­8
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­23
  • 32.­25
  • g.­430
g.­1399

sensory element of mental phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu

Seventeenth of the eighteen sensory elements

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­97
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­42
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1400

sensory element of odors

Wylie:
  • dri’i khams
Tibetan:
  • དྲིའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • gandha­dhātu

Eighth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­8
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1401

sensory element of olfactory consciousness

Wylie:
  • sna’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • སྣའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ghrāṇa­vijñāna­dhātu

Ninth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­8
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1402

sensory element of sights

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­dhātu

Second of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 60 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­92
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­117-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­1
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­8
  • g.­430
g.­1403

sensory element of sounds

Wylie:
  • sgra’i khams
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śabda­dhātu

Fifth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­59
  • 3.­76
  • 3.­93
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­7
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1404

sensory element of tactile consciousness

Wylie:
  • lus kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāya­vijñāna­dhātu

Fifteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­96
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­10
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1405

sensory element of tangibles

Wylie:
  • reg bya’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རེག་བྱའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • spraṣṭavya­dhātu

Fourteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­96
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­10
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1406

sensory element of tastes

Wylie:
  • ro’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རོའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rasa­dhātu

Eleventh of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­9
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1407

sensory element of the body

Wylie:
  • lus kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāya­dhātu

Thirteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­96
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­10
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1408

sensory element of the ears

Wylie:
  • rna ba’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrotra­dhātu

Fourth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­59
  • 3.­76
  • 3.­93
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­7
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1409

sensory element of the eyes

Wylie:
  • mig gi khams
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • cakṣur­dhātu

First of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 73 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­42
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­26
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­112-113
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­117-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­23
  • 32.­25
  • g.­430
g.­1410

sensory element of the mental faculty

Wylie:
  • yid kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • mano­dhātu

Sixteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­97
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­11
  • 5.­19
  • 6.­2
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1411

sensory element of the nose

Wylie:
  • sna’i khams
Tibetan:
  • སྣའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ghrāṇdhātu

Seventh of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­8
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1412

sensory element of the tongue

Wylie:
  • lce’i khams
Tibetan:
  • ལྕེའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • jihv­dhātu

Tenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­9
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1413

sensory element of visual consciousness

Wylie:
  • mig gi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • cakṣur­vijñāna­dhātu

Third of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­92
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­117-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­2
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­8
  • g.­430
g.­1414

sentient being

Wylie:
  • sems can
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • sattva

Located in 396 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­35
  • i.­40
  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • i.­51
  • i.­54
  • i.­58-59
  • i.­61
  • i.­69
  • i.­76-77
  • i.­79
  • i.­81-82
  • i.­84
  • i.­88
  • i.­90-92
  • i.­94-99
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­40
  • 2.­7
  • 3.­4
  • 4.­52
  • 5.­38-39
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­42
  • 6.­53
  • 7.­25-27
  • 7.­29
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­1-6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­15-17
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­46
  • 10.­3-21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25-26
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44-45
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10-11
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­11
  • 13.­40
  • 13.­64-66
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­46-47
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­35
  • 15.­37
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­12
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­28
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­26-34
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­55
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­16
  • 18.­67-68
  • 18.­71-72
  • 19.­23-25
  • 19.­50
  • 19.­55
  • 20.­18
  • 20.­41
  • 20.­57-64
  • 20.­67
  • 20.­69-70
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­23-24
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­6-13
  • 22.­18-19
  • 22.­21-24
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­18-47
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­58-61
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­11-12
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­31-33
  • 25.­37-39
  • 25.­44-45
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­6-8
  • 26.­32
  • 26.­37-39
  • 26.­44-46
  • 26.­57-59
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­3-5
  • 27.­7-10
  • 27.­12-25
  • 27.­31-32
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­11-12
  • 28.­16-18
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­39-42
  • 28.­45-46
  • 28.­48-50
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­22-23
  • 29.­37-39
  • 29.­62-65
  • 29.­67-70
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­78
  • 29.­83-85
  • 29.­87
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26-28
  • 30.­30-34
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-41
  • 31.­9-10
  • 31.­14
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­42-43
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­53-55
  • 31.­57-58
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­28-35
  • 32.­37-41
  • 32.­46
  • 32.­51-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 32.­57
  • 32.­59
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­10
  • 33.­17-18
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­44-47
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­53-58
  • 33.­60-63
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­70
  • n.­4
  • n.­292
  • g.­170
  • g.­197
  • g.­267
  • g.­342
  • g.­656
  • g.­675
  • g.­695
  • g.­929
  • g.­990
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1596
g.­1417

serial clear realization

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis pa’i mngon rtogs
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་པའི་མངོན་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ānu­pūrvābhi­samaya

Sixth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­29
  • i.­86
  • n.­404
g.­1418

serial training

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis sbyor ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­pūrva­prayoga

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­86
g.­1420

setting of the mind on enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems bskyed pa
  • sems bskyed pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།
  • སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­cittotpāda
  • cittotpāda

The setting of the mind on enlightenment for the sake of all sentient beings, which marks the onset of the bodhisattva path and culminates in the actual attainment of buddhahood, distinguishes the compassionate bodhisattva path from that of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas who are both preoccupied with their own emancipation from cyclic existence. See Dayal (1932): 50–79, Williams (1989): 197–204, and Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 218–234.

(See also n.­4).

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • 7.­32
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­36
  • 10.­9
  • 13.­33
  • 13.­53
  • 15.­54
  • 17.­4
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­71
  • 23.­55-56
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­18
  • 26.­5-7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­50
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­19
  • 27.­29-30
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­34
  • 30.­21
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­20
  • 32.­43
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­57
  • n.­4
g.­1421

seven branches of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • sapta­bodhyaṅga

The seven branches of enlightenment, as found in 1.­25, comprise the branches of enlightenment that entail: (1) correct recollection, (2) correct doctrinal analysis, (3) correct perseverance, (4) correct delight, (5) correct mental and physical refinement, (6) correct meditative stability, and (7) correct equanimity.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­25
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­21
  • 8.­34
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 18.­55
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­13
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­191
  • g.­298
  • g.­299
  • g.­301
  • g.­305
  • g.­307
  • g.­308
  • g.­309
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­1425

sexual misconduct

Wylie:
  • ’dod pas log par g.yem pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པས་ལོག་པར་གཡེམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāma­mithyācāra

Third of the ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 27.­7
  • 32.­21
  • g.­598
  • g.­887
  • g.­888
  • g.­1109
g.­1433

sign

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta

Also translated here as “mental image.”

Located in 83 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­33
  • i.­43
  • i.­52
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­50-51
  • 5.­74-75
  • 5.­98-99
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­149
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­197
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­21
  • 11.­32
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­38-39
  • 22.­30
  • 22.­42
  • 25.­18
  • 27.­21
  • 29.­85
  • 29.­93
  • 31.­2-4
  • 31.­6-10
  • 31.­13-19
  • 31.­21
  • 31.­23-26
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­41-44
  • 31.­46
  • 31.­48-50
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63-65
  • 31.­69
  • 33.­33
  • n.­334
  • g.­982
g.­1434

signless

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­nimitta

Also translated here as “without mental images.”

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­58
  • i.­61
  • 1.­28
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­50-51
  • 5.­74-75
  • 5.­98-99
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­149
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­197
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 8.­43
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­10-11
  • 18.­2
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­39
  • 20.­34
  • 22.­30
  • 28.­1
  • 29.­85
  • 29.­87-88
  • 32.­36
  • 33.­33
  • n.­342
g.­1435

signlessness

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­nimitta

Second of the three gateways to liberation.

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • i.­65
  • i.­74
  • i.­78
  • i.­92
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­28
  • 6.­26
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­24
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­7
  • 12.­42
  • 13.­2
  • 16.­10-11
  • 16.­19
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­54
  • 22.­24
  • 22.­55-56
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-55
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4-5
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­11
  • 25.­13-14
  • 25.­17-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 26.­46
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­89-93
  • 30.­18
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­36
  • 33.­33
  • g.­663
g.­1440

Situ Paṇchen

Wylie:
  • si tu paN chen
Tibetan:
  • སི་ཏུ་པཎ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Tibetan polymath, founder of Palpung (dpal spungs) Monastery (1700–1774).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­15
  • n.­16
g.­1442

six extrasensory powers

Wylie:
  • mngon shes drug
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་ཤེས་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍ­abhi­jñā

As mentioned in 2.­13, they comprise (1) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities, (2) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance, (3) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience, (4) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds, (5) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of recollection of past lives, and (6) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the cessation of contaminants.

(See also n.­62).

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 3.­46
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­37
  • 29.­63
  • n.­22
  • n.­28
  • n.­61
  • g.­542
  • g.­543
  • g.­544
  • g.­545
  • g.­546
  • g.­547
g.­1443

six inner sense fields

Wylie:
  • nang gi skye mched drug
Tibetan:
  • ནང་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍ­ādhyātmikāyatana

The six inner sense fields, as listed in 1.­14, comprise (1) the sense field of the eyes, (2) the sense field of the ears, (3) the sense field of the nose, (4) the sense field of the tongue, (5) the sense field of the body, and (6) the sense field of the mental faculty. These are part of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­60
  • 3.­11
  • 22.­45
  • g.­1597
g.­1444

six outer sense fields

Wylie:
  • phyi’i skye mched drug
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍ­bāhyāyatana

The six outer sense fields, as listed in 1.­15, comprise (1) the sense field of sights, (2) the sense field of sounds, (3) the sense field of odors, (4) the sense field of tastes, (5) the sense field of tangibles, and (6) the sense field of mental phenomena. These are part of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 1.­60
  • 3.­12
  • 22.­45
  • g.­1597
g.­1445

six recollections

Wylie:
  • rjes su dran pa drug
Tibetan:
  • རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍ­anusmṛti

See i.­26.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­86
  • n.­404
g.­1447

six transcendent perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa drug
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaṭ­pāramitā

The practice of the six transcendent perfections, comprising generosity, ethical discipline, tolerance, perseverance, meditative concentration, and wisdom or discriminative awareness, is the foundation of the entire bodhisattva’s way of life. These six are known as “transcendent perfections” when they are motivated by an altruistic intention to attain full enlightenment for the sake of all beings, when they are undertaken within a sixfold combination of all the perfections, and when they are performed with an awareness of the emptiness of the agent, the object, and their interaction. See 2.­12.

(See also n.­61).

Located in 112 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • i.­67
  • i.­70
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­86
  • i.­90
  • i.­92
  • i.­98
  • 1.­11-12
  • 2.­12
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­50-51
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­85
  • 3.­102-103
  • 3.­105
  • 7.­15
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­42
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­40
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­39
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­14
  • 15.­10
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­60
  • 21.­34
  • 21.­36
  • 22.­8
  • 24.­24-46
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­22-23
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­29
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­20
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­38-39
  • 29.­62-63
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­7-8
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­64
  • n.­61
  • n.­404
  • n.­438
  • g.­667
  • g.­973
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1558
  • g.­1579
  • g.­1580
  • g.­1581
  • g.­1582
  • g.­1583
  • g.­1584
  • g.­1585
  • g.­1726
g.­1450

skill in means

Wylie:
  • thabs la mkhas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས་ལ་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya­kauśalya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The concept of skillful or expedient means is central to the understanding of the Buddha’s enlightened deeds and the many scriptures that are revealed contingent on the needs, interests, and mental dispositions of specific types of individuals. It is, therefore, equated with compassion and the form body of the buddhas, the rūpakāya.

According to the Great Vehicle, training in skillful means collectively denotes the first five of the six perfections when integrated with wisdom, the sixth perfection. It is therefore paired with wisdom (prajñā), forming the two indispensable aspects of the path. It is also the seventh of the ten perfections. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­91
  • i.­94
  • i.­97
  • 6.­40
  • 7.­25-26
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­6-7
  • 8.­13
  • 11.­27
  • 12.­6-7
  • 18.­66-67
  • 21.­27-28
  • 21.­30-32
  • 21.­34-36
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-58
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­11
  • 25.­15-18
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­34-35
  • 25.­54
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­6
  • 30.­28-29
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­59
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­46
  • 32.­55
g.­1451

skillful means

Wylie:
  • thabs
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya

The concept of skillful means is central to the understanding of the Buddha’s enlightened deeds and the many scriptures which are revealed contingent to the needs, interests, and mental dispositions of specific types of individuals. According to the Great Vehicle, training in skillful means collectively denotes the first five of the six transcendent perfections when integrated with wisdom, the sixth transcendent perfection, to form a union of discriminative awareness and means.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23-24
  • 2.­75
  • 6.­41
  • 9.­23-25
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­8
  • 17.­4
  • 21.­26
  • 31.­49
  • 32.­55
  • g.­588
g.­1453

śloka

Wylie:
  • shlo ka
Tibetan:
  • ཤློ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • śloka

The term usually refers to a unit of metrical verse, most commonly in Sanskrit literature a couplet of two sixteen-syllable lines (pāda) each of which can be subdivided into two half-lines of eight syllables. In the Tibetan translations a śloka is usually rendered as a four-line verse. However, the term is also used (especially in catalogues of canonical works) as a unit measuring the length of texts written in prose or in a mixture of prose and verse, in which case it simply measures thirty-two syllables. The titles of the principal Prajñā­pāramitā sūtras, most of which are written in prose, identify them by including mention of their length in ślokas, usually translated in English as “in nnn lines.” The original titles, even in their long form, include only the number itself, and that this refers to the length in ślokas is by convention inferred.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­11
g.­1455

son of enlightened heritage

Wylie:
  • rigs kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kula­putra

A term of endearment, used by a teacher when addressing a male follower of the bodhisattva path.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 25.­45-46
  • 33.­61
g.­1456

sophistry

Wylie:
  • rtog ge
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • tarka

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­9
  • 21.­9
  • 23.­1
g.­1457

sound

Wylie:
  • sgra
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • śabda
  • ghoṣa

Located in 75 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­59
  • 2.­91
  • 3.­57
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­106
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­45
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­91
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­95
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­109
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­168-179
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­33
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­32
  • 10.­43
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­31
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­58
  • 15.­47
  • 16.­2
  • 19.­15
  • 20.­9
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­47
  • 23.­4
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­18
  • 26.­7
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­24
  • 32.­28
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­57
  • g.­1659
g.­1458

space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana
  • ākāśa

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • i.­64
  • i.­75
  • i.­84
  • i.­96
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55-56
  • 2.­90
  • 9.­14
  • 10.­41
  • 13.­13-14
  • 13.­41-65
  • 13.­67
  • 19.­20-23
  • 19.­25
  • 19.­27
  • 19.­30
  • 19.­44-47
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­3
  • 20.­48
  • 20.­77
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­62
  • 24.­46
  • 26.­21
  • 26.­38
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­48
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­52
  • n.­335
  • n.­340
g.­1465

spiritual mentor

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • kalyāṇa­mitra

A spiritual teacher who can contribute to an individual’s progress on the spiritual path to enlightenment and act wholeheartedly for the welfare of students.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­38
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1-9
  • 7.­25-26
  • 16.­9
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­41
  • 31.­55
g.­1466

spiritual teacher

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A spiritual teacher, in particular one with whom one has a personal teacher–student relationship.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • g.­598
  • g.­1465
g.­1469

śrāvaka

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

The pious attendants heeding the words spoken by Lord Buddha, contrasted in terms of their realization with both pratyekabuddhas and bodhisattvas (See also n.­4).

Located in 185 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­22-23
  • 1.­69
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9-10
  • 4.­58
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­53
  • 7.­1-6
  • 7.­8-9
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­19-21
  • 7.­31-32
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-7
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­4-5
  • 9.­7-8
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­16-18
  • 9.­21-22
  • 9.­24
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­29
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­10
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­56
  • 14.­22
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­37
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­45
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­72
  • 20.­20
  • 20.­41
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­23-28
  • 21.­30
  • 21.­34-36
  • 23.­31-32
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-54
  • 24.­44
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­60
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­15
  • 25.­22
  • 25.­35
  • 25.­37-40
  • 25.­48-50
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­21-23
  • 26.­26
  • 26.­36-37
  • 26.­54
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­10-11
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­18-19
  • 27.­22-24
  • 27.­30
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­14-16
  • 28.­23-24
  • 28.­44-45
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­21
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­88-89
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­32-33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­41-42
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­58-59
  • 31.­63-64
  • 31.­68
  • 32.­30-32
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­42
  • 32.­46
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­31-32
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­63-64
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­22
  • n.­60
  • n.­62
  • n.­157
  • n.­268
  • g.­104
  • g.­431
  • g.­433
  • g.­644
  • g.­645
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1420
g.­1474

state of mind

Wylie:
  • sems gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citta­sthiti

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 1.­27-29
  • 25.­7
  • g.­973
g.­1477

strive

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus rtsom
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་རྩོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīryam­ārabhate

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­71
  • i.­94
  • 1.­21
  • 8.­23-26
  • 19.­23
  • 22.­6
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 29.­9
  • 30.­30
  • 30.­36
g.­1479

study

Wylie:
  • thos pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śruti

Twelfth of the eighteen fields of knowledge

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­55
  • 30.­1
  • g.­428
g.­1480

stūpa

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • stūpa

A sacred object representative of buddha mind and the buddha body of reality, originally constructed to hold the mortal remains of Śākyamuni Buddha. The symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies considerably throughout the Buddhist world.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­61
  • 32.­28-31
  • g.­1166
g.­1481

stupidity

Wylie:
  • shes rab ’chal ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་འཆལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dauṣ­prajnā

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­42
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 20.­39
  • 25.­42
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
g.­1483

Śubha­kṛtsna

Wylie:
  • dge rgyas
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • śubha­kṛtsna

Ninth god realm of form, meaning “most extensive virtue.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­21
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • 26.­43
  • 30.­19
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­1484

Su­bhūti

Wylie:
  • rab ’byor
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • su­bhūti

Name of an elder.

Located in 778 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • i.­55
  • 4.­55
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­3-32
  • 10.­40-46
  • 11.­1-5
  • 11.­8-14
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39-42
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­10-13
  • 12.­15-16
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­32-42
  • 13.­1-3
  • 13.­6-7
  • 13.­10
  • 13.­12-15
  • 13.­17-66
  • 14.­1-17
  • 14.­19-26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­41-42
  • 14.­44-46
  • 14.­49-58
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­9-11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­41-49
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­1-2
  • 16.­8-9
  • 16.­12-16
  • 17.­15-19
  • 18.­3-18
  • 18.­21
  • 18.­23-25
  • 18.­51-57
  • 18.­60
  • 18.­64-68
  • 18.­70-77
  • 19.­1-2
  • 19.­11
  • 19.­13-14
  • 19.­19-21
  • 19.­27
  • 19.­29
  • 19.­31-34
  • 19.­36-38
  • 19.­43-50
  • 19.­52-59
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­55-77
  • 21.­1-8
  • 21.­13-17
  • 21.­19-38
  • 22.­1-3
  • 22.­6-13
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­18-44
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­54
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­31-33
  • 23.­35-37
  • 23.­44-46
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­1-3
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­10-11
  • 24.­14-47
  • 24.­49-61
  • 25.­1-12
  • 25.­14-19
  • 25.­21-25
  • 25.­27-33
  • 25.­35-50
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­14-16
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­29
  • 26.­31-32
  • 26.­34-35
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­43-45
  • 26.­47-48
  • 26.­50-56
  • 26.­58
  • 26.­60-61
  • 27.­1-27
  • 27.­29-33
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­1-6
  • 28.­8-11
  • 28.­13-17
  • 28.­20-22
  • 28.­24-30
  • 28.­33-36
  • 28.­42-45
  • 28.­48-49
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­4-7
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­37-40
  • 29.­60-62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­68-75
  • 29.­77-78
  • 29.­80-87
  • 29.­89-93
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-15
  • 30.­24-26
  • 30.­28-32
  • 30.­34
  • 30.­37-38
  • 30.­42
  • 30.­44-45
  • 30.­48
  • 31.­1-2
  • 31.­4-11
  • 31.­13-31
  • 31.­33-38
  • 31.­40-52
  • 31.­55-67
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­1-7
  • 32.­13-20
  • 32.­22-34
  • 32.­38-39
  • 32.­41-55
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­71
  • n.­151
  • n.­167-169
  • n.­172
  • n.­321
  • n.­394
  • n.­443
  • n.­465
  • g.­469
g.­1487

sublime

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

‍—

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 4.­55
  • 9.­13
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 12.­26
  • 16.­8-9
  • 16.­12
  • 22.­22
  • 26.­43
  • 28.­5-6
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­2-4
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­77
  • 32.­48-49
  • 32.­51-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 33.­63
  • n.­368
  • g.­1275
g.­1490

subtle quiescence

Wylie:
  • zhi ba zhib mo
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ་ཞིབ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūkṣma­śānti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 23.­1
g.­1491

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • shin tu mthong
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

Fourth of the pure abodes, meaning “extreme insight.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­1492

Su­dṛśa

Wylie:
  • gya nom snang ba
Tibetan:
  • གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­dṛśa

Third of the pure abodes, meaning “attractive.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­1493

suffering

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkha

The term “suffering” includes all essentially unsatisfactory experiences of life in cyclic existence, whether physical or mental. These comprise (1) the suffering of suffering, i.e., the physical sensations and mental experiences which are self-evident as suffering and toward which spontaneous feelings of aversion arise; (2) the suffering of change, i.e., all experiences which are normally recognised as pleasant and desirable, but which are nonetheless suffering in that persistent indulgence in these always results in changing attitudes of dissatisfaction and boredom; and (3) the suffering of the pervasive conditioning underlying the round of birth, aging, and death.

Located in 88 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­33
  • i.­53
  • i.­56
  • i.­77
  • i.­83
  • i.­93
  • i.­95
  • i.­99
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­42-45
  • 2.­5
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­51
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­38
  • 5.­44-45
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­92-93
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­129
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­146
  • 7.­22
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 10.­45
  • 11.­9
  • 12.­5-6
  • 12.­21
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­35
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­32
  • 18.­18-19
  • 21.­33
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­12
  • 22.­22
  • 23.­52
  • 24.­11
  • 26.­3
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­21
  • 30.­10
  • 30.­46
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­52
  • 33.­4-5
  • 33.­9-13
  • 33.­23
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­61
  • n.­306
  • g.­170
  • g.­334
  • g.­361
  • g.­581
  • g.­716
  • g.­1559
  • g.­1596
g.­1496

support

Wylie:
  • rten
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­ni­śraya

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 14.­58-61
  • 17.­41
  • 21.­31
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­23-24
  • 29.­6
  • n.­370
  • g.­254
g.­1497

support for miraculous ability

Wylie:
  • rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛddhi­pādāḥ

See “four supports for miraculous ability.”

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­18
  • 7.­7
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­27
  • 16.­4
  • 18.­55
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­5
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­66
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­31
g.­1498

support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of mind with the formative force of exertion

Wylie:
  • sems kyi ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citta­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanv­ā­gata­ṛddhi­pāda

Third of the four supports for miraculous abilities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 8.­29
  • g.­632
g.­1499

support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of perseverance with the formative force of exertion

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvāgata­ṛddhi­pāda

Second of the four supports for miraculous abilities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 8.­30
  • g.­632
g.­1500

support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of resolution with the formative force of exertion

Wylie:
  • ’dun pa’i ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུན་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • chanda­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvā­gata­ṛddhi­pāda

First of the four supports for miraculous abilities.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 8.­28
  • 29.­10
  • g.­632
g.­1501

support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of scrutiny with the formative force of exertion

Wylie:
  • dpyod pa’i ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔྱོད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mīmāṃsā­vīrya­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvāgata­ṛddhi­pāda

Fourth of the four supports for miraculous abilities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 8.­31
  • g.­632
g.­1502

supramundane

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokottara

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • 2.­73
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42-43
  • 9.­45-47
  • 10.­33
  • 11.­4
  • 19.­54
  • 20.­47
  • 24.­23
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­6-7
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 31.­47
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­33
  • n.­141
g.­1504

supremacy

Wylie:
  • chos mchog
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • agra­dharma

Fourth of the four aspects of the path of preparation.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­25
  • i.­80
  • i.­95
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­7
  • 31.­5
g.­1509

sūtra

Wylie:
  • mdo
Tibetan:
  • མདོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtra

The sūtras or “discourses” are the teachings included in the three turnings of the doctrinal wheel, which Śākyamuni Buddha promulgated to his disciples as a fully ordained monk, consequent to his attainment of buddhahood.

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1-5
  • i.­8-19
  • i.­29
  • i.­55
  • i.­62
  • i.­66
  • i.­80
  • i.­86
  • i.­89
  • i.­99-100
  • 21.­10
  • 31.­64
  • 31.­67-68
  • 33.­17-18
  • 33.­73
  • n.­1
  • n.­5-6
  • n.­17
  • n.­34
  • n.­49
  • n.­60-61
  • n.­67
  • n.­199
  • n.­205
  • n.­300
  • n.­321
  • n.­330
  • n.­387-388
  • n.­404
  • n.­412
  • n.­428
  • n.­434
  • n.­436
  • n.­449
  • n.­457
  • g.­493
  • g.­615
  • g.­1453
  • g.­1540
  • g.­1541
  • g.­1697
g.­1512

syllable

Wylie:
  • yig ’bru
Tibetan:
  • ཡིག་འབྲུ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­kṣara

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­11
  • 11.­20
  • 15.­45
  • 15.­53
  • 29.­61
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­70
  • n.­419
  • g.­1453
g.­1520

taken as the standard

Wylie:
  • tshad mar byed
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pramāṇī­karoti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 29.­75
g.­1522

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 220 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­8-9
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­7-8
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­32
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­22-23
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 8.­48
  • 11.­10-11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­35
  • 12.­39
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­36-40
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­25
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­48
  • 15.­1
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­20
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­40-42
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­16-18
  • 16.­28
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­34
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­44
  • 17.­60-62
  • 18.­1-2
  • 18.­70-72
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­32
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­59
  • 20.­42
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­49-65
  • 20.­67-71
  • 20.­77-78
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­32-43
  • 23.­45
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­54
  • 24.­31
  • 25.­31-32
  • 25.­45
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­24-27
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­47
  • 26.­52
  • 26.­55
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­21-23
  • 29.­34
  • 29.­37
  • 29.­40
  • 29.­60-61
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­79
  • 29.­84
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­15
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­37
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­62-68
  • 32.­18-19
  • 32.­28-32
  • 32.­38
  • 32.­46
  • 32.­48-50
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­12-13
  • 33.­17-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27-32
  • 33.­39-40
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­49
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­63
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67-70
  • c.­1
  • n.­55-56
  • n.­409
  • g.­617
  • g.­1214
g.­1523

Teacher

Wylie:
  • ston pa
Tibetan:
  • སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāstṛ

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­40
  • 15.­42
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­2
  • 18.­2
  • 27.­29
  • 31.­65
  • 33.­7
  • n.­4
  • g.­163
  • g.­336
  • g.­924
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1455
g.­1524

teaching

Wylie:
  • bstan pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­deśa

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­20
  • i.­41-42
  • i.­57
  • i.­73
  • 1.­4
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­13-14
  • 7.­22-23
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­48
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­24
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­43
  • 15.­46
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­13
  • 17.­60
  • 19.­36
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­12
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­31
  • 24.­1
  • 26.­19-20
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­46-55
  • 26.­61
  • 28.­37
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­38
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­37
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­17
  • 33.­30
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­61
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­69
  • 33.­71
  • n.­4
  • n.­21
  • n.­445
  • g.­342
  • g.­524
  • g.­625
  • g.­695
  • g.­1161
  • g.­1349
  • g.­1509
  • g.­1591
  • g.­1637
g.­1528

ten powers of the tathāgatas

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­tathā­gata­bala

The ten powers of the tathāgatas, as presented in 2.­1, are: (1) definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible; (2) definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible; (3) definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions; (4) definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions; (5) definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have; (6) definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not; (7) definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere; (8) definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorptions; (9) definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings; and (10) definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased.

Located in 146 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­2-3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­38
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­67
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­101
  • 4.­51
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­8
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­52
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­24-25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­17
  • 13.­27
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­24
  • 15.­29
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­7
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­3-4
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­62
  • n.­55
  • g.­347
  • g.­348
  • g.­349
  • g.­350
  • g.­351
  • g.­352
  • g.­353
  • g.­354
  • g.­355
  • g.­356
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­1531

ten virtuous actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­kusala

The ten virtuous actions are divided into three modes of excellent physical conduct, four modes of excellent verbal conduct, and three modes of excellent mental conduct.

See 27.­7.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • 2.­75
  • 6.­52
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­39
  • 10.­6-8
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 19.­52
  • 20.­60
  • 22.­9
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­55
  • 33.­65
  • n.­431
  • g.­1023
g.­1532

tenacity

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­grāha

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
g.­1534

terrified

Wylie:
  • ’gong
Tibetan:
  • འགོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­kocayati

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­39-40
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­13-14
  • 11.­38
  • 16.­22
  • 26.­20
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­42
  • 31.­62
g.­1539

thirty-seven aspects of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • sapta­triṃśad­bodhi­pakṣa­dharma

The thirty-seven aspects of enlightenment comprise the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous ability, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, and the noble eightfold path. See 1.­20–1.­26.

For a summary of the relevant Pāli and Sanskrit sources on all see the extensive discussion in Dayal (1932): 80–164.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­84
  • 20.­54
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­3-4
  • 29.­62
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­33
  • n.­32
  • n.­34
  • g.­1609
g.­1540

thirty-two major marks of a superior man that the tathāgatas possess

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i skyes bu chen po’i mtshan sum cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོའི་མཚན་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • tathā­gata­dvātriṃśan­mahā­puruṣa­lakṣaṇa

These are the major physical marks that identify the buddha body of emanation, and which, in some sources and traditions, portend the advent of a universal monarch.

As well as being listed in this and other Prajñā­pāramitā sūtras (see n.­64), they are to be found detailed in the Lalita­vistara (7.98–103 and 26.145–173), Mahā­yānopadeśa, Rāṣṭra­pāla­paripṛcchā, Ratna­gotra­vibhāgottara­tantra­śāstra (3.17–25), Mahā­vastu, and in the Pali Lakkhaṇa­sutta.

See 2.­15 and 29.­24.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­15
  • 3.­48
  • 13.­36
  • 15.­30
  • 15.­37
  • 17.­60
  • 24.­39
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­24
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • n.­64
  • n.­104
  • n.­128
  • n.­131
  • n.­136
  • n.­139
  • g.­75
  • g.­109
  • g.­135
  • g.­173
  • g.­195
  • g.­209
  • g.­229
  • g.­233
  • g.­243
  • g.­289
  • g.­343
  • g.­359
  • g.­404
  • g.­576
  • g.­577
  • g.­613
  • g.­674
  • g.­679
  • g.­705
  • g.­707
  • g.­708
  • g.­710
  • g.­789
  • g.­912
  • g.­918
  • g.­919
  • g.­944
  • g.­1424
  • g.­1495
  • g.­1525
  • g.­1658
  • g.­1694
  • g.­1720
g.­1541

thoroughbred

Wylie:
  • cang shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཅང་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­jāneya

Meaning “thoroughbred horse,” the term is used here and in the introductory narratives of many sūtras as a metaphor for fearlessness.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­2
g.­1544

thought

Wylie:
  • sems
Tibetan:
  • སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • citta

Also translated here as “mind” and “mindset.”

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • i.­56
  • i.­59
  • i.­83
  • i.­95
  • 1.­3
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­49
  • 8.­41-42
  • 8.­51
  • 9.­8
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­45
  • 13.­33
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­8-9
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­43-44
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­20
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­3
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­62
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­25
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­50
  • 31.­14
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­58-59
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­22
  • n.­322
  • n.­370
  • g.­15
  • g.­249
  • g.­990
  • g.­993
  • g.­999
g.­1546

three essenceless natures

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid med pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མེད་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­vidhā niḥ­sva­bhāva­tā

These comprise the imaginary, dependent, and consummate essenceless natures, which are elaborated particularly in the discourses associated with the third turning of the doctrinal wheel.

(See also n.­1).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • n.­1
g.­1547

three fetters

Wylie:
  • kun tu sbyor gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­saṃ­yojana

The three fetters, as found in 11.­8, comprise false views about perishable composites, hesitation, and a sense of moral and ascetic supremacy. See also n.­198.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 11.­6-8
  • 14.­46
  • 29.­79
  • n.­198
  • g.­567
  • g.­733
  • g.­1390
g.­1551

three poisons

Wylie:
  • dug gsum
Tibetan:
  • དུག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­viṣa

A collective name for desire, hatred, and delusion.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­52
  • g.­361
  • g.­716
g.­1555

three times

Wylie:
  • dus gsum
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­kala

Past, present, and future.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 9.­26
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­14-15
  • 14.­19
  • 14.­21-23
  • 17.­1
  • 25.­32
  • 28.­19
  • n.­306
g.­1558

tolerance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti

Third of the four aspects of the path of preparation, also translated here as “acceptance.” However, in the context of the transcendent perfections, tolerance is the third of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 60 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • 1.­5
  • 6.­44
  • 9.­39
  • 10.­9-11
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­59
  • 15.­54
  • 17.­37
  • 18.­67-69
  • 20.­37
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­51-52
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­31
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­12-13
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­68
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­43
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­35
  • n.­179
  • n.­347
  • g.­24
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1559
  • g.­1560
g.­1563

torch-bearer

Wylie:
  • sgron ma ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲོན་མ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ulkādhārin

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­21
g.­1576

training

Wylie:
  • bslab pa
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Refers to the five fundamental precepts of abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and consuming intoxicants.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • i.­20
  • i.­23-25
  • i.­27
  • i.­29
  • i.­47
  • i.­66
  • i.­80-81
  • i.­92
  • i.­94-95
  • i.­97
  • 6.­24-25
  • 6.­54
  • 7.­21
  • 10.­21
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­30
  • 19.­53
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­38
  • 26.­52
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­5-6
  • 32.­8
  • 33.­7
  • n.­330
  • n.­387-388
  • n.­404
  • n.­428
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1705
g.­1579

transcendent perfection

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāramitā

See “six transcendent perfections.”

Located in 175 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18
  • i.­35
  • i.­37
  • i.­39
  • i.­41-45
  • i.­49-50
  • i.­56
  • i.­60
  • i.­64
  • i.­70
  • i.­72
  • i.­85
  • i.­88
  • i.­94-95
  • i.­97
  • 3.­2
  • 4.­55-56
  • 5.­39
  • 6.­44
  • 7.­10-11
  • 7.­14
  • 8.­45
  • 9.­42
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­46-47
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­37-38
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­19
  • 12.­26
  • 12.­30
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­59
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­5-8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­18-19
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­34
  • 17.­36
  • 17.­38-41
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­66
  • 19.­21-22
  • 19.­53-55
  • 19.­62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1-43
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­11
  • 21.­33
  • 21.­35-36
  • 22.­36
  • 23.­40
  • 24.­4
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­42-43
  • 26.­29-30
  • 26.­43
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­21-24
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­29
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­27-28
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­8-9
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­26-27
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­34-35
  • 33.­62
  • g.­667
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1558
  • g.­1726
g.­1580

transcendent perfection of ethical discipline

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śīla­pāramitā

Second of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 121 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­43
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­4
  • 9.­6-9
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­34
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­37
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­22
  • 15.­38
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­5-7
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­35
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­6-11
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­8-9
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­11
  • 33.­34-35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
g.­1581

transcendent perfection of generosity

Wylie:
  • sbyin pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dāna­pāramitā

First of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 185 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­56
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­42
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­1-3
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­10
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­42-45
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­37-38
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18-19
  • 12.­26
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­30
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­23
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­19-20
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­37
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­59
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­22
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­5-8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35-36
  • 17.­38-39
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19-20
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68-69
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­21-22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­62
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­33-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 23.­40
  • 24.­4
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­36
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­29-30
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­43
  • 27.­1-7
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­17
  • 27.­21-22
  • 27.­27
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­27-28
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­34-35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­376
g.­1582

transcendent perfection of meditative concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan gyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་གྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna­pāramitā

Fifth of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 126 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­46
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­15-17
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­34
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­37
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­22
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­5-7
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­29-30
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­43
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20-26
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­27
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­54
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­11
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
g.­1583

transcendent perfection of perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya­pāramitā

Fourth of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 116 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­45
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­10
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­12-14
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­34
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­37
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­22
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­5-7
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 24.­21
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­35
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­9
  • 27.­14
  • 27.­17-21
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­11
  • 33.­35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
g.­1584

transcendent perfection of tolerance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti­pāramitā

Third of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 120 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 6.­25
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­34
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­37
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­22
  • 15.­55
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­5-7
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­35
  • 27.­2
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­12-16
  • 27.­19
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­31
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­10-12
  • 28.­16
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­11
  • 33.­35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­180
g.­1585

transcendent perfection of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­pāramitā

Sixth of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 720 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­12
  • i.­23
  • i.­32
  • i.­35-37
  • i.­46-48
  • i.­51-52
  • i.­56
  • i.­58-61
  • i.­63-65
  • i.­67-69
  • i.­71-74
  • i.­82
  • i.­84
  • i.­88
  • i.­99-100
  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­12
  • 2.­94
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1-8
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­50-58
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­7-13
  • 6.­17-24
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­32-47
  • 6.­49-53
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­12-15
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­28-29
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­4-8
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­18
  • 8.­20-22
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­44-47
  • 8.­49-52
  • 8.­54
  • 9.­1-5
  • 9.­9-11
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­41-43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­18-21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­37-38
  • 10.­41-46
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­13-22
  • 11.­24-29
  • 11.­34-36
  • 11.­38-39
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­3-10
  • 12.­15-20
  • 12.­26-30
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­12
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­23
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­28-35
  • 14.­37
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­2-3
  • 15.­7-16
  • 15.­20-22
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­40
  • 15.­42-45
  • 15.­49-51
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­11-19
  • 16.­21-24
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­4-24
  • 17.­26-44
  • 17.­46-60
  • 18.­1-5
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­14
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­21
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­47-50
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­64-68
  • 18.­73-74
  • 18.­76-77
  • 19.­1-9
  • 19.­11-12
  • 19.­14-18
  • 19.­21-22
  • 19.­26-28
  • 19.­30-32
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­36-38
  • 19.­43-50
  • 19.­52-53
  • 19.­55-59
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65-66
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­44-45
  • 20.­50-51
  • 20.­53
  • 20.­55-70
  • 21.­1-11
  • 21.­13-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­33-38
  • 22.­1-4
  • 22.­41-57
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 23.­40
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-58
  • 24.­4
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­23
  • 24.­47-61
  • 25.­1-2
  • 25.­4-5
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­14-18
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­35-36
  • 25.­38
  • 25.­41-44
  • 25.­46-47
  • 25.­49-53
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­13-16
  • 26.­19-29
  • 26.­33-36
  • 26.­39-44
  • 26.­47-53
  • 26.­55-56
  • 26.­59-60
  • 27.­5-6
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26-27
  • 27.­29-33
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­1-2
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­8-10
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­21-22
  • 28.­27-32
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­42-45
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­37-38
  • 29.­60-61
  • 29.­63-64
  • 29.­68-71
  • 29.­78
  • 29.­83-87
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-13
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­25-26
  • 30.­28-31
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­39
  • 30.­45
  • 30.­47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­27-28
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­53-54
  • 31.­56
  • 31.­59
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­33-34
  • 32.­55-56
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­1-3
  • 33.­7-8
  • 33.­13-15
  • 33.­17-22
  • 33.­24
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­28-38
  • 33.­41-43
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­47-52
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­56-57
  • 33.­59-62
  • 33.­65-70
  • n.­457
  • g.­592
g.­1587

Trayas­triṃśa

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trayas­triṃśa

Second god realm of desire, abode of the thirty-three gods.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­16
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­26
  • g.­1265
g.­1593

Tuṣita

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy, (Toh 199).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 21.­16
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­26
  • g.­1265
g.­1595

twelve Brahmā realms

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i ’jig rten bcu gnyis
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvādaśa­brahma­loka

See notes n.­291 and n.­301.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­1
  • g.­1265
g.­1596

twelve links of dependent origination

Wylie:
  • rten ’brel gyi yan lag bcu gnyis
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན་འབྲེལ་གྱི་ཡན་ལག་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvā­daśāṅga­pratītya­samutpāda

The principle of dependent origination asserts that nothing exists independently of other factors, the reason for this being that things and events come into existence only by dependence on the aggregation of multiple causes and conditions. In general, the processes of cyclic existence, through which the external world and the sentient beings within it revolve in a continuous cycle of suffering, propelled by the propensities of past actions and their interaction with afflicted mental states, originate dependent on the sequential unfolding of twelve links, commencing from fundamental ignorance and ending with birth, aging, and death (see 1.­18–1.­19). It is only through deliberate reversal of these twelve links that one can succeed in bringing the whole cycle to an end. See 24.­10.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­18-19
  • 3.­15
  • 20.­60
  • 24.­10
  • 29.­93
  • n.­4
  • n.­32-33
  • g.­33
  • g.­58
  • g.­267
  • g.­321
  • g.­573
  • g.­611
  • g.­651
  • g.­684
  • g.­911
  • g.­1029
  • g.­1287
  • g.­1373
  • g.­1393
  • g.­1415
  • g.­1446
g.­1597

twelve sense fields

Wylie:
  • skye mched bcu gnyis
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvā­daśāyatana

These comprise six inner sense fields and six outer sense fields. See 1.­14 and respective glossary entries.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­71
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­79
  • 20.­60
  • 20.­62-63
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­33
  • n.­30
  • g.­274
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1377
  • g.­1379
  • g.­1380
  • g.­1381
  • g.­1382
  • g.­1383
  • g.­1384
  • g.­1385
  • g.­1386
  • g.­1387
  • g.­1388
  • g.­1389
  • g.­1443
  • g.­1444
g.­1598

two extremes of eternalism and nihilism

Wylie:
  • rtag pa dang chad pa’i mtha’ gnyis
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པ་དང་ཆད་པའི་མཐའ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • śāśvatānta ucchedānta

The two extreme views to be avoided when seeking an insight into emptiness.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­50
  • 12.­25
  • 32.­39
g.­1602

ultimate reality

Wylie:
  • don dam bden pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་དམ་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­mārtha­satya

See “ultimate truth.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­63
  • 14.­51
  • 20.­45
  • 30.­40
  • 33.­33
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1603
g.­1603

ultimate truth

Wylie:
  • don dam bden pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་དམ་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­mārtha­satya

Ultimate truth is defined as a synonym of emptiness, the ultimate nature of phenomena, in contrast to the relative truth of conventionally experienced perceptions. Also translated here as “ultimate reality.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­92
  • 2.­74-75
  • 29.­75
  • 29.­77
  • g.­932
  • g.­1602
g.­1604

unactualized

Wylie:
  • yongs su ma grub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­utpanna

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­65
  • 19.­66
  • 28.­30
g.­1608

unchanging

Wylie:
  • ’gyur ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avi­kāra

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • 8.­11
  • 13.­18-21
  • 31.­2
g.­1610

unconditioned

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’dus ma byas pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འདུས་མ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhyasaṃ­skṛta

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­63
  • 2.­73
  • 3.­5
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­12
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­29
  • 10.­25-29
  • 11.­4
  • 12.­22
  • 14.­28
  • 16.­11
  • 17.­14
  • 18.­74
  • 19.­54
  • 19.­59
  • 20.­47
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­33
  • 29.­78-80
  • 29.­82
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 30.­40
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­33
  • n.­141
  • g.­540
g.­1611

unconditioned phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’dus ma byas pa’i chos
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་མ་བྱས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • a­saṃ­skṛta­dharma

Unconditioned phenomena, as described in 2.­82, include the following: Non-arising, non-abiding, non-disintegration, and non-transformation with respect to all things, and similarly, the cessation of desire, the cessation of hatred, the cessation of delusion, the abiding of phenomena in the real nature, reality, the expanse of reality, maturity with respect to all things, the real nature, the unmistaken real nature, the inalienable real nature, and the finality of existence.

(See also n.­141).

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • 1.­65
  • 1.­69-71
  • 1.­78
  • 2.­82
  • 3.­4
  • 9.­35
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 13.­2
  • 13.­7
  • 15.­19
  • 17.­11
  • 18.­24
  • 20.­30
  • 23.­46
  • 28.­34-35
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­69-71
  • 29.­73-74
  • 29.­79
  • 29.­81-82
  • 29.­84
  • 32.­25
  • n.­50
  • n.­344
g.­1617

uncreated

Wylie:
  • mi byed
Tibetan:
  • མི་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • na karoti

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • 3.­5
  • 10.­25-29
  • 17.­26
  • 17.­38-39
  • 20.­56-57
  • 23.­35
  • 30.­40
g.­1618

uncrushability

Wylie:
  • brdzi ba med pa
  • mi rdzi ba nyid
Tibetan:
  • བརྫི་བ་མེད་པ།
  • མི་རྫི་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ava­mardanīya
  • an­ava­mṛdaya­tā

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 4.­55
  • 20.­39-40
  • 20.­53
  • n.­348-349
g.­1621

understanding of all phenomena

Wylie:
  • rnam mkhyen
  • rnam par mkhyen pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་མཁྱེན།
  • རྣམ་པར་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvākāra­jñāna

First of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­29
  • i.­31
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­9
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­44
  • 8.­42
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­33
  • 14.­32
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­20
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­49
  • 22.­58
  • 33.­65
g.­1622

understanding of omniscience

Wylie:
  • thams cad shes pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jña­tā

Third of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23
  • i.­29
  • i.­62
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­11
  • 3.­44
  • 8.­42
  • 10.­29
  • n.­321
g.­1623

understanding of the aspects of the path

Wylie:
  • lam gyi rnam pa shes pa nyid
  • lam gyi rnam pa shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།
  • ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārgākāra­jña­tā

Second of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­29
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­41
  • 2.­10
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­44
  • 8.­42
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­38
  • 14.­32
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­65
  • 20.­40
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­49
  • 22.­58
  • 28.­16
  • 30.­41
  • 33.­65
  • n.­320
  • n.­349
g.­1624

undervalue

Wylie:
  • spong
Tibetan:
  • སྤོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • riñciṣyati

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 17.­15
g.­1627

undistractedness

Wylie:
  • rnam par mi g.yeng ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་མི་གཡེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­graha

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 20.­53
g.­1630

unfavorable circumstance

Wylie:
  • gshis ngan
Tibetan:
  • གཤིས་ངན།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­ṣamāpari­hāra

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • 16.­20
g.­1635

union

Wylie:
  • rnal ’byor
Tibetan:
  • རྣལ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • yoga

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­53-54
  • 4.­59
  • 5.­1
  • 17.­62
  • 19.­27
  • 24.­48
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­52
  • 24.­56
  • g.­973
  • g.­1451
g.­1637

universal monarch

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakra­vartī­rāja

The concept of the benign universal monarch or emperor who rules in accordance with the law of the sacred teachings of Buddhism is one that has permeated Buddhist literature since the time of A­śoka. Their appearance in the world is considered a unique and rare event, just as the appearance of a buddha is considered to be unique and rare.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­3
  • 10.­5-6
  • 16.­25
  • 25.­39
  • 28.­7
  • 33.­29
  • g.­1540
  • g.­1591
g.­1639

unmistaken real nature

Wylie:
  • ma nor ba de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • མ་ནོར་བ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­tatha­tā

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • 6.­4
  • 10.­28
  • 23.­47
  • g.­1611
g.­1642

unobstructed

Wylie:
  • thogs pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­prati­gha

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­73
  • 6.­23-24
  • 13.­57
  • 20.­50
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­34
g.­1645

unrevealed

Wylie:
  • bstan du med pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྟན་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­ni­darśana

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • 6.­23-24
  • 12.­32
  • 13.­57
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
  • 28.­42
g.­1649

unskilled

Wylie:
  • thabs la mi mkhas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས་ལ་མི་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāyākuśala

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­41
  • i.­46
  • i.­48
  • i.­70
  • i.­74
  • 6.­39
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­12-13
  • 7.­28-29
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-7
  • 11.­26
  • 11.­28
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­27
  • 28.­36
g.­1651

unsullied

Wylie:
  • nag nog med pa
Tibetan:
  • ནག་ནོག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­kalmāṣa

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­1
  • 19.­45-46
  • 19.­55
  • 20.­12
  • 23.­48
  • 25.­8
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­9
g.­1653

unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­uttarābhi­sambodhi

Located in 295 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­94
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­56
  • 6.­46
  • 7.­17-18
  • 7.­21-22
  • 8.­46
  • 9.­3
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­46
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­10-12
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­9-13
  • 13.­5-6
  • 14.­46-47
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­37
  • 15.­40
  • 16.­7-8
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­21
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­51-52
  • 17.­55
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­1-2
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68-72
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­25
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­51-52
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­55
  • 21.­10-11
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­35-38
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­5-7
  • 22.­18
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­40-41
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­52-54
  • 23.­50-51
  • 23.­54-62
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­10
  • 24.­14-16
  • 24.­19-45
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­55
  • 24.­58-61
  • 25.­9-12
  • 25.­15-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 25.­25
  • 25.­40-41
  • 25.­45-46
  • 25.­49-50
  • 25.­52
  • 26.­1-3
  • 26.­6-14
  • 26.­16-17
  • 26.­19-23
  • 26.­26
  • 26.­36
  • 26.­38
  • 26.­44
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­54
  • 26.­56-59
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12-15
  • 27.­17-25
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­42
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­3
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76-77
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­25
  • 30.­30
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­41
  • 30.­43
  • 30.­45-47
  • 31.­10
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­26-29
  • 31.­31-33
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­41
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­60-64
  • 31.­66
  • 32.­1-2
  • 32.­4-5
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12-13
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­30-33
  • 32.­37-38
  • 32.­41
  • 32.­45-47
  • 32.­55
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­31-32
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­50-52
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­59-64
  • 33.­67-69
g.­1659

Uttarakuru

Wylie:
  • sgra mi snyan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་མི་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • uttara­kuru

The northern continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “unpleasant sound.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­1661

utter purity

Wylie:
  • shin tu rnam par dag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aty­anta­viśuddhi

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­50-51
  • i.­60
  • 6.­18-20
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­4-8
  • 13.­10-11
  • 14.­44
  • 17.­1
g.­1665

utterly fallacious

Wylie:
  • shin tu gsong ldong
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་གསོང་ལྡོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • aty­antān­ṛtata

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­2
g.­1667

utterly porous

Wylie:
  • shin tu gse tshags
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་གསེ་ཚགས།
Sanskrit:
  • aty­antacchidrata

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­2
g.­1673

vehicle of the bodhisattvas

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’i theg pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva­yāna

This is equivalent to the Great Vehicle.

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­36
  • 13.­14
  • 14.­15
  • 15.­14
  • 17.­1
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­13
  • 21.­13-28
  • 21.­30-32
  • 21.­34-36
  • 23.­53-54
  • 23.­57
  • 24.­42
  • 25.­40-41
  • 25.­45-46
  • 26.­2-3
  • 26.­55-56
  • 33.­42-43
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­63
g.­1674

vehicle of the pratyekabuddhas

Wylie:
  • rang rgyal gyi theg pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་རྒྱལ་གྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­buddha­yāna

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­28
  • 14.­45
  • 15.­14
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 17.­1
  • 24.­42
  • 28.­49
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51-52
  • 33.­63
g.­1675

vehicle of the śrāvakas

Wylie:
  • nyan thos kyi theg pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས་ཀྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka­yāna

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­28
  • 15.­14
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 17.­1
  • 21.­10
  • 24.­42
  • 28.­49
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51-52
g.­1676

venerable

Wylie:
  • tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āyuṣmān

A monk or mendicant of seniority.

Āyuṣmān (tshe dang ldan pa) is a title of respect directed toward a monk or wandering mendicant who is venerable and in a position of seniority, but not a fully realized buddha. (In the Lalita­vistara, ch. 26, Śākyamuni famously rejects this title as a suitable term of address for himself. See, e.g., Dudjom Rinpoche 1991: 423). Āyuṣmān may imply one who has held monastic ordination for a significant number of years, and who has some level of realization, but is still “mortal” and tied to cyclic existence, in contrast to the buddhas, who are “immortal.” Even today Thai monks colloquially address each other, using ayusma for someone senior and avuso (“friend”) for someone junior.

Located in 329 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8-10
  • 1.­12-13
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­73-74
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­55
  • 5.­1-2
  • 5.­38
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144
  • 6.­3-4
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27-28
  • 7.­30
  • 7.­32-35
  • 7.­45
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­9-12
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42-43
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­24-26
  • 10.­30-37
  • 10.­39
  • 11.­2
  • 11.­12-14
  • 11.­36-37
  • 11.­39-42
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­5-13
  • 12.­15-20
  • 12.­22
  • 12.­27
  • 12.­29
  • 12.­32
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­13-14
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­24-26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­32-33
  • 14.­35-59
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­9-11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­41-45
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­1-2
  • 16.­8-9
  • 16.­12-15
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­3-4
  • 17.­6
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­10
  • 17.­15-16
  • 17.­18
  • 17.­35-36
  • 17.­38
  • 17.­42-43
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­56-57
  • 18.­1-4
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­26
  • 18.­51
  • 18.­67-68
  • 18.­70
  • 18.­73
  • 18.­76
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20-21
  • 19.­27
  • 19.­29
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­43
  • 19.­49-50
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­58
  • 20.­66
  • 20.­71
  • 20.­74-75
  • 21.­1-2
  • 21.­4-5
  • 21.­13-15
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­41
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­54
  • 22.­56
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­32
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­1
  • 25.­1-3
  • 25.­10
  • 25.­25
  • 25.­27
  • 25.­36
  • 26.­10
  • 26.­14
  • 26.­29-35
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­51
  • 26.­58
  • 26.­60-61
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­6-7
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­17
  • 27.­22-27
  • 28.­1-2
  • 28.­13-15
  • 28.­29
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35-36
  • 28.­43-44
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­5
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­73
  • 29.­78
  • 29.­85-86
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­12
  • 30.­14
  • 30.­24
  • 30.­30
  • 30.­44
  • 31.­1-2
  • 31.­22-23
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­36
  • 31.­40
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­67
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­14
  • 32.­18
  • 32.­20
  • 32.­42
  • 32.­44
  • 32.­46-48
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­9-10
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­14
  • 33.­16-17
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­37-41
  • 33.­43
  • 33.­62-63
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­71
g.­1677

venerate

Wylie:
  • bla mar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru­karoti

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­49
  • 9.­36
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­10-11
  • 15.­26-27
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­52
  • 17.­56-57
  • 17.­60
  • 17.­62
  • 19.­55
  • 20.­55
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­46
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16-17
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­58
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­19
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­28-29
  • 33.­38-39
  • 33.­41-42
  • 33.­49-52
g.­1680

verbally constructed

Wylie:
  • tshig gis bstan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་གིས་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • san­darśita

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • 13.­18-21
g.­1683

verse

Wylie:
  • tshigs su bcad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚིགས་སུ་བཅད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śloka

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­24
  • g.­1453
g.­1688

Vi­mukti­sena

Wylie:
  • rnam grol sde
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་གྲོལ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mukti­sena

Indian commentator (fl. early sixth century).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18
  • n.­146
  • g.­588
g.­1689

Vinaya

Wylie:
  • ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vinaya

The vows and texts pertaining to monastic discipline.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 31.­65
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­13
  • n.­5
  • g.­648
  • g.­649
g.­1691

virtuous ascetic

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A general term applied to spiritual practitioners who live as ascetic mendicants. In Buddhist texts, the term usually refers to Buddhist monastics, but it can also designate a practitioner from other ascetic/monastic spiritual traditions. In this context śramaṇa is often contrasted with the term brāhmaṇa (bram ze), which refers broadly to followers of the Vedic tradition. Any renunciate, not just a Buddhist, could be referred to as a śramaṇa if they were not within the Vedic fold. The epithet Great Śramaṇa is often applied to the Buddha.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2-5
  • 2.­75
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­44
  • 13.­39
  • 17.­48
  • 25.­49
  • 29.­19-21
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­29
  • 33.­50
  • c.­1
g.­1699

void

Wylie:
  • dben pa
  • gsog
Tibetan:
  • དབེན་པ།
  • གསོག
Sanskrit:
  • vi­vakta
  • tucchaka

Also translated here as “voidness.”

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­38
  • i.­56
  • i.­58
  • i.­67
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18-21
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­80-81
  • 5.­104-105
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­135
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­152
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­176
  • 5.­188
  • 5.­200
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-7
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 10.­32-36
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­60
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­10-11
  • 17.­29
  • 18.­73
  • 19.­5
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­40
  • 20.­2
  • 22.­30
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­16-17
  • 26.­38-41
  • 28.­12
  • g.­1700
g.­1700

voidness

Wylie:
  • dben pa
  • gsog
Tibetan:
  • དབེན་པ།
  • གསོག
Sanskrit:
  • vi­vakta
  • tucchaka

Also translated here as “void.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­31
  • 20.­34
  • 26.­38
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­16
  • n.­345
  • g.­1699
g.­1702

Vulture Peak

Wylie:
  • bya rgod kyi phung po’i ri
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛdhra­kūṭa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gṛdhra­kūṭa, literally Vulture Peak, was a hill located in the kingdom of Magadha, in the vicinity of the ancient city of Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir, in the state of Bihar, India), where the Buddha bestowed many sūtras, especially the Great Vehicle teachings, such as the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras. It continues to be a sacred pilgrimage site for Buddhists to this day.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • 1.­2
g.­1704

wandering mendicant

Wylie:
  • kun tu rgyu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­vrājika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A non-Buddhist religious mendicant who literally “roams around.” Historically, they wandered in India from ancient times, including the time of the Buddha, and held a variety of beliefs, engaging with one another in debate on a range of topics. Some of their metaphysical views are presented in the early Buddhist discourses of the Pali Canon. They included women in their number.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 11.­31-33
  • 31.­29
  • g.­1676
g.­1705

warmth

Wylie:
  • drod
Tibetan:
  • དྲོད།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣma­gata

Name of the 1st training on the path of preparation.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­25
  • i.­80
g.­1710

well-being

Wylie:
  • phan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • hita

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­8
  • 28.­50
  • g.­990
g.­1712

when beings are inclined toward pleasant states

Wylie:
  • sdug pa nyid du mos pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་པ་ཉིད་དུ་མོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubhādhi­mukti

Third of the eight aspects of liberation.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1713

when corporeal beings observe physical forms

Wylie:
  • gzugs can gzugs rnams la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཅན་གཟུགས་རྣམས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpī rūpāṇi paśyati

First of the eight aspects of liberation.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • 29.­16
  • g.­421
g.­1714

when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms

Wylie:
  • nang gzugs med par ’du shes pas phyi rol gyi gzugs rnams la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ནང་གཟུགས་མེད་པར་འདུ་ཤེས་པས་ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་རྣམས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātmam­arūpa­saṃjñī bahirthā rūpāṇi paśyati

Second of the eight aspects of liberation.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • 29.­16
  • g.­421
g.­1715

white lotus

Wylie:
  • pad ma dkar po
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇḍarika

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­60
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­45
  • 32.­57
g.­1722

wilderness

Wylie:
  • ’brog dgon
Tibetan:
  • འབྲོག་དགོན།
Sanskrit:
  • kāntāra

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 25.­6
g.­1726

wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

In the context‌ of the transcendent perfections, wisdom is the sixth of the six transcendent perfections.

The translation of prajñā (shes rab) by “wisdom” here defers to the precedent established by Edward Conze in his writings. It has a certain poetic resonance which more accurate renderings‍—“discernment,” “discriminative awareness,” or “intelligence”‍—unfortunately lack. It should be remembered that in Abhidharma, prajñā is classed as one of the five object-determining mental states (pañca­viṣaya­niyata, yul nges lnga), alongside “will,” “resolve,” “mindfulness,” and “meditative stability.” Following A­saṅga’s Abhi­dharma­sam­uccaya, Jamgon Kongtrul (TOK, Book 6, Pt. 2, p. 498), defines prajñā as “the discriminative awareness that analyzes specific and general characteristics.” Therefore “wisdom” in this context is to be understood in the cognitive or analytical Germanic sense of witan or weis (Dayal 1932: 136) and not as an abstract “body of knowledge,” or in any aloof and mysterious theosophical sense. Nor indeed is there any association with the Greek sophia.

Also translated here as “discriminative awareness.”

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • i.­98
  • 1.­2
  • 9.­1
  • 14.­59
  • 17.­37-39
  • 17.­43
  • 18.­67-69
  • 20.­39
  • 21.­32-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­53-55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­51-52
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­68
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­43
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­3
  • 33.­35
  • n.­2
  • n.­321
  • g.­390
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1591
g.­1728

wish

Wylie:
  • bsam pa
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­prāya

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • i.­81-82
  • 1.­8
  • 2.­28
  • 4.­53
  • 6.­51-53
  • 8.­50
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 12.­33-42
  • 15.­2
  • 19.­29-30
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­31
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­6
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­55
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­41
  • 25.­43
  • 25.­47
  • 29.­34
  • 31.­10
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­34
  • 33.­31
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­49
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­62-63
g.­1731

without a self

Wylie:
  • bdag med pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ātmataḥ

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­5
  • 6.­44
  • 7.­24
  • 15.­3
  • 22.­29
  • 25.­16
  • 28.­12
g.­1732

without apprehending anything

Wylie:
  • mi dmigs pa’i tshul du
Tibetan:
  • མི་དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་དུ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upa­lambha­yogena

The expression “without apprehending anything” suggests that great bodhisattva beings should teach without perceiving anything as inherently existing. Lamotte, The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom, vol. IV, p. 1763, note 564, renders this term as “by a method of non-perceiving.”

Located in 90 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36-38
  • i.­40
  • i.­42
  • i.­44
  • i.­49
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­58-59
  • i.­76
  • i.­95
  • i.­98
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­42-43
  • 6.­45-46
  • 7.­1-9
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­29
  • 8.­13-21
  • 8.­26
  • 8.­31-33
  • 8.­35-36
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­41-43
  • 9.­3
  • 9.­25-27
  • 9.­29-30
  • 9.­39-41
  • 9.­44
  • 12.­19-20
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­3-7
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­22
  • 17.­18
  • 17.­38-39
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­10
  • 24.­14-16
  • 27.­12
  • 31.­9-10
  • 33.­34
  • g.­777
g.­1733

without aspiration

Wylie:
  • smon pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pra­ṇihita

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­52-53
  • 5.­76-77
  • 5.­100-101
  • 5.­121
  • 5.­133
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­162
  • 5.­174
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­198
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­39
g.­1736

without conceptual notions

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­vi­kalpa

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • 8.­11
  • 26.­33
g.­1742

without foundation

Wylie:
  • gzhi med
Tibetan:
  • གཞི་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • avastuka

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • 6.­4-23
g.­1743

without inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin med pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pra­kṛti

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • 16.­19
  • 18.­75
  • n.­4
  • g.­1173
g.­1752

world of “patient endurance”

Wylie:
  • mi mjed ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • sahā­loka­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name for our world system, the universe of a thousand million worlds, or trichiliocosm, in which the four-continent world is located. Each trichiliocosm is ruled by a god Brahmā; thus, in this context, he bears the title of Sahāṃpati, Lord of Sahā. The world system of Sahā, or Sahālokadhātu, is also described as the buddhafield of the Buddha Śākyamuni where he teaches the Dharma to beings.

The name Sahā possibly derives from the Sanskrit √sah, “to bear, endure, or withstand.” It is often interpreted as alluding to the inhabitants of this world being able to endure the suffering they encounter. The Tibetan translation, mi mjed, follows along the same lines. It literally means “not painful,” in the sense that beings here are able to bear the suffering they experience.

In this text:

See also n.­196.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­1753

world system

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • loka­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term lokadhātu refers to a single four continent world-system illumined by a sun and moon, with a Mount Meru at its center and an encircling ring of mountains at its periphery, and with the various god realms above, thus including the desire, form, and formless realms.

The term can also refer to groups of such world-systems in multiples of thousands. A universe of one thousand such world-systems is called a chiliocosm (sāhasra­loka­dhātu, stong gi ’jig rten gyi khams); one thousand such chiliocosms is called a dichiliocosm (dvisāhasralokadhātu, stong gnyis kyi ’jig rten gyi khams); and one thousand such dichiliocosms is called a trichiliocosm (trisāhasra­loka­dhātu, stong gsum gyi 'jig rten gyi khams). A trichiliocosm is the largest universe described in Buddhist cosmology.

Located in 119 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 2.­79
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­35-44
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­1-3
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­2-3
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­32-39
  • 12.­41-42
  • 14.­24
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­37
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­51-56
  • 17.­60
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­2
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­35-36
  • 20.­44
  • 21.­9
  • 23.­44
  • 24.­45-46
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­34
  • 25.­44-45
  • 26.­5
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43-44
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­48-50
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­14
  • 27.­17
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­19-20
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­37
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­46
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­27
  • 32.­29
  • 32.­31
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­4-5
  • 33.­18-19
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­30
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­46-47
  • 33.­56-57
  • 33.­59-60
  • 33.­69
  • n.­196
  • n.­420
  • g.­274
g.­1754

world system of desire

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāma­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist cosmology, this is our own realm, the lowest and most coarse of the three realms of saṃsāra. It is called this because beings here are characterized by their strong longing for and attachment to the pleasures of the senses. The desire realm includes hell beings, hungry ghosts, animals, humans, asuras, and the lowest six heavens of the gods‍—from the Heaven of the Four Great Kings (cāturmahā­rājika) up to the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations (para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin). Located above the desire realm is the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the formless realm (ārūpyadhātu).

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 2.­81
  • 6.­51
  • 9.­27
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­18
  • 13.­51
  • 14.­15
  • 18.­38-39
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­44
  • 20.­49
  • 20.­52
  • 21.­9-12
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­31
  • 23.­45
  • 23.­59
  • 25.­2
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­31
  • 29.­79
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­25
  • n.­43
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­258
  • g.­656
  • g.­677
  • g.­1265
g.­1755

world system of form

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology, it is characterized by subtle materiality. Here beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification. It consists of seventeen heavens structured according to the four concentrations of the form realm (rūpāvacaradhyāna), the highest five of which are collectively called “pure abodes” (śuddhāvāsa). The form realm is located above the desire realm (kāmadhātu) and below the formless realm (ārūpya­dhātu).

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 2.­81
  • 6.­23
  • 9.­27
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­18-19
  • 13.­51
  • 14.­15
  • 18.­40-41
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­44
  • 20.­49
  • 20.­52
  • 21.­9-12
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­31
  • 23.­45
  • 23.­59
  • 25.­2
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­31
  • 32.­25
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­258
  • g.­677
  • g.­973
  • g.­1265
g.­1756

world system of formlessness

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­rūpya­dhatu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The highest and subtlest of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology. Here beings are no longer bound by materiality and enjoy a purely mental state of absorption. It is divided in four levels according to each of the four formless concentrations (ārūpyāvacaradhyāna), namely, the Sphere of Infinite Space (ākāśānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Infinite Consciousness (vijñānānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Nothingness (a­kiñ­canyāyatana), and the Sphere of Neither Perception nor Non-perception (naiva­saṃjñā­nāsaṃjñāyatana). The formless realm is located above the other two realms of saṃsāra, the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the desire realm (kāmadhātu).

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 2.­81
  • 9.­27
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­18-19
  • 13.­51
  • 14.­15
  • 18.­41
  • 19.­57
  • 25.­2
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­31
  • 30.­20
  • 32.­25
  • n.­196
  • g.­258
g.­1766

wrong view

Wylie:
  • lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭi

Second of the four torrents.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­633
g.­1767

wrong views

Wylie:
  • log par lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithyā­dṛṣṭi

Tenth of the ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­19
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­7
  • 32.­21
  • 32.­45
  • g.­425
  • g.­594
  • g.­1109
g.­1770

Yāma

Wylie:
  • ’thab bral
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

Third god realm of desire, meaning “strifeless.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 24.­18
  • 30.­26
  • g.­1265
g.­1771

Yawning Lion

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vijṛmbhita

Name of the twenty-seventh meditative stability.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85
  • 12.­12
  • 27.­35-36
g.­1772

Yeshé Dé

Wylie:
  • ye shes sde
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Yeshé Dé (late eighth to early ninth century) was the most prolific translator of sūtras into Tibetan. Altogether he is credited with the translation of more than one hundred sixty sūtra translations and more than one hundred additional translations, mostly on tantric topics. In spite of Yeshé Dé’s great importance for the propagation of Buddhism in Tibet during the imperial era, only a few biographical details about this figure are known. Later sources describe him as a student of the Indian teacher Padmasambhava, and he is also credited with teaching both sūtra and tantra widely to students of his own. He was also known as Nanam Yeshé Dé, from the Nanam (sna nam) clan.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­15
  • c.­1
g.­1773

yojana

Wylie:
  • dpag tshad
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit:
  • yojana

The yoking distance of oxen, based on the interpretation of the Treasury of Abhidharma (Abhi­dharma­kośa), Ch. 3, vv. 87–88, one yojana may be calculated to be 7.315 metres or 4 miles 960 yds.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 27.­14
  • 27.­17
0
    You are downloading:

    The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, shes phyin khri pa, Toh 11). Translated by Padmakara Translation Group. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh11/UT22084-031-002-introduction.Copy
    84000. The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, shes phyin khri pa, Toh 11). Translated by Padmakara Translation Group, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh11/UT22084-031-002-introduction.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, shes phyin khri pa, Toh 11). (Padmakara Translation Group, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh11/UT22084-031-002-introduction.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from Perfection of Wisdom
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy